TRIBUTE ICONS




Year-End Awards
Column Archives
Message Boards

PPV History Page

Staff

Newsboard

Interviews

Champions

L.E.W.D. Archives


"The Gospel Truth"

"The Devil Himself" (Mark R) Editor of LEWD!
(Legendary Extreme Wrestling Digest)





LEGENDARY EXTREME WRESTLING DIGEST (L.E.W.D)

NAVAGATION MENU


2003 COLUMNS ARCHIVE


Columns

March 26, Long Time; No Write
February 8, Things III
November 15, Things II
October 26, Things
September 1, Marks v. Smarts



AUGUST Columns

NONE


JULY Columns

July 10, More to talk about
July 19, Triple H's Title Reign



JUNE Columns

June 8, Angle Surgery
June 17, Gerwitz has heat with me
June 28, Another column



MAY Columns

May 3, War Pigs
May 7, Commentary
May 20, Statistics



APRIL Columns

April 9, War Situation
April 18, NWA



MARCH Columns

MARCH 7, Times have changed
MARCH 21, Saddam A Go Go>



FEBRUARY Columns

FEBRUARY 1, Yada yada yada
FEBRUARY 11, GOOOFOOO ROOFOO
February 22, WELL THERE IT IS



JANUARY Columns

JANUARY 7 - WELL,WELL,WELL.
JANUARY 15 - YO DIDDLE DIDDIE



2002 Columns Archive


DECEMBER Columns

December 19 - MORE OF THE SAME



NOVEMBER Columns

November 11 - Another day passed
November 29 - Don't Fear Fear, Fear Fear



OCTOBER Columns

October 03 - Well



SEPTEMBER Columns

September 06 - More Wasted Words
September 16 - 9.11 Remembered
September 26 - TNN



AUGUST Columns

August 08 - Fighting The Free-Pass
August 15 - What Else is New
August 22 - SummerSlam: Show of the year
August 29 - Wasted Words



July Columns

July 04 - No Title for Hardy Boyz
July 09 - Lost Potential
July 17 - Shock of a lifetime
July 25 - A day late
July 31 - We don't need no Heels



June Columns

June 04 - No More Tears
June 13 - No More Tears Part Dos
June 19 - Death of Professional Wrestling
June 28 - Where we Stand



May COLUMNS

MAY 01 - BRET HART NEEDS THE WWE
May 08 - A lot of turmoil in WWE
May 16 - A Day late, a dolloar short
May 21 - NO MORE TEARS!
May 24 - NEVER GONNA STOP
May 30 - On the Brink



April COLUMNS

April 04 - RAW & SMACKDOWN
April 11 - SPLIT DISCUSSION
April 18 - More of the Same
April 25 - Independent Thoughts & Notes

March COLUMNS

March 02 - First of March
March 10 - Second of March
March 16 - Third of March
March 19 - Fourth of March
March 26 - Fifth of March

February COLUMNS

February 01 - Recent Feelings
February 04 - Check out that Logo!
February 09 - Back to a more normal pace
February 14 - The Reason Maven Rules
February 19 - WMX8 Biggest PPV of all time
February 26 - Reflections on the WWA PPV

January COLUMNS

January 01 - Brand New Year
January 03 - Babbling Brooks
January 08 - Royal Rumble 2002
January 15 - The Length of his Title Reign
January 21 - The Length of his Title Reign II
Janaury 24 - Back Again, Nothing better to do
Janaury 26 - What Chris Jericho has in Common with The rest of the sports world!

BOOKING COLUMNS

Booking By Zapper - WWF Night of Champions on TNN
Booking By Zapper - Survivor Series: War Games: The Match Beyond
Booking By Zapper - Survivor Series: My Way or the High Way
Booking By Zapper - WMX8
Booking By Zapper - MOCKDRAFT

SHOOT COLUMNS

Shoots - Shoot on XPW'S Rob Black
Shoots - Bob Ryder Sucks
Shoots - Matrats is Sleazy
Shoots - Parody meeting held at 1wrestling.com





























"LONG TIME; NO WRITE" - Updated March 26, 2004 4:00PM

WHY 99.9% OF THE MARKS ARE BLINDED BY THEIR OWN HIDDEN AGENDA AGAINST VKM. In the 80's Vincent Kennedy McMahon bought off talent left and right from Independent territories and in part he helped to cripple many regional promotions while doing this. Vince did this to add depth to his own territory because he had visions of global expansion in his mind. A lot of regional promoters did not want Vince to attempt this and laughed at the idea because it was "suicide" and "couldn't be done".

But Vince did it. No one can argue this because it is a well documented fact. Vince took the territorial business and molded it in to what he envisioned it being. At the same time he was booking a product that was as far away from traditional wrestling as any promotion ever could be. Vince gained a real reputation during this period for being the 'anti-Christ' of pro wrestling in a sense. By this people said Vince McMahon wasn't promoting "wrestling" but "sports entertainment". Vince himself coined the phrase "Sports Entertainment" when he got wrestling de-regulated in New Jersey. Vince testified that professional wrestling was "pre-determined" during this infamous trial to help de-regulate the business. A lot of wrestling people & wrestling promoters hated Vince McMahon for doing this and saw him as a villain for doing this. They didn't think the business should be exposed and didn't like the fact that Vince was buying up "wrestling" acts left & right and using them as "sports entertainers" first and as professional wrestlers second. And in some cases he didn't even promote them as being "wrestlers" at all. During this period everyone hated Vince McMahon's company who was an "insider" and openly criticized him for running a "circus". WWE was called "The Circus" by many "smart fans" during this period. Dave Meltzer's National Wrestling Observer generally spear headed the rally against Vince McMahon's company. I remember when BIG TIME WCW/NWA "wrestlers" (like Ric Flair) would leave WCW/NWA for WWE their careers would be 'over' in the sense that the publication would down play them as being legit marketable attractions and when guys the publications hated would leave WWE for WCW/NWA all of a sudden they were highly marketable competitors. This still goes on with the "insider's". Guys like Jerry Lynn & D Lo Brown & Raven are stuck underneath in NWA TNA yet when they were in the same positions with Vince McMahon the same fans who now rally around them in NWA TNA were blasting WWE for "burying them" and "misusing them". The knock on Vince was he would not push any of them because they had "wrestling talent" and he didn't respect "wrestling" and would never allow a "wrestler" to win his title. Of course they discounted the fact that Ric Flair was brought over from WCW and given the WWE Title multiple times back in the early 90's.

They discount the fact that NWA TNA isn't pushing these "wrestlers" either and make excuses for why TNA isn't pushing them. Never once have I seen any of them admit the three are no better off with NWA TNA. And they aren't. In fact they are worse off. At least when they were in WWE working on the undercard they were making a hell of a lot more money then they currently are working for NWA TNA. But lets get back to the real subject matter of this column. Vince gained a reputation with the "inside" fans during the 80's because he largely concentrated on pushing talent like Hulk Hogan on top at the expense of every other "wrestler" ever to enter his company. McMahon latched on to "Hulkamania" and rode it until the craze started to fade away (become stale). He even rode it years after it had run its course but did decent business. It was during this period when the "inside" newsletters created the marketability for Mr. McMahon to exist on camera. Vince was always 100% behind the scenes back in the 80's. He was doing play by play on RAW but he kept it quiet that he was the actual owner of the promotion, he didn't want his fans to know that for some reason. By doing this he gained a lot of credibility & depth as a character. He was always present on WWE TV so it would not be a stretch to see him expand his role in front of the camera one day. But with out this anti-McMahon sentiment spawned in the 80's, there would have been no marketability (no place to go) for the Evil Mr. McMahon character of the 90's. In a sense the rhetoric surrounding Vince helped to allow him to become everything that was ever written about him. No one wrote anything good about Vince McMahon. No one on the "inside" ever promoted the fact that Vince McMahon was the greatest wrestling promoter of all time. He was just a guy who was the "anti-wrestling" promoter and screwed over talent left & right. He had little respect for his talent and lied to them. HE cheated them. He swindled them. He did this time and time again, yet they all wanted to work for him (doesn't this strike you as odd that the guy that supposedly acted like the Evil Mr. McMahon character still got all of the talent to work for his company? Oh it was the money he paid. Certainly it was they got paid the most money they ever made working for Vince's company because he was brilliant at getting them over to the mainstream public).

And now as Stephanie's entrance music basically says, "I'm all grown up now!" and so are all of the Meltzer followers of that era. They are not the writers of inside information. They are the one's who grew up understanding Vince was this EVIL guy who hated PRO WRESTLERS and PRO WRESTLING and generally speaking wanted to push Hogan & Warrior over anyone else. Hell they still are fighting the same war they were fighting in middle school or high school. They are fighting this war against Vince McMahon to prove he doesn't respect pro wrestling. When that could be the furthest thing from the truth. Vince McMahon has never been an individual who set out to HATE wrestlers or wrestling. Vince had just understood what is marketable and what isn't marketable. There was a time when is brand wasn't able to produce quality wrestling but the talent he had was marketable. Hogan, Andre, etc etc were not GREAT WRESTLERS, but they were marketable. So he ran with them on top. Any company in that era that had the services of Hogan & Andre & Piper would have used them on top. That would suggest they were "anti" anything, it would just prove they were brilliant promoters. It should not matter if talent A is a great wrestler or sucks as a wrestler, if he is what the fans want to see then he should be promoted to the moon. To disqualify someone from the list because he or she isn't the greatest "wrestler" is an absurd thing to do. Bob Sapp isn't the greatest "wrestler" in the world but if WWE had the ability to promote this guy on top, then they should! He draws money and that is all that counts in the wrestling business. But these "all grown up now!" insider fans who became writers started to criticize Vince McMahon all over again on 1wrestling.com and other news pages during the "Attitude" days. Now he did not respect "good wholesome, clean wrestling". Damn straight he didn't because it didn't make any money. Once again he was ahead of the curve and was doing what would make his company marketable nationally. But he was also producing some of the best wrestling content in the wrestling business during this period and he didn't get any credit for doing such.

Austin v. Bret Hart was a smorgasbord of good wrestling action. Shawn Michaels was an excellent wrestler and his series of matches with Hart were awesome. Yet these critics still scoffed at the idea that McMahon actually did promote "wrestling". They found reasons to continue to brag about how Vince was the SATAN of pro wrestling. It all began to center around "The Clique". Now the "Clique" was keeping talent down left & right and was causing the "internet's" favorites to JOB. Shane Douglas was "run out of WWE" by "The Clique" and forced to hand over his recently won IC Title to Razor Ramon. NO one could just accept that Shane Douglas has been a miserable person to get along with his entire wrestling career. Shane Douglas burned his bridges in ECW many times because he has a EGO. He has always found a way to belly ache and whine when leaving a territory or claim someone, somewhere was out to get him. When ECW was born all of the talent that eventually wound up in WWE was going to be "buried" by Vince. Yet one by one they weren't. Still no one saw the writing on the wall or were too hell bent on hating Vince to write about it. Foley's debut as Mankind was going to "kill his career" and bury him. In short it got him two best selling books and multiple World Titles.

Austin going to WWE as "Ringmaster" was the end of his career. In short he became the most marketable performer in the history of the wrestling business, even bigger then Hogan. Yeah you can name guys that went from ECW that didn't "make it", but so what. You can name guys that left WWE to go to ECW that "didn't make it" as well. The point is, there was no lack of respect, no lack of upward movement for talent that could help Vince make some money. Vince McMahon always put guys on top that he thought had the slightest chance of making him some money. Yet he was still hated and bad mouthed. Even when he was presenting 5 star matches on every single PPV he ran based around throwback wrestling attractions like Austin & Bret Hart. Every now and then he would give the belt to Undertaker and people would say "see, told you so!" and brag on about how Vince only pushed "bigger wrestlers". When there was no upward movement in WCW under Eric Bischoff and talent like Chris Jericho & Chris Benoit & Eddy Guerrero were talking about going to WWE a lot of the brass in WCW laughed at them and called their bluffs. Vince McMahon would never give them a shot on top because they lacked size. They were "midgets". Some high ranking WCW officials even called Jericho a "midget" in interviews after he left WCW for WWE. Of course most of the people who had an agenda against Vince McMahon saw this as their chance to prove he hated "wrestlers".

None of these guys would be any better off in WWE then they were with WCW. They would be BURIED to death by Vince. They would be midcarders for life in WWE. Jericho arrived in WWE and was given a huge push right to the main event, but he never made it that far. He worked the undercard for a lot of years and allowed these critics to brag about how Vince would never allow a "wrestler" like Jericho to actually win the WWE World Title. It just wasn't going to ever happen. They took pleasure and pride in bragging about this fact and trying to tear down the entire business. Vince McMahon didn't rush Jericho to the top and he waited. He then put Jericho over as the "First Undisputed Heavyweight Wrestling Champion" in wrestling history beating both Steve Austin & The Rock on the same night to unify the WCW & WWE Titles. Still this wasn't good enough for these critics. Somehow the push wasn't done correctly and Jericho wasn't really a legit champion. They effectively turned on Jericho and no longer were asking WWE to give him the World Title (he had it now), but were writing about how Jericho would simply be a transition champion and post title reign wouldn't be anything special. I saw them turn on him and it pissed me off. Vince was still somehow the villain in all of this. There was other wrestlers like Rob Van Dam & Tazz & Chris Benoit & Eddy Guerrero who the internet wanted to see on top. Instead of writing or putting over how Jericho had made it to that level they began to talk about the other wrestlers. If one of them lost a match they were being buried.

If one of them won a match they weren't being pushed, just were being misused. If the win happened it wasn't big enough or didn't mean anything. If a loss happened it meant they were doomed to stay on the undercard for the rest of their careers. Benoit & Guerrero would go on to actually holding both versions of the WWE World Titles at the same time. Eddy the WWE Smackdown World Title and Chris the WWE RAW World Title. Did anyone give Vince McMahon credit for pushing these two wrestlers to the top of the mountain at the same time? NO! In fact, I have read columns about how Guerrero is "only a transition" champion. Guerrero was obviously going to drop the belt to Kurt Angle at WMXX, but that didn't happen and Guerrero has been pushed on Smackdown. I read how Triple H was never going to allow Chris Benoit to look strong and was going to bury him at WMXX. I read about how Benoit wasn't being "PUSHED CORRECTLY" on RAW leading to WMXX and was second fiddle to HBK. But yet he still made Triple H tap out at WMXX and won the RAW World Title. The emphasis during both these title reigns IS NOT placed on how many weeks or months they survive with the World Title, it is placed on when they are going to lose the titles. And when they lose the belts no matter if it is a year from now or a day from now the columns are going to be the same. They are going claim they were buried and send back to the midcard. I don't know a former World Champion who wasn't sent back to the midcard after dropping the title. They have to go somewhere, unless they are just going to win the belt right back instantly and then the guy they beats has to go somewhere as well. What is the midcard? Anything under the main event? Only 2 guys can work the main event on a given PPV (unless its a tag or match with multiple talent involved). But my point here is, no matter if Benoit or Guerrero are pushed "correctly" or not the internet community has already TURNED on them.

I read about how Smackdown still lacks STAR POWER/STAR APPEAL and how HHH obviously has a ego problem and perceives Smackdown as the in superior brand and has gone back to RAW to bury Edge. I am laughing at this! Just about six months ago people were upset that Booker T was being used as a midcard wrestler when he deserved to be up their with HHH & HBK & AUSTIN, etc. Now all of a sudden Booker T & D Von & Bubba being traded for Triple H so Booker T can be a main event player over on the Smackdown brand is a BAD BUSINESS DECISION driven by HHH's ego? What happened to the love affair with Booker T being ready and able to be a major player on top? I thought he had some major star appeal and was being misused on RAW? And what about Rob Van Dam. How many times have I read that the type of reactions he gets over on RAW are the same type of reactions that the main event players are getting and he should be closer to the top of the card then he is? Well what happened to this? If he is getting the pops that main event wrestlers are getting then doesn't that prove he has STAR APPEAL? Do fans want to see HHH more then RVD? I thought fans wanted not to see HHH because they "hated" how he was being rammed down our throats? Now all of a sudden these morons want HHH on Smackdown over Booker & RVD? It doesn't make much sense because RVD & Booker are closer to the top of the mountain with Smackdown then they would be on RAW.

But it isn't about the facts with these people. It isn't about who is or isn't being pushed. Damn we have Eddy Guerrero who people claimed deserved to be where he is currently at but then they write columns disrespecting him by saying Smackdown doesn't have any "established" stars. How can they not have any established stars post Lesnar when Eddy himself beat Lesnar and beat Angle at WMXX. I don't understand how any one in their right mind can argue that RVD & Booker T & Eddy Guerrero are not 'stars'. These are three guys who should be at the top of the business and get the reactions to be at the top of the business. Instead these people who hate HHH wanted to see him go to Smackdown? I understand why, so when he beat Guerrero for the title (and he would have) they could claim Vince was doing it again. "OH HE'S DOING IT AGAIN!"... "HE'S BURYING EDDY! TOLD YOU SO! ITS THE DREADED TRIPLE H EFFECT!". Give me a break. There is on Triple H on Smackdown so there is in essence no way Eddy is going to be "buried" and none of the Smackdown wrestlers (outside of The Undertaker) have held the WWE Smackdown World Title and thus there is no possibilities of Eddy losing the title to someone who is above him. Well, Angle could return but who has a problem with Kurt Angle? LOL. My point is there is no way for Eddy to be "buried" now on Smackdown and I think in part that is why a lot of people are pissed off at HHH going to RAW.

No reason to bitch at Vince over on the Smackdown business model because Vince has set it up to promote new talent to the top positions on the brand. If Eddy drops the belt to Booker T there is no way for anyone to claim Booker T doesn't deserve the title. There is no way for them to claim Eddy was buried either. If Eddy drops the belt to John Layfield, again there is no way for anyone to prove that Eddy was "buried" because he is wrestling a guy who has never been to the top of the mountain in the wrestling world and thus it would just be WWE trying to establish someone fresh on top. The only guy on Smackdown that has a chance to bury anybody is Undertaker. And I don't think Undertaker is going to be put in matches with babyfaces upon his arrival on the scene. So the chances of Eddy dropping the belt to Undertaker are almost non existent. Over on RAW there is a better chance of Benoit dropping the title to someone who has already held the World Title, since RAW has most of the already "established" names. But Benoit has the great ability to be a "throwback" champion who in my opinion is bullet-proof. They can't bury a Chris Benoit if they wanted too. It is my opinion the hatred directed at Vince McMahon stems from this subconscious fixation to hate everything he puts his hands on. Even if it is 100% "pro wrestling" related. No one can claim they saw this era coming where we could brag about Jericho being the first ever Undisputed Champion and claim Benoit & Guerrero held WWE World Gold. No one could claim that saw it coming because no one believed Vince McMahon had it in him to allow these guys to make it to the top spots in his company. Vince deserves praise for allowing these talented individuals to make it to those spots, when other promoters in the same position refused to allow them to rise to those spots. He should not be shunned and his legacy should not be written as a guy who "doesn't" respect professional wrestling or professional wrestlers.

NEXT COLUMN I WILL BREAK MY SILENCE AND DISCUSS ROB FEINSTEIN, I won't be nice!


"THINGS III" - Updated February 8, 2003 4:00PM

A LACK OF CREATIVITY? So the knock on the wrestling business right now is there is a lack of creativity. Columnists have even come up with cutesy names to define the WWE Creative Team ("Stephanie's Boobs" was a term coined by Dave Scherer or PWInsider.com to describe the WWE Creative Team led by Stephanie McMahon-Levesque. I'm not a fan of such terminology because in my honest opinion it demeans the individuals present on the WWE Creative Team as well as diminishes the writer who came up with the terms credibility. I mean if you were 16 then perhaps using such a term in your daily updates would be "cool" but for an adult it is sophomoric humor that misses its mark quite a bit in my opinion) to show their discomfort and displeasure in the state of the business.

Has the business really fallen as far from grace as these columnists suggest? Or are they just spoiled? I happen to think in most cases these columnists have become spoiled in a sense. I look at some of the storylines & angles written during the height of WWE as opposed to what is being written in today's product and I scoff at the idea that todays product is worse off then yesterdays. Does anyone care to remember skits like "Rock this is your Life" or Mae Young Giving Birth to Mark Henry's Baby, which by the way turned out to be a hand! Does anyone remember when Ahmed Johnson went in to apparent cardiac arrest and Goldust decided to give him the french version of CPR? Does anyone remember when WWE thought the answer was to bring in The Inane Clown Posee (thanks to Dave Whitaker for coming up with that one!)? Does anyone have a memory? Maybe the problem with todays columnists isn't having a good sense of what is good or what isn't good, maybe just maybe they have ADD.

Attention Deficit Disorder. Maybe they have done to many drugs back in the 70's and have bad long term & in some cases bad short term memories. Or perhaps they just forget the past and like to yell at Vince McMahon for doing the same thing with his company. I mean how many times have you heard someone scream that WWE doesn't remember their own storylines? Perhaps the Creative Team does remember them quite fondly and understands they were HORRIBLE! Perhaps in the moment when the masses were hooked, WWE realized they could program 2 hours of golden crap and the mainstream fans were going to buy it hook, like & sinker! Perhaps when "Rock this is your Life" got an 8.4 in the ratings, Vince McMahon was grinning from ear to ear because he had peddled smut.

Not smut like that peddled by Larry Flynt, Hugh Heffner, Howard Stern or CBS/VIACOM. But defined as smut by TRUE WRESTLING FANS. Wrestling fans who tuned in to RAW that night to perhaps see Mick Foley wrestle a hardcore match against someone of equal status and instead got Yurple the clown, actresses & actors purporting to be from Rock's past and a bunch of talk for nearly half of the show. To me it was the single worst skit ever produced by Vincent Kennedy McMahon and I hated every second of it. But you know what? I laughed my ass off when it happened. In hindsight I can recognize it was the ANTI-WRESTLING. But I can also admit it was the most watched segment in the history of WWE and RAW. But does that mean WWE should bring back Yurple the clown next week to get back to the glory days? Most fans of today look at the numbers as compared to the one's before and automatically think the writing has gotten a lot worse then it actually has. It really hasn't. What happened was the masses revolted back to watching moronic shows like "Survivor" or "Fear Factor" or decided to watch less tv and play more PSX.

Don't worry, ratings are down across the board with the key demographic WWE seeks. But lets get back on track. This isn't a column about ratings, this isn't a column about the past. This is a column about doing something about what you are thinking about. So you agree with the people who think the product has gotten worse storyline wise and want to give something back? I have written "fantasy columns" before and refuse to do them now. I think it shows a lack of respect for the entire industry and the entire creative process for me to be so sanctimonious and toss around a few good ideas and suggest that if I was in fact in control of the WWE Creative Process I could somehow do a better job then those currently in place. Because frankly, I couldn't. Sure I can come up with ideas on the fly and pop my readership. I can write column after column and get messages flooding my e-mail box with people telling me WWE should hire me as the head writer of the Creative team. But I know absolutely NOTHING about what it takes to be in that position. I would be lost on the first day in charge of the WWE Creative Team. Sure over time I would learn how to exist in that structure, but during the first few weeks of my employment the RAW show would suck eggs.

Because I wouldn't have clue #1 how to implement any of my ideas. Do I hold meetings and just give orders to the talent? Do I write scripts and hand them out to the talent? Do I schmozz with VKM first and run all of my ideas by him? Do you even know how the process works? Sure I could pump ideas to the head of the creative team and probably help invent some interesting storylines. But this would simply make me an "idea" man. I would be as good as Vince Russo was until my ideas dried up and then I could probably work the world in to thinking that I actually "turned" WWE around and created their boom, hell I could probably work groups like WCW & NWA TNA in to thinking I actually single handedly did turn WWE business around and sign huge contracts with them promising to turn their brands around as well. But I would be full of it. I'll the be the first to go on record right now and say that I really think Vince Russo is full of it. And I have talked to Russo before on the phone and I thought he was full of it back then as well. Now contrary to what some people are going to write about what I just wrote, the entire intention of this column wasn't to see how many times I could say Russo was full of it, but in actuality, it was because I wanted to pen the first quality based column that I have tried to write in a long time.

You see, I lost my passion somewhere along the road to covering pro wrestling. I decided that perhaps my readers didn't want hear my voice so much as read the news that I provided to them on a daily basis. But I have since discovered that perhaps my talents have been wasted for some time. And also I wanted to write a long column to piss of my critics. I want to quote one of the greatest American's of all time (in my eyes) right now and say when I die, I hope they bury me upside down so my critics can kiss my ass (thank you Bobby Knight for that quote). I don't really care what people think about me or what they think about what I write. I have always written for myself and for no one else. I might get off track every so often and venture in different directions, but that is okay. Right now I am trying to talk about the Creative issues. As I stated above I don't write "Fantasy Columns" again and I won't print them in my newsletter either. But what I will do is give ideas on occasion. I will pass along my ideas of what should or should now happen on occasion. This to me is not showing the creative team a lack of respect. This is perfectly okay.

The Creative team loves ideas. Ideas are what inspires creation. So what I am suggesting here is that we open the flood gates up and perhaps turn this all around on to you my readers. You think you can come up with 10 good ideas that will turn WWE business around? Write them down and send them in to me! I want to see ideas, ideas and more IDEAS! I want to see so many ideas flooding my e-mail boxes that I get sick of ideas.

MORE ON ICP SITUATION AT THE MID-ATLANTIC FAN CONVENTION. Mike Mooneyham recently wrote a column detailing the Insane Clown Posse's situation at the Mid-Atlantic Fan Convention. I bring this up again because there are some morons online who actually believe it wasn't ICP who caused the disruption at the convention, but instead two ICP fans dressed up to look like ICP and an Independent Wrestler who caused the disruption. In an issue of LEWD I openly discussed how ICP had gotten heat backstage at the NWA TNA show because of their assault on Jim Cornette (who is a legend in the Nashville region and remains one of the most respect performers of the Smokey Mountain market). Cornette agreed to do a "question and answer" session at the convention and it was disrupted by The Insane Clown Posse, who were then asked and required to leave the building due to their unprofessional behavior. Cornette has since gotten rave reviews for the way he handled the entire situation and actually had his legend grow because of the quick witted response he had for ICP's attempt to heckle him that night. Cornette was joined on stage by Les Thatcher (who owns and operates Heartland Wrestling Association based out of Ohio), James J. Dillon (who works with and form Major League Wrestling based out of Florida and is a legendary wrestling figure himself) and Bobby Eaton (who is semi-retired from the ring and is a legend himself).

Mooneyham wrote in his latest column about the convention that, "All, however, didn't go smoothly. Two members of the rap/wrestling group Insane Clown Posse were asked to leave after reportedly heckling Cornette during his VIP members-only session. Although ICP had passes for the event, their loud and disruptive comments prompted their departure, said several fans in attendance. When the two declared that they had VIP passes and weren't leaving, Cornette responded, "And that means one thing. You paid 100 bucks to come see me," before launching into one of his inimitable diatribes and shouting them down." Through this the majority of the audience was laughing, note to all ICP fans, laughing at ICP not with them. ICP were thoroughly put in their places by Cornette and then shown the door by the security at the event. Cornette however continued his assault on ICP Mooneyham wrote in his column by saying the following as they were being escorted out.

"Rap is noise that no one wants to particularly hear, which is why you boys have to pick up those little outlaw bookings for $25 a shot." And that was the end of ICP as they were tossed out of the convention. Interesting is Bobby Eaton helped to personally escort the two morons out of the building as the fans in attendance were heard erupting with loud "raucous" cheers according to Mooneyham. He also stated the fans began singing "na na hey hey hey goodbye" at the two clowns.

Mooneyham also discussed the situation involving Buddy Landel which also happened at the same convention. Landel has since apologized for his behavior at the convention and has vowed to get help for his alcohol problem. Insane Clown Posse on the other hand hasn't offered an apology for their behavior at the convention and instead probably are supporting the theory that they were not even at the convention and it was simply two fans and an independent wrestler dressed up as them. The fact is it was Insane Clown Posse and Bobby Eaton, Gary Price, Les Thatcher, Jim Cornette and everyone else who was at the convention can testify that it was in fact Insane Clown Posse who caused a major disruption at the event.

INSIDE THE BUSINESS; A LOOK AT WHY WCW REALLY WENT OUT OF BUSINESS. You can talk about finances all you want and a lack of being able to 'create stars' as well, but the reason why WCW went out of business was a different story altogether.

There was a pattern which I want to discuss in this column, which I think points to the reason why WCW went out of business. And it isn't something that was exclusive to one power regime. This was something WCW management had accomplished ever since it began to compete with WWE. Call it a lack of understanding of how the business operates or a naive business nature if you will, call it what ever you want to call it (it doesn’t really matter what you label it). Ever since I can remember WCW operating on a semi-national level there were problems with the way they operated.

There was a problem with WCW signing certain talent to short term contracts and then not recognizing this talent was good enough to make it to the highest level obtainable. Lets look at a few names so we can begin to recognize this pattern. "Mean" Mark Callis. He was a midcard character in WCW used in WCW's tag team division. There was no recognition in WCW that this guy was going to one day be a legend. In fact, no one in WCW ever talked about his talent or the fact that he was one day going to be a World Champion. So what happened? He left after only a few months of working on WCW Television and signed with the competition. He debuted in WWE with a new character known as The Undertaker. It is now around 13 or 14 years since Calloway worked for WCW and he is still wrestling and is still at the top of his profession.

Scott Hall was brought in to WCW and put in the midcard tag team division with Diamond Dallas Page. He was going nowhere in WCW pretty quickly and he had signed a short term deal with WCW. WCW did not recognize the talent he had and thus didn't plan on doing much with him. He eventually accepted an offer from Vince McMahon to venture to the World Wrestling Federation, where he became Razor Ramon. He went on to become one of the most popular characters in WWE history. He made WWE a lot of money with the Razor Ramon character. Yet WCW did not recognize his talent until after he left WWE to return to WCW years later, may I add after Vince McMahon made him in to a money making machine.

Kevin Nash was with WCW first, before he went to WWE. In fact he was handed his debut by Jim Herd as part of a midcard tag team known as The Master Blasters. WCW saw more in his tag team partner Al Greene then they saw in Nash. Nash was under a short term contract with WCW and after months and months of being pushed as a midcard talent in a tag team with Diamond Dallas Page he opted out and went to the competition, where he became Diesel. Diesel eventually became one of the hottest attractions in WWE history and had one of the longest WWE Title Reigns in the history of the company. Eventually Vince McMahon turned Nash in to such a star that he went back to WCW and was credited with turning the entire business around as part of the New World Order.

Lets talk about Terra Rizing, who was in WCW for a short period of time as part of a mirdcard tag team. He was part of William Regal's Blue Bloods team and balked at staying with WCW when it was apparent he was never going to materialize in to being a major player. And it didn't take him long to figure this out either and where did he end up at? WWE. He was given the ring name of Hunter Hearst Helmsley in WWE. Vince McMahon saw something in him and now he is probably one of the greatest World Heavyweight Champions of any era. By the way he also married Vince McMahon's daughter Stephanie McMahon and is going to be a fixture with WWE for the rest of his life. This is a guy who was under the complete control of WCW prior to Vince McMahon getting his hands on him

Steve Austin. Here is another talent we can throw in to the stuck in midcard tag team role by WCW. He was under contract for a longer period of time then most of the others but eventually went to WWE as well. He became the biggest draw in the history of WWE and remains as over today as he was then. But WCW didn't recognize this potential and let him go to the competition.

Chris Jericho, Chris Benoit, Perry Saturn, Dean Malenko, Eddie Guerrero. These are all names of talent that were stuck in WCW on the under card and eventually left for the competition. Certainly not all of them are representative of the names on the list above.

But Benoit, Jericho & Guerrero certainly are. I can point to how all three are headed to becoming the top wrestlers on this era in WWE. And WCW had all of them under their control, locked up in contracts prior to Vince McMahon getting his hands on them.

But I saved the best for last. The one man who WCW let slip through their hands who not only could have turned their business around, but could have offered them so much more then just a wrestling talent. Mick Foley.

Mick Foley was stuck in midcard tag teams his entire WCW career and was never given any type of a chance to reach the top of his profession. Some people laughed at the idea of Foley being pushed as a top hand with WCW because he was never looked like he fit the role. But he went to WWE and got his chance and made it. Not only did he become one of the most popular WWE superstars of all time but he also became a #1 best selling author with WWE. And this is someone WCW controlled! Someone Vince McMahon should have never been able to market.

So we can see the pattern. It existed. WCW didn't know how to direct the talent they had. It wasn't about creating talent because WCW controlled this talent from the start. Vince McMahon didn't create these talents more so then just nurturing them to becoming top attractions with his company. The problem with WCW was a lack of recognition. They were not able to recognize good talent when the talent was right under their own noses. Instead WCW let these guys go to WWE time and time again.

Vince McMahon must have been grinning from ear to ear because he saw what he had in these guys. He knew that with the right exposure and the right time in the ring, eventually these guys would become the future of his company. And that is what has happened. Not all of them were going to be the future in year one, but some were. I compare it to what good baseball minds can do with limited funds. The Yankee’s might have the highest pay roll in baseball but that doesn’t mean a team with half the pay roll can’t compete with them. As long as the team hires good baseball people who know the game, they can win out in the end by making solid baseball decisions. But even If you give hundreds of millions of dollars to teams with inadequate baseball minds then they will spend the money in the wrong areas and pass over good baseball talent along the way. And this is what happened with WCW. They had a lot of money to throw around but had insuperior wrestling minds operating their company. Vince McMahon knew the wrestling business better then WCW’s executives did. Vince McMahon never spent as much money to compete against WCW but he got all of the talent required to beat WCW, because the WCW executives knew NOTHING about directing a wrestling operation outside of in most cases being worked by the veteran talent (who were out for their own financial gain). It would be like the St. Louis Cardinals passing on Albert Pujuls because their baseball people knew nothing about baseball talent and asked the guy who he was about to replace if he was worth signing or not. In most cases in that situation the veteran talent is going to look out for #1 and tell management to pass on the player because he isn’t quite as talented. This is what happened in WCW. And Vince McMahon never did this.

Some of the talent WCW passed on took 11 years to be the future, some took 11 months. But the thing is WCW could have had all of this talent to themselves and at one time did! Instead of spending millions and millions of dollars on Kevin Nash, Scott Hall, Hulk Hogan, etc all WCW really needed to do is hire someone like Paul Heyman to run their organization (from a creative perspective, not a business one). If WCW would have spent all of its bank on bringing in a solid WRESTLING mind and kept all of this talent, then Vince McMahon would have never got this talent. Imagine if WCW had Eric Bischoff running the business end of the company and Paul Heyman writing the creative end. They would have been dominant! Funny thing is WCW also at one point had Heyman under contract, they didn’t recognize his talent, he left and created Extreme Championship Wrestling. Ultimately WCW would have shined through this if they had only recognized the talent they had right under their noses,.but they failed to see in them what Vince McMahon saw in them and let them go to WWE.

FIRST FAN RESPONSE TO CREATIVE ISSUES:

CREATIVE ISSUE'S: OPENING UP THE DISCUSSION TO THE READERS (MAIL BAG). Over the next few weeks I hope to bring you more quality response to my recent column. The first such response was written by Dale Spear and follows unedited in its original form.

"To LEWD:

I enjoy your well reasoned rants and your newsletter, but I have to tell you that the recent one on WWE storylines is a little over protective of WWE and a little targeted at Scherer. Simply stated, I want storylines that I CAN suspend disbelief...not The Undertaker embalming anyone, not stupid cartoon characters and people getting run over by a semi truck and appearing the next week, not hitting people with a sledgehammer, etc. The This Is Your Life segment for The Rock was NOT an angle but a comedy bit. It was funny and at the time I thought fit the Foley character. Then Mick would go out and bust his ass in a match. I like some of the recent direction of the WWE having wrestlers as champs pushing the Kurt Angles, Chris Benoits and Eddy Guerreros. I've actually enjoyed The Triple H and Shawn Michaels matches (I, like you, am not a Triple H fan, but he has taken up a notch lately against a great worker like Shawn) Perhaps I'm old school and we'll never return to those days again since Kayfabe has died. I still like a good story, a good feud and a sinister, believable act or two and I sometimes see it on WWE programming.

As for 10 story ideas to turn the WWE around...not for free and I'm lucky if I could come up with three, but I did send one to Jim Ross a few years ago and he sent me a nice thank you note back. I suggested that instead of having Mick Foley retire at the peak of his career when rumors were flying that he might, the WWF should make him Commissioner and he could wander the back halls of events and suggest the type of crazy matches he used to work. This was at least three months before the WWF did this. Maybe it was obvious. Maybe it was coincidence. Maybe I helped. Maybe I'm full of it, but it's the truth.

Thanks for a great newsletter. I'm a Boston sports fan too having grown up in Maine, but now live in Minneapolis. It's HARD to be a Minnesota sports fan. They don't GET IT!

Dale Spear"



"THINGS II" - Updated December 11, 2003 8:00PM

I am currently watching Smackdown. They just did a promo with Brock Lesnar & Paul Heyman to set up Misterio v. Lesnar in a non title match. Very well done skit and I certainly look forward to seeing the match between Lesnar & Misterio. It really does not matter if Misterio loses this match, because he is so over in San Diego that the people will overlook a loss. He is the biggest underdog in the world on this show and thus a loss won't hurt his career.

Right now Rhyno is on his way to the ring to take on Bradshaw. It is good to see Rhyno back in the swing of things on Smackdown. I think Rhyno is one of the talents that has been under utilized on the Smackdown brand and if he could get back on the show full time he could help out quite a bit. Rhyno is a very intense superstar who is ready to break through to the other side, so to speak.

How about WWE sending the superstars to Iraq to tape a show? Imagine what that show is going to be like. I just hope they have a "falls count anywhere" match and brawl in to the desert. That would be so cool to see something like that happen. Then they could have some Saddam impersonator show up and have the talent beat the crap out of him. It would seem realistic since they would be in Iraq. This is a once in a life time opportunity for WWE to do something like that.

WM is so far away but it seems like it is right around the corner. I can't wait for WM 20 in New York. I think it is going to be the greatest WM of all time. We know that Rock is going to wrestle on the show. We know WWE is going to bring back some of the legends from the other twenty WM's. It certainly could be the greatest WM of all time if WWE spends enough money to get everyone involved in the show. I know it talent wise will be the most talented WM of all time. WWE has so much talent on the roster that the show could be the greatest line up of all time for a WM. Top to bottom they could have 12-14 main event matches. I just hope they build them all up properly so they all mean a lot.

Well that is about it from me. Rhyno is about to beat Bradshaw. When that happens all is right in the world of pro wrestling for three seconds at least.




"THINGS" - Updated October 26, 2003 8:00AM

Have things calmed down a bit? Triple H (Paul Levesque) is no longer the RAW World Champion and he has dropped the title to Goldberg a while back. Goldberg has been running with the ball on RAW and the ratings haven't rebounded. There was this thought that once Triple H dropped the title the ratings would rebound back to the levels they should have been at if it wasn't for the strangle hold Triple H held over the brand. Of course now the argument is Triple H didn't allow Goldberg to be pushed correctly and thus he isn't as effective as he would have been if he was pushed as a total dominant monster his entire stay with WWE. I don't buy it. I don't think the ratings had much to do with who was on top personally. I think anyone who carries the belt isn't going to make the ratings rebound. WWE needs to hit the home run they hit when Mike Tyson came onboard to help Austin become as big as he became. No one knows what that home run is or how to manipulate it in to happening.

No one knows who is going to be the next Austin. Certainly the company would like to think they can judge who is going to be the next big superstar to carry the business to new heights, but they can't. I would think with the right platform there are a few wrestlers in WWE right now who could be that big thing WWE needs. One of course is John Cena. Cena has all of the tools and only needs to be given a huge push to make it to the next level. I don't think Cena is ready just yet though, I think he needs another couple of months underneath before he is ready to rule on top in WWE. I think once Cena is ready there will be no stopping him from becoming one of the top superstars in this industry. I would look to WrestleMania 20 as the coming out party for John Cena in WWE. If they presented him correctly at WrestleMania 20 and brought in the right celeb to be in his corner, by his side, then I think the sky would be the limit for Cena's popularity to grow. I have my ideas on how they should market Cena to the young kids and the quickest way to get to the young kids is to put Cena with someone like Eminem. Eminem is controversial enough in the media to fit in to what Vince McMahon likes to accomplish with this kind of publicity and he connects with the younger demographic WWE needs to attract. Cena's gimmick would only gain a lot more credibility by pairing up with Eminem, it is almost a no brainier to bring in Eminem for at least some type of appearance at WM20.

Eddie Guerrero is poised to be one of the biggest superstars in WWE if he is pushed correctly over the next few months and weeks. I really think Guerrero has the ability and look to be a top attraction on Smackdown. All Guerrero needs is the chance to be the World Champion for a few months to make it to the next level. The big question is whether or not Guerrero has the ability to break through to the next level and drive business like others have. I am not so positive Guerrero has the ability to do this, but I could be wrong. I would like to find out if I am wrong and see Guerrero win the Smackdown World Title sometime in the next few months. I think Guerrero deserves this honor and he would be one of the greatest Champions of all time in my opinion. I think if WWE doesn't present Guerrero with this chance to wear the World Title, they would be doing their company & brand a disservice. Also to give a talent such as Eddie Guerrero the honor of holding one of the two World Titles would show the underneath talent that hard work does pay off in the end. It would up morale in my opinion because Eddie Guerrero has always been one of the hardest workers in the history of the business who has never gotten to the top of the business. It certainly would make all of the younger talent take notice and realize they to through hard work could obtain the same accomplishments Guerrero obtained. I think just for that reason it would be a strong move on WWE's behalf to give Guerrero the title in the future.

Who on RAW has the potential to carry the business to new heights? Some are looking at Goldberg and thinking if he only got a better push he would be able to do this. I am not so certain he would have been able to do this. I don't think Goldberg could have reached a new level in WWE. I think Goldberg is as over as he is ever going to be in this business. It isn't as if the fans dislike Goldberg these days, it is just the audience has changed quite a bit since Goldberg's WCW days. The audience who paid bucks to see Goldberg don't watch wrestling anymore and even if Goldberg is back they aren't going to start watching again. So the project known as Goldberg in WWE hasn't been a failure by any means, but it hasn't been the success WWE hoped it would be. Obviously they thought by bringing back Goldberg it would bring the ratings back around the 5.0 level. This didn't happen. It was insane to think it would happen. I think Goldberg can be marketable if he is pushed correctly over the next few weeks and months, but I don't think he is going to be as marketable as the WWE had hoped him to be right away. I think Goldberg could be a break through star in other entertainment industries if he is given a chance to shine in those industries.

Rob Van Dam is in my opinion the one wild card talent WWE currently has on their rosters. I don't have faith in RVD to make it to the next level because he doesn't seem to have the fire he had in ECW and it shows. There are times when RVD turns it back on and looks great in action and other times when he doesn't. Some would say this is due to the WWE pushing him incorrectly. But for some reason I think there is something there to RVD being World Champion and lifting up the entire business. I don't know why but I just think it is RVD's destiny to win the World Title and lift the business to new heights. It doesn't matter what WWE does to Rob Van Dam in the end, because if I am correct it is his DESTINY to do this. Nothing WWE can do is going to stop him from reaching his destiny in my opinion. This doesn't mean it is going to happen in WWE mind you. It just means that one day RVD is going to be wearing a World Title and he is going to lift business up. I feel this in my heart and hope for WWE's sake they re-sign RVD to a new contract. I really think RVD is going to be a megastar in less then 3 years.

In the end WWE has a lot of talent under contract. You take a look at the talent and you have no idea what you really have. Especially with the young talent. It is a crap shoot nine times out of ten and developing the talent in to superstars isn't as easy of a task as some make it out to be. You have to hope the talent catches on with the audience in one way or another. In some cases it isn't easy to get the fans to care about the new talent, in other cases it is hard to make the fans not care about the new talent. Is the business okay? I think it is. I think WWE has brought up enough new talent to help the business reset in a sense. It was needed for the business to slow the product down and that has happened. It has been a slow re-education but it is coming along nicely. I think the automatic reaction to the slow down was to blast the company and claim they were watering down the product. It was to claim they were destroying their company by watering down the product.

But now they have two viable brands that operate their own PPV shows and will have their own Magazine's in 2004. The extension is right on schedule to where WWE can honestly begin to create new PPV platforms in 2004. No one ever though two brands being run by one company could work. It has worked. We will look back at this and understand this was the smartest move WWE ever made in a few years. For a while you didn't know if we would look back at the extension as another failed angle that was ended less then a year after it began. Enough time has passed with the extension that people are not questioning when it should end anymore, they have accepted this is how things are. And that is a good thing.




"Mark's v. Smart's" - Updated September 1, 2003 8:00PM

I read the awesome column that contributing editor Mike Maynard sent out a few minutes ago. Although I do not agree 100% with the content, I do share some of the opinions on pro wrestling as were addressed in the column.

I have been toying with the idea of writing this column for some time now. This is how I feel about the educational process that went on to educate “marks” in to “smart fans and what I think it did to the business. I think it may have helped to kill the business to a certain extent. I think a lot about how Bill Watts governed his promotion. Watts was a strange fellow when it came to ruling his empire. Watts had some really strange rules the talent had to follow or they would be fired. One of those rules was: heels & faces could not associate with each other in public.

Today (in part due to the education of non smart fans) this would be scoffed at by talent. Heels & faces do interact with each other in public. It is my opinion that I itself has hurt wrestling. So when I think about how Watts would struggle to exist in todays wrestling climate, I think back to the day when Vince McMahon testified in Atlantic City, New Jersey. On that day he told the entire world that wrestling was just ‘entertainment’. Ever since that day the business educated "marks" in to “smart" fans. The proliferation of the "insider" began on that day and has grown so large today that most of the "insider’s" really are no more inside then they were when they were considered "marks".

Wrestling fans watch wrestling these days with the intent to analyze each segment on each show and pick them apart. They do this so they can re-write each segment their own way and suggest a better way the company could have brought it all together.

There are millions and millions of bookers-writers online who actually think they could write a better edition of RAW then the WWE creative staff could. But what is it all about? Do any of them understand what the business is really about? Or do they simply look at the wrestling business as "entertainment". Do they look at the talent as pawns in a chess game to be positioned by some omnipotent force who controls them? Or do they look at the talent as human beings who have emotions and feelings and may not agree to go along with every storyline concept you throw in their general direction. Do they even grasp the concept of reality themselves?

Often at times I struggle to think they understand what reality is. But perhaps I am getting a bit sidetracked with this column. This was most certainly supposed to be about the education of the "marks" creating a hybrid wrestling fan who bitches, belly aches and whines about anything that doesn't go their way. It is like that old saying, opinions are like assholes, because everyone has one.

There I was watching the NASCAR race this week end and the NASCAR announcer told me that this years race would not take place in August of next year, but instead was being moved to November next year. I chuckled, because to me that was the punchline to a funny hysterical wrestling joke. Imagine what would happen if WWE decided to move a PPV event to another month, the wrestling fanatics would have a cow about it.

Vince McMahon would be destroying the business by making an improper decision and or attempting to kill the PPV concept. I guess I can point to King of the Ring as my direct evidence to prove my point. Even though in the past the KOTR Tournament was started, stopped and re-started as a working concept, when Vince McMahon decided to do away with it this past July in favor of the first ever exclusive RAW PPV ("Bad Blood") a lot of wrestling fanatics decided Vince McMahon was "killing WWE".

They neglected to understand the decision wasn't any different then what had happened in the past, more or less they were naive about it. They were not "educated". They were not "smart". They were enlightened "marks".

Finally we have arrived at the point of the column. See, there was no education of the "marks". Certainly they learned the terminology (carny language), but once they learned it, the carny language in itself went out of favor. Today the talent do not toss around terms as much as their predecessors did in the past. Mainly because it isn't 'cool' or 'in' to use those terms these days because the “marks” use them now. There was a time in this business when an announcer going on television and using a term like "booker" or "mark" would have POPPED me. Because it was unheard of. Now it is ho-hum.

Do you understand what happened in the wrestling business to create the Mr. McMahon v. Austin angle?

Maybe no one understands why it was able to get as big as it got. Dave Meltzer deserves just as much credit for creating that money making angle as Vince McMahon & Austin do in my book. Because Meltzer began the grass roots movement which allowed a Paul Heyman to exist, to create Extreme Championship Wrestling, to begin to educating "marks". Dave Meltzer's newsletter grew and grew and grew to such heights that it allowed enough of a wide scale fan base to exist who would be able to support ECW, who in turn would BUY the Mr. McMahon v. Austin act years down the road in WWE.

With out Dave Meltzer's "National Wrestling Observer" in the 80's paving the way for this to happen, I honestly do not think WWE's angle would have been as big as it was. The reason Austin v. McMahon worked so good was because it seemed as if it was a gigantic SHOOT. It all was an offshoot of the actual SHOOT against Bret Hart in Montreal. And there was a market for that type of an angle, because of the Meltzer's and Heyman's. But after it ran its course, it killed the concept (the same angle would never work again for this reason).

Everything that was done with McMahon & Austin had been done in the 80's and no one understands that. It all happened, but it wasn’t part of the on camera show. Those types of situations happened in this business, but for real. What became popular was to take the reality of the backstage situation and use it for monetary purpose in front of the camera. And it created a hybrid wrestling fan that isn't happy about anything that happens in the current wrestling climate. You can have the greatest two performers wrestling in a "five star classic" on television for free and those fans are still going to nag about something else that happened on the same show.

So we have in a sense spoiled ourselves to such an extent that by itself we have warped ourselves. We have skewed our perceptions of what is or isn't a good wrestling show. We have deviated away from what led us to the dance and have begun to nit pick and chastise the company for doing things that just five years ago we would have considered the greatest wrestling angle of all time. These are my points:

- We no longer accept to sit back and enjoy the product unless we have our 'talent' winning the titles we want them to be winning.

- If the company is not pushing the 'talent' we want them to push we harp on how the company is burying them on a weekly basis.

- If the 'talent' we suggest should be pushed is pushed by the company, we will find some reason why the push they are given isn't good enough to meet our standards of the push they should have gotten.

- If the company does anything that we do not agree with in using this talent, then the company was ultimately attempting to kill the talents career on purpose.

- If a decision is made by upper management to change a business practice, we seem to collectively jump to conclusions and suggest doomsday type scenarios that will follow those decisions. I.E. The Brand Extension was going to murder the business and Vince was making a real big mistake by going forward with the extension. I.E. The split PPV concept was going to lower the number of buys so much that WWE would be out of business quickly after the "Bad Blood" PPV happened. None of this came true and logically it was never going to come true. But this is the hybrid wrestling fan we have created.

No longer is the wrestling fanatic simply happy or content with watching a show on television, now they want to mislead themselves and others in to thinking they could actually book a better version of the show. But the metamorphosis of the wrestling fan in to this new hybrid wrestling fanatic is killing the business and no one understands that. No matter who's ideas are being used on WWE TV, those ideas will never be good enough for these fanatics, even if WWE stole their ideas and used them!

WWE could shoot the greatest angle of all time and these fanatics are going to find something wrong with it, because it isn't about the company anymore, it isn't about the talent anymore, it isn't about having an entertaining show anymore. It is about the fanatic themselves who have deluded themselves so much to think they are actually "inside" the business because they may write a column about it. I'll be the first to admit that I am not "in the wrestling business".

I am not in the wrestling business because I run LEWD. I am not in the business at all and neither is anyone else who runs a webpage dedicated to pro wrestling. Neither is anyone else who may happen to have a newsletter dedicated to reporting about the business. Dave Meltzer wasn't "in the business" when he was penning his National Wrestling Observer Newsletter on a weekly basis and he still isn't in the business. All Meltzer and others like him do is report on the business. They are not performers, they are not employed by WWE. There is a difference between writing/covering a business and actually being in that business. If you collect a paycheck from WWE, then yes, you are in the business. But if you just write about the business, then no you are not in the business.

And it is this desire to "be in the business" that has created this delusion which has in turn created this situation I am writing about today. This all may seem like a lot of double talk and some of it is, but some of it isn't. It is your job to read this and soak in all of the information and all of the misinformation contained in this column and logically deduct what it all means. It is your duty to translate this column and tabulate what is contained herein and come away with a better understanding of what it should mean to be a Wrestling Fan. To be a fanatic.

I tell you what. When I was watching Ricky Steamboat v. Ric Flair in 1989, I did not care who was holding the other down nor want to discover who was either for that matter. I just enjoyed the great match that WCW put on for me. I didn't care if it could have been booked differently or if the finish could have been better. I did not judge the match based on my preconceived (and in most cases naive) ideas of what should or should not be a wrestling finish. I watched the show, I soaked in what was on the show and I enjoyed what I was giving from WCW. Certainly that doesn't mean I automatically LIKED everything WCW did in those days. But if I didn't, I didn't think it was my birthright to blast James Crockett for putting on a bad show.

Maybe our priorities have changed, maybe I am out of touch with the current fanatic that governs what a wrestling fanatic should be based on. I don't think I am. I think wrestling fanatics have lost their way. I think there are lot of wrestling fanatics who think this business is their business and think WWE should listen to what they want WWE to do, even if what they want WWE to do is stupid. They can not take a look from the outside-in - to recognize that perhaps their ideas are actually no better then the current ideas WWE uses. But they will never admit their ideas are not as good or do not measure up to WWE Creative's ideas. Because to do that would be to admit their entire existence was a total crock. And more or less in the end, that is what this has been all about. Those fanatics who think they can write a better show then Vince McMahon, are deluded.

They have no idea what it takes to run a company the size of WWE. If they did have the knowledge and or ability to run a company like WWE and make money by doing it, then what exactly are they doing wasting their time online? Why don't they start their own company and put WWE out of business or at least attempt to do it? Why don't they put their money where their creative pencils are? Paul Heyman didn't just come online and begin chastising WWE & Vince McMahon.

Paul Heyman didn't delude himself in to thinking that his ideas were better then Vince's with out first testing to see if his ideas were better. Paul Heyman put his money where his creative ideas were at and created his own company to compete with WWE. He actually gave WWE a run for their money doing it for a few years. So everyone that claims they have better ideas then WWE Creative, should follow Heyman's lead. But perhaps inside they understand their ideas are actually no better then WWE's.

Or maybe they don't know a thing about the business they claim to "be in". But in the end result their lack of motivation, their lack of dedication, their lack of follow through on their own ideas, pretty much dispels their delusion. For how can they actually be "in the business" when they are afraid to "of it".




"GREATEST TITLE REIGNS & WHERE TRIPLE H FITS IN" - Updated July 19, 2003 4:00PM

I decided for my own amusement to gauge the impact of Paul Levesque's current strangle-hold on the RAW World Championship and how it fits in to wrestling history. What I found was very interesting on so many levels, because even though Levesque has been reportedly 'playing political games' to keep the title, in terms of long title reigns he would rank 75th currently. Yes, there have been 75 Championship title reigns in professional wrestling history which have been longer then the current title reign Paul Levesque is on. The following list might be like reading a foreign language to some reading this column, so please let me give you the key to decipher what follows below.

The list is as complete as any list documenting title reigns for the last 100 years (including the following Championships: WCW, USWA, WWWF, WWF, AWA, WCCW, NWA, NWA TNA, UWF, ECW, IWGP, AJPW, WWE RAW & WWE Smackdown. How you read the chart below is to look at the corresponding rank and three digit number which follows in terms of years months and days. In the case of #1 Bruno Sammartino you would read it as the following: Eight years, Eight Months and 1 day he held the championship. I did not take the time to specify what Championship was specifically held during the title reigns, because that would have taken way to much time. But let me do one more example just to make sure you can follow the chart below. #62 Hulk Hogan would have held the title for 0 years, eight months and 3 days.

As you can clearly see where the list ends, Paul Levesque's (Triple H) current title reign would come in as the 75th longest title reign in the history of the wrestling business. Some would say it is unfair to compare the current business with the business of the yesteryear, that would be an opinion you are going to have to come to on your own.

CHAMPIONSHIP TITLE REIGNS LIST: 1. Bruno Sammartino 8.8.1, 2. Verne Gagne 6.4.0, 3. Bruno Sammartino 4.4.20, 4. Nick Bockwinkel 4.4.10, 5. Dory Funk 4.1.13, 6. Hulk Hogan 4.1.13, 7. Dan Severn 4.0.20, 8. Harley Race 3.3.15, 9. Gene Kiniski 3.1.4, 10. Lou Thesz 2.11.13, 11. Bob Backlund 2.10.18, 12. Pedro Morales 2.9.24, 13. Pat O'Connor 2.5.21, 14. Ric Flair 2.2.23, 15. Bob Backlund 2.2.5, 16. Terry Funk 2.1.27, 17. Shane Douglas 2.0.25, 18. Mitsuharu Misawa 1.11.24, 19. Bob Backlund 1.10.12, 20. Buddy Rogers 1.6.25, 21. Shinya Hashimoto 1.4.2, 22. Terry Funk 1.2.0, 23. >Ric Flair 1.2.0, 24. Ric Flair 1.1.24, 25. Keiji Muto 1.1.4, 26. Yuji Nagata 1.1.0, 27. Ric Flair 1.0.18, 28. Shane Douglas 1.0.18, 29. Big Van Vader 1.0.9, 30. Jumbo Tsuruta 1.0.9, 31. Curt Hennig 1.0.7, 32. Randy Savage 1.0.4, 33. Shinya Hashimoto 1.0.2, 34. Mad Dog Vachon 1.0.1, 35. Kesuke Sasaki 1.0.0, 36. Jack Brisco 0.11.29, 37. Hulk Hogan 0.11.29, 38. Mitsuharu Misawa 0.11.28, 39. Hulk Hogan 0.11.24, 40. Diesel 0.11.23, 41. Naoya Ogawa 0.11.17, 42. Keiji Muto 0.11.6, 43. Antonio Inoki 0.10.27, 44. Verne Gagne 0.10.25, 45. Verne Gagne 0.10.18, 46. Kerry Von Erich 0.10.9, 47. Nick Bockwinkel 0.10.3, 48. Jerry Lawler 0.10.2, 49. Verne Gagne 0.10.1, 50. Tatsumi Fujinami 0.10.0, 51. Harley Race 0.9.28, 52. Billy Graham 0.9.21, 53. Ultimate Warrior 0.9.17, 54. Kazuyuki Fujita 0.9.16, 55. Vader 0.9.10, 56. Yokozuna 0.9.7, 57. Tatsumi Fujinami 0.9.0, 58. Jerry Lawler 0.8.28, 59. Keiji Muto 0.8.16, 60. Tazz 0.8.9, 61. Raven 0.8.8., 62. Hulk Hogan 0.8.3, 63. Bret Hart 0.8.3, 64. Kenta Kobashi 0.8.1, 65. Keiji Muto 0.8.1, 66. Rhino 0.8.0, 67. Billy Watson 0.7.24, 68. Jumbo Tsuruta 0.7.24, 69. Steve Corino 0.7.21, 70. Harley Race 0.7.18, 71. Shawn Michaels 0.7.18, 72. Rick Martel 0.7.16, 73. Bill Miller 0.7.13, 74. Riki Choshu 0.7.12, 75. Triple H 0.7.7

But I didn't simply end my journey with the current streak Levesque is on. What about combined time as World Heavyweight Champion? Where exactly does Triple H rank on the all time list? The following list has been compiled using the same formula as the above list used (which will be explained) to determine the greatest World Champions of all time. How you read this list is to look at the corresponding rank & name and the number which follows. In the case of #1 Bruno Sammartino it would come in as 156.12 which would break down to 156 total months and 12 days he held a World Title. Note some of the talent may have switched companies and won multiple versions of the World Title. All of these titles have been counted and compiled in to the total number of months. In the case of Paul Levesque he would come in 31st with 19 months and 9 days total. Again some would argue comparing today's talent to the talent from the yesteryear is unfair. I don't make those conclusions and think it is fair to guage todays talent using these lists. If the business returns to the way it used to operate, and title reigns start to become longer (or at least as long as they once were) then the talent is going to have a fair chance to break the records compiled by the talent of the past. Oddly enough, Triple H's current title reign is not close to being the longest in the history of the business and he would have to hold the World title or a version of the World Title for 137 more months to come close to breaking Bruno Sammartino's record. Which would break down to Triple H having to hold a World title for close to another decade solid.

The following list is a complete list of all of the World Title holders over the last 100 or so years. You can notice the trend with the talent pushed today was to have more title reigns but for less time. The older you go back to the origins of pro wrestling the longer the title reigns get, the closer to todays generation you get the shorter the title reigns get. Triple H's current title reign is actually the longest in North America for a national company since Diesel held the WWF title for 11 months in the mid 90's. If you put that in to historical perspective it is kind of sad that the only way Triple H could reach this point is by playing political games to keep a strangle-hold on the respective title he is currently holding. In my opinion, the business MUST allow champions to be booked to look strong and hold titles for a long period of time. It helps the company build up the titles and build up the talent. Changing the titles to frequently is not going to turn the business around.

1. Bruno Sammartino 156.12, 2. Verne Gagne 131.18, 3. Hulk Hogan 101.2, 4. Jerry Lawler 79.3, 5. Bob Backlund 74.8, 6. Ric Flair 73.2, 7. Nick Bockwinkel 70.6, 8. Harley Race 62.8, 9. Dan Severn 51.8, 10. Dory Funk Jr. 49.13, 11. Lou Thesz 49.3, 12. Mitsuharu Misawa 47.4, 13. Terry Funk 47.2, 14. Keiji Muto 45.21, 15. Shinya Hashiomoto 42.7, 16. Gene Kiniski 38.1, 17. Pedro Morales 33.24, 18. Vader 33.2, 19. Pat O'Connor 32.21, 20. Shane Douglas 31.14, 21. Tatsumi Fujinami 28.9, 22. Mad Dog Vachon 25.6, 23. Jumbo Tsuruta 24.10, 24. Bret Hart 24.6, 25. Kerry Von Erich 23.9, 26. Kensuke Sasaki 21.17, 27. Stan Hansen 20.14, 28. Buddy Rogers 20.11, 29. Randy Savage 20.4, 30. Steve Austin 19.28, 31. Triple H 19.9, 32. Kenta Kobashi 18.16, 33. Naoya Ogawa 17.28, 34. Jack Brisco 16.12, 35. Sting 15.25, 36. Jeff Jarrett 15.9, 37. Kevin Nash 14.28, 38. Genichiro Tenyru 14.27, 39. Sandman 14.21, 40. Shawn Michaels 14.4, 41. The Rock 13.12, 42. Yuji Nagata 13.0, 43. Riki Choshu 12.23, 44. Raven 12.14, 45. Curt Hennig 12.7, 46. Antonio Inoki 11.5, 47. Sid Vicious 10.11, 48. Steve Corino 9.23, 49. Billy Graham 9.21, 50. Ultimate Warrior 9.17, 51. Kazuyuki Fujita 9.16, 52. Yokozuna 9.7, 53. Al Perez 9.2, 54. The Undertaker 8.18, 55. Tazz 8.18, 56. Kurt Angle 8.11, 57. Toshiaki Kawada 8.10, 58. Booker T 8.9, 59. Rhyno 8.0, 60. Steve Williams 8.0, 61. Big Show 7.26, 62. Billy Watson 7.24, 63. Rick Martel 7.16, 64. Bill Miller 7.13, 65. Mike Rapada 7.12, 66. Chris Jericho 7.11, 67. Mike Awesome 6.20, 68. Brock Lesnar 6.17, 69. Terry Gordy 5.23, 70. Don Muraco 5.22, 71. Bill Goldberg 5.21, 72. One Mang Gang 5.10, 73. Justin Credible 5.9, 74. Larry Zbyszko 5.3, 75. Ron Simmons 4.28, 76. Barry Windham 4.27, 77. Lex Luger 4.19, 78. Eddie Gilbert 4.18, 79. Sabu 4.15, 80. Scott Norton 4.14, 81. Masahiro Chono 4.7, 82. Orville Brown 4.3, 83. Kamala 4.1, 84. Scott Steiner 4.0, 85. Nobuhiko Takada 3.25, 86. Snowman 3.20, 87. Ron Killings 3.16, 88. Dusty Rhodes 3.13, 89. Chris Candido 3.5, 90. Dutch Mantell 2.26, 91. Big Bossman 2.21, 92. Johnny Hot Body 2.18, 93. Yoshihiro Takayama 2.18, 94. Ricky Steamboat 2.17, 95. Jimmy Snuka 2.17, 96. Rick Rude 2.14, 97. Chris Adams 2.11, 98. Jimmy Valliant 2.10, 99. Sgt. Slaughter 2.5, 100. Godfather 2.3, 101. Ed Carpentier 2.3, 102. Ronnie Garvin 2.1, 103. Akira Taue 2.0, 104. Mr. Saito 1.28, 105. Dick Hutton 1.24, 106. Tadao Yasuda 1.19, 107. Mick Foley 1.19, 108. Andre The Giant 1.19, 109. Ken Shamrock 1.18, 110. Salman Hashimikov 1.17, 111. Ahmed Johnson 1.14, 112. Bam Bam Bigelow 1.14, 113. Iceman Parsons 1.13, 114. Bill Dundee 1.11, 115. Mikey Whipwreck 1.11, 116. Otto Wanz 1.10, 117. AJ Styles 1.9, 118. Jerry Lynn 1.4, 119. Tito Santana 1.4, 120. Koko B. Ware 1.1, 121. Diamond Dallas Paige 1.0, 122. Iron Sheik 0.28, 123. Scott Hall 0.28, 124. Black Bart 0.27, 125. Ivan Koloff 0.22, 126. Junkyard Dog 0.21, 127. Giant Baba 0.20, 128. King Reginald 0.15, 129. Owen Hart 0.14, 130. Dr. X (Destroyer) 0.13, 131. Awesome Kong 0.13, 132. Vince McMahon 0.12, 133. David Arquette 0.12, 134. Fritz Von Erich 0.11, 135. Kevin Von Erich 0.10, 136. Stan Stasiak 0.9, 137. King Cobra 0.9, 138. Chris Benoit 0.8, 139. Dragon Master 0.8, 140. Tank 0.7, 141. Ricky Morton 0.7, 142. Tatanka 0.7, 143. Mighty Igor 0.7, 144. Dick the Brusier 0.7, 145. Gary Steele 0.7, 146. Vince Russo 0.7, 147. Butch Reed 0.5, 148. Tommy Rich 0.5, 149. Masato Tanaka 0.5, 150. Todd Champion 0.3, 151. Tommy Dreamer 0.1, 152. Kane 0.1


"SOMETHING TO BABBLE ABOUT" - Updated July 10, 2003 4:40PM

I don't have a lot to write about. The reason is I started a new job recently and find myself tied up with that more often and thus my columns section has suffered quite a bit. But that is okay. I am going to work on writing my columns during the week end and that way I can do one every week on Saturday or one every two weeks on Saturday. Right now I am listening to Byte This! with Eddie Guerrero.

They are talking to Eddie Guerrero and fielding phone calls. The first fan wanted to know how he came up with the "Frog Splash". Eddie answered the "markish" question with a "markish" answer and talked about how one day when he was running from the "border patrol" in Mexico, he had to jump over a wall with barbed wire on it in to a river and did a "frog splash" over the wall and decided it would be a great move in pro wrestling and that was how it was born. The next caller wanted to know what Eddie wanted to accomplish in his wrestling career and what his next goal was. Eddie sarcastically answered he wanted to win the U.S. Title. My question for these fans is: Are you smoking pot?

Are you on drugs? You have to be on drugs to ask questions like that. You have one of the greatest workers in the business on the phone and you ask him a stupid question like, "how did you come up with the "Frog Splash"?. No wonder the talent doesn't think that high of the internet fan base. I think there are more important things to discuss then how Eddie came up with his finishing move. Josh & Prichard talked about Eddie's problems with demons in the past and Eddie said it was a struggle for him every day to stay on the right track. I respect Eddie G a lot for staying on the right track and wish him the best of luck. He is one of the greatest workers in the history of our business and I wanted to mention that. Sometimes what the talent gives to us each day, each week, each month and each year goes unnoticed and un talked about. People forget these are human beings that are just like you and me. We should respect what they give to us and honor it.

Lets talk about the Kane situation for a second or two. So I hear some people think WWE screwed Kane (Jacobs) by ripping the baby bottle away from him. No longer can Kane suck on the plastic nipple of his mask and remain a baby. Now he has to grow up and become a man with out the mask. And he is quickly becoming a man on a weekly basis, working minus the baby bottle. I think any fan of Jacobs would have no problem with the mask being gone, because Jacobs didn't get any recognition over the years for playing Kane in WWE. Lets face it, Talk shows are not going to invite a goofy looking guy with a red & black mask on their show to talk about WWE. Kane had no marketability away from WWE. Kane couldn't appear on a talk show to plug WWE and Jacobs suffered because of it. While other performers were making the rounds on the talk show circuit and being booked on television sitcoms, Jacobs was stuck in a mask and had absolutely ZERO chance to cross over to another entertainment industry.

C'Mon lets be honest. Did Kane ever stand a chance of getting a movie role? NO! And the reason why other entertainment groups use pro wrestlers in movies is to get cross over buys. Thus, They would require Rock to be Rock or Triple H to be Triple H in the credits. That way the wrestling demo understands that Triple H is in the movie or Rock is in the movie. Thus, Jacobs appearing in a film as Kane wasn't going to happen. And Jacobs appearing in a movie as himself wasn't going to fly either. But now Kane can appear in a movie as Kane. Or Kane can appear on a talk show as Kane. Kane can break kayfabe on a talk show now and talk about the career he has led with WWE, and not come off as a complete retard because he is wearing some goofy looking mask. A lot of people think the MASK made Kane.

When the truth is, Kane made the MASK. With out Jacobs being behind the mask there would be no craze of kids wearing the mask. There would be no fans bitching about him losing the mask or WWE screwing him by taking the mask off of him. Just look at the possibilities for Jacobs now. His career can easily take off and the sky is the limit now that Kane isn't a big red goofy mask wearing retard with limited marketability. So next time you get upset because there is no more Kane mask, think about the potential that exists for Jacobs to move further up the ladder with the company minus the mask.


"WHAT HBO SHOULD HAVE TALKED ABOUT" - Updated June 28, 2003 3:00PM

HBO SHOULD HAVE TALKED ABOUT. With all of the online furor in regards to the HBO special, which again was one of the most blatant hatchet jobs in the history of news reporting, no one questions why HBO didn't talk about the good things WWE has done over the years in the face of substance abuse problems. In fact, all I have read online about this situation is how Vince McMahon is part of the problem and hasn't 'doing' anything to solve it.

I am not so eager to even admit there is a problem in the wrestling business. I don't think there is a problem in the wrestling business with illegal substance abuse. I don't think there is because I think there is a bigger problem in society with illegal substance abuse then there is a segregated problem to one cross section of society (wrestling business).

Pro wrestling athletes fit in to the category of being a part of our society, and thus the problem shouldn't be exclusive to the wrestling business but it ought to be exclusive to American Culture. And if we are going to scream and holler about illegal substance abuse in one cross section of American Culture (in this case professional wrestling athletes), we must first take a look at the whole picture known as American Culture. Because that is where the true problem lies.

But first lets take a look at WWE. What has WWE done to correct the problems American Culture has? They recently released one of the most popular superstars in the history of the wrestling business because he refused to go to illegal substance abuse treatment and complete a rehab program (Jeff Hardy). To me this doesn't sound like a company that is interested in covering up its athletes substance abuse problems for their own financial benefit.

In the past they sent William Regal to alcohol abuse treatment because he was an alcoholic, and required him to complete the program before he was allowed back in the organization. Again, this doesn't sound like an organization that is solely interested in financial gain at the expense of one of its athletes, does it?

In the past they fired Eddie Guerrero when his substance problem became to BIG of a problem for him to handle. Guerrero was sent to rehab first by the company and required to complete the program and get clean before he was hired back. It would have been so easy for Vince McMahon to turn the other cheek and act as if Guerrero didn't have a serious problem and continue to use him to financially gain, but again he didn't.

But no one talks about these instances, not HBO, not any of the media that is against WWE and not any of the online critics who are against WWE because it does sort of vindicate Vince McMahon from the charges levied against him by the HBO story.

Would WWE be in the position to tell if 100% of their athletes are "clean"? NO.

But this isn't a problem that is exclusive to the wrestling business.

There is no way for society to tell if 100% of its citizens are clean! Why should be hold WWE to a much higher standard then we hold American Culture to? If we are going to require professional wrestlers to take urine tests every so often to maintain a certain level of.. well of what?

What is the reason we want our professional wrestlers to be drug-free? Is it to protect them from potential health problems down the road? Or is it just to make the public feel better about themselves?

I think the public doesn't give a damn about the health of the athletes they so eagerly want tested, they just want to feel better about themselves by knowing the testing goes on. The facts are the urine tests are simply PR tools used by companies and promoters to give a false sense of security to the public, hey I guess in this sense the urine testing actually does work!

The public demands the tests, not so much for the health of the athletes taking the tests, but for their own peace of mind and the professional organizations decide to submit their athletes to tests to get the media & public off of their backs, knowing full well that the tests are trivial & meaningless. Why are they trivial & meaningless? These urine tests are the most unreliable tests in the history of testing. They can be beat and are beat every day of the week by people abusing illegal substances.

But again, this isn't a problem exclusive to pro athletes and or pro wrestlers. So let me take it one step further. If you think WWE should urine test its athletes so you can feel better about yourself. I say American Culture should also submit to urine tests!

I think all of us should take these tests from time to time to make sure we all are clean. To extreme of a thought? I can sense that some of the people who favor WWE making their talent take urine tests are saying, "WAIT A SECOND HERE BUDDY! I don't want to be tested, why should I be tested? I don't do anything wrong and there is no evidence that I do, so I shouldn't be tested.".

Why exactly are pro athletes tested for illegal substance abuse? What exactly did they do wrong and where is the evidence they are using substances? What exactly do they do that normal citizens don't do that requires them to be more sober then we are?

They play SPORTS FOLKS! THEY play a game! So their game playing is more crucial then say, a doctor? Or someone driving a bus? Or someone operating a fork lift? I don't think so.

In fact, I think the last person on the face of the planet that should be urine tested is the pro athlete. Their profession is not as dangerous to the surrounding public then that of a bus driver or a cab driver or a fork lift operator. In some cases drug tests are required to get the more important jobs. But once the tests are over with, thats that.

Maybe we should hold the rest of American Culture to the same standards we hold our professional athletes to! We should urine test them year round. That way we could all feel better about each other and know each of us is drug-free, or that at least some of us have the ability to pass urine tests when we still abuse illegal substances. But hey, then the cheaters would still be cheaters and the non cheaters would have the impression that there were no cheaters, so in a sense the testing would work as it was designed to work, to give the non cheaters a false sense of reality.

Do I favor urine tests? No I don't. They don't work.

Anyone who has ever taken a urine test while abusing a substance and passed that test can tell you that. In some cases urine tests are harder to pass if you DON'T use illegal substances then if you do! How is that possible? False-positives. The drug user KNOWS exactly what they have put in to their bodies to be able to mask the urine tests and pass, whereas; the person who has not used a substance may not know what they have put in to their bodies which is going to flag the test as "positive" when in actuality it wasn't "positive".

And then who is going to tell me that these tests actually catch those intended to be caught? Will some of the substance abusers be caught through urine tests? I'd say 1% of 1% of the substance abusers will be caught through these tests, those who do not know how to mask their system correctly and or beat the tests.

Which would indicate why you only see one or two athletes suspended from major league sports for abusing the substance abuse programs every few years. Don't tell me there are not hundreds of professional athletes abusing substances (there are). We see more DRUG RELATED ARRESTS in major sports on an annual basis then we see urine tests being flagged.

How is this possible? This would suggest those busted for illegal possession aren’t using the substances they are caught with, hey maybe Darryl Strawberry was telling the cops the truth, the drugs weren’t his, he was just holding them for someine.

Are you telling me that someone can be busted for marijuana possession yet continually pass every urine test they take? It is possible, but highly unlikely unless they know how to beat the urine tests. The possessor of marijuana usually possesses it to use it. Even if they sell it, they use it. So the #'s do not add up to support urine testing as a viable solution to keeping athletes clean.

But then as noted above, I don't think the urine tests were ever meant to keep athletes clean. I think they were meant to make the public get a false sense of security about professional athletes. It was a PR tool used to make a cross section of American Culture feel better about themselves and about the world surrounding them. And it was used to get the heat off of the sports franchises.

But these tests are a complete joke and don't work. But as I stated if we are going to test our professional athletes, including professional wrestlers, we ought to test ourselves as well. So, if you support Vince McMahon urine testing his talent, give me a HELL YEAH! And if you did scream "HELL YEAH" after that sentence, then I suggest you write your local congressman and tell him you support a nation-wide urine testing program to test every American Citizen for illegal substances.

If you think this is going to far, then don't ask Vince McMahon to urine test his athletes. It is that simple. You probably have a more IMPORTANT position in life then a professional athlete has. You probably have more of a risk to injure another citizen through your job tasks then does a professional athlete. But then again, you are not making as much money as John Cena is, and perhaps that alone makes you think John Cena should be tested before you are. I don't agree.

I don't think Cena should be tested, and I don't think you should be tested either. I don't think anyone should be tested. Not until we can find a test that actually exposes those who ought to be exposed and not those who don't know how not to be exposed.




"GERWITZ HAS HEAT WITH ME" - Updated June 17, 2003 3:00PM

I was thinking about letting it slide, but then hey I figured it is 8:21PM and I am steaming.

Maybe not steaming as in upset, but it is very hot in this room where I am writing this column. And thats a shoot. So I am going to let Gerwitz have it. I don't do this very much, because I don't think there are many, if any at all, positives about what I am about to do. But I am sick & tired of Gerwitz. First I must point out that I dislike COMEDY on a pro wrestling show (I mean ANY comedy, really I am being dead serious). When Foley became Dudelove, I was pissed off.

I was, am and always will be a Mick Foley mark (and damn proud of it). So I wondered why WWE was compromising one of the toughest sons of a bitches to ever step foot in the squared circle. Of course I would later find out it was Foley himself who wanted to become Dudelove, hey I was wrong. I can admit I was wrong. It doesn’t happen every often, but it does happen occasionally.

Through Dudelove’s appearance in WWE I actually began to enjoy comedy on a wrestling show. No, I didn't become soft, my writing style didn't lose its seriousness. My outlook didn't change. I just realized that perhaps with the world the scary place it is, perhaps there are worse things then laughing a little each week while watching a wrestling show (Not to mention Michael Maynard kept trying to convince me on a nightly basis that comedy in wrestling wasn’t such a bad thing; hey he was right… Psss. Don’t tell him though, or I will never hear the end of it!). Again, I can deal with limited comedy skits on a wrestling show (now) as long as the skits are FUNNY or ENTERTAINING, Preferably both.

So with that said. That brings me to Brian Gerwitz. What the hell does this guy think he is doing? Who exactly is he writing his comedy skits for? Isn't the main demographic the company is going after A. males and B. Teen Agers or C. Teen Age Males?

Does he think teen age males have "burping contests" on a regular basis? Does he think they sit around in semi-circles 'belching' to see who has the loudest one? And does this schmuck actually think wrestling fans want to watch two grown men doing the same thing on a wrestling PPV? Does he think it is funny for it to happen on a wrestling PPV? Or is this schmuck just trying to prove a point? All I hear is about how it is a giant EGO trip for Vince McMahon. But no one ever questions whether or not maybe this is a giant ego trip for Gerwitz.

Wait before you laugh off that premise, think about it. Maybe the joke isn't the joke itself, maybe the joke is Gerwitz is getting these tough & serious wrestlers to act like they are six years old on a weekly basis! Maybe Gerwitz is laughing backstage because he realizes he just got one of the TOUGHEST SOBS in WWE history (Austin) to look foolish belching on a wrestling PPV. Maybe that is why Gerwitz continues to write horrible comedy skits.

And one must question why this putz is still writing for the company at all. Maybe Vince McMahon enjoys Gerwitz humor, but I don't (Yeah, I know my opinion is not the do all and end all of opinions out there, but to me it is. And generally speaking if I think something sucks on a wrestling show, nine times out of ten so does my reading universe.) If I wanted to see a belching contest, and let me assure you I don't, I would rent "Revenge of the Nerds".

I think Gerwitz probably owns a copy of the movie. In fact, he probably watches it every single day and laughs hia ass off. I think maybe Gerwitz doesn't even write for WWE anymore. Maybe he is to busy reading his Marvel Comics collection during the week and has his 6 year old son? Nephew? Cousin? Imaginary playmate? Gay lover? Writes the show! I would like to think this is what is actually going on, because then, I would have an explanation why a grown man, a college graduate even, would write such illogical smut.

Now I know some are going to read this and shake their heads at me classifying his writing style as "smut". You are going to be thinking, why this is not pornography at all, so it isn't "smut". I disagree. To me "smut" is what Gerwitz is churning out because he is prostituting the wrestling business on a weekly basis with his drivel. And why is he doing it?

What does the company gain out of this? Absolutely nothing. Take away the skits on Bad Blood last night and the PPV would have been able to give Booker T & Christian 10 more minutes and Flair & Michaels 10 more minutes. Or could have added two more short matched to the show. We would have been able to have a classic IC Title Match and turned Flair v. HBK in to a classic battle between two legends. Instead Gerwitz thought it would be better to write 20 minutes of pointless comedy skits.

Not only that he took two of the top talents on the brand (Austin & Bischoff) and wrecked their entire characters in three skits. Yes, the once mighty Texas Rattlesnake, “THE TOUGHEST SOB IN THE BUSINESS” according to Good Ol’ JR was on screen belching to sound effects! This wasn’t the Rattlesnake we watched beat the snot out of Bret Hart! This was a shell of the former Rattlesnake we used to fear, because in those days he wasn’t belching on television for a laugh here or there, he was kicking ass and opening up cans of whoop ass to prove he was the baddest MOFO in the universe. And Bischoff, who was once one of the sleaziest heels in the business, and now he reduced to rolling around in pig shit. The real pig shit was the shit that Gerwitz wrote.

Gerwitz doesn't "get it". At one time that is what Vince McMahon would have said to this column. "Well you just don't GET IT!".

He might have even responded by telling me, "IF you don't like it, GET THE F OUT!". And if someone else had written this column six months ago, I probably would have said the exact same thing in response to the column. But I am not laughing now.

There is no smile on my face.

There is no laughter that is brewing inside of me right now.

I am not going to happy until Gerwitz "GETS IT!" or until he "GETS THE F OUT!".

Because I want wrestling to return to the wrestling fans. I want wrestling to return to the people who pay to see wrestling. I've given Brian Gerwitz the benefit of the doubt on numerous things he has written. And no more. I will still watch WWE. I won't ever stop watching WWE. But every time Gerwitz snubs his nose at wrestling fans by writing dopey skits, it destroys my interest in the product a little more and a little more, and who knows, maybe one day I will stop watching..

I hope Gerwitz, I hope WWE and I hope Vince McMahon saw what happened at the Bad Blood PPV. I hope they read the feedback and realize that the only reason people hated the PPV was because of the Austin/Bischoff skits. I hope they realize they killed Bischoff off as a viable heel through the skits. I hope they realize all of this before 9PM and someone else writes tonights RAW show.



First a little background information on who Tommy John is may be needed to set up the comparison of what Kurt Angle's recent neck surgery could mean to the wrestling business.

Tommy John was a baseball player in the 1970's. He was one of the best starting pitchers of his era pitching with the Los Angeles Dodgers. In 1974 he suffered a career threatening arm injury, which in previous years would have meant the end of his career.

Tommy John did not want to end his baseball career and sought out Orthopedic Surgeon Dr. Frank Jobe. Jobe consulted with Dr. Robert Kerlan about Tommy John's elbow injury. Jobe determined John had tore his ulnar collateral ligament, which as I stated normally would have meant the end of John's pitching career. Jobe suggested John allow him to perform a 'new' procedure on his injured arm. There was not any guarantee this surgery would work, but Jobe & Kerlan believed it would give John a fighting chance to step back on to a Major League mound. John elected to have the surgery, rather then end his MLB career. John had to rehab the arm for nearly one year before he was even able to start throwing again, but after the end of his rehab he returned to MLB.

Tommy John would go on to win 164 more MLB games in his professional baseball career. The procedure Tommy John allowed himself to be a "guinea pig" for is now currently termed "Tommy John Surgery".

Many of today's current baseball pitchers have had "Tommy John Surgery" at one time or another in their professional baseball careers. In fact, the procedure has now allowed for pitchers to have more longevity in the game with out fear of suffering a serious elbow injury which would end their careers pre-maturely. Before Tommy John had the surgery, hundreds of young pitchers saw their careers terminated due to serious elbow injuries (which became not so serious after "Tommy John Surgery" ended up revolutionizing the business). It took Tommy John 18 months total to return from his "Tommy John Surgery" but since the first procedure, the time has been reduced by six months. Pitchers who have "Tommy John Surgery" can now return to soft tossing around 4-6 months after the medical procedure and hard tossing 8-12 months after the medical procedure. When Tommy John had the surgery it took Dr. Joke 4 1/2 hours to complete the procedure and today it takes less then one hour (also when Jobe was performing the surgery he was the only surgeon to perform it, now there are hundreds of qualified surgeons who can and do perform this procedure).

And then we come to Kurt Angle's Cervical Disc problems in 2003. When Kurt Angle injured his neck he compacted he Cervical Disc's. Typically this meant he would be out of a professional wrestling for at least 12 months minimum, and perhaps up to 18 months maximum. It was either elect to have neck fusion surgery to fuse the Cervical Disc's together or retire from the wrestling business.

If Angle elected to have the Neck Fusion done, he would have to rehab for 12 months and hope the fusion took during the rehab correctly, or he would have to have it done all over again. So when a professional wrestler learned he had Cervical Disc problems, needless to say it was a horrible feeling to have. Because the wrestler knew they would be away from the business for 12-18 months. Scotty Taylor has been out of action for close to a year now with Cervical Disc Problems and it looks like he might be out of action for another 6 months. So Scotty Taylor's case is what every professional wrestler faces when they are diagnosed with Cervical Disc issues. Scott Taylor's case is what every professional wrestler would fear. Whereas; it is not the end of their careers, it could financially damage them and possibly cause them to lose their 'spot'. Those are two things pro wrestlers do not want to ever have to face. In pro wrestling if you lose your 'spot' there is absolutely no guarantee you will ever get it back.

So being away from the business for 12-18 months could potentially mean career suicide in this industry. And the wrestlers understand that. Kurt Angle allowed himself, much like Tommy John did in 1974, to become the "guinea pig" to a brand new procedure. If this surgery turns out to be a viable alternative to the current procedure, it probably will wind up being referred to as "Kurt Angle Surgery". The procedure Kurt Angle had was "functional spine surgery" at the hands of Dr. Hae-Dong Jho out of Pittsburgh, Pa. Dr. Jho believes the spine surgery should be as minimally invasive as possible. He doesn't believe in neck fusion at all. The neck fusion surgery takes metal plate screws and implants them in to the spine to fuse one or two (in extreme cases even three) Cervical Discs to each other to strengthen the spine.

This procedure thus limits the mobility of the individual having the surgery. According to Dr. Jho's theory this procedure is is not anatomical, not physiological and thus is not functional. Dr. Jho's procedure removes the herniated disc or protruded bone spurs, while preserving the remaining disc and allowing the spine motion to stay intact. Dr. Jho makes a tiny incision at the anterior neck and then makes another small incision (5mm in diameter) at the side of the Cervical Spine to operate on the damaged area. The damaged material is removed through this incision and thus bone fusion is not necessary after the procedure (bone fusion is necessary with the alternative method because the actual Cervical Disc plate has been removed and thus the Cervical region must be fused at that point). Dr. Jho's procedure does not require the individual to wear Cervical collars and they will have motion in their necks immediately following the procedure.

Recovery is quick, with most patients being able to do routine daily activities starting the day following the operation (which is amazing considering the alternative procedure would limit the day to day activity of the individual requiring the surgery). Individuals who do not have hectic lifestyles could even return to work a few days after the surgery has been completed, but those with more hectic lifestyles (including athletes) would probably need 4-6 weeks of rest and relaxation (rehab if so desired).

The surgery does not necessarily exclude patients who have undergone previous neck surgeries either (which is an important note when dealing with the wrestling business). Dr. Hae-Dong Jho is the Director of the Jho Institute for Minimally Invasive Neurosurgery and Professor of Neurosurgery at Drexel University School of Medicine in Pittsburgh, Pa. The wrestling business (promoter's, wrestler's and critics) will all be looking at Kurt Angle from this day forward. We will watch and hope he doesn't require further neck surgery over the next few years. So in the future when Dr. Jho performs this procedure on other pro wrestlers, we can all look back at the "guinea pig" (Kurt Angle) and feel good about the "Kurt Angle Surgery" that was just performed on one of our cherished professional wrestlers.

This could be as big for the wrestling business as "Tommy John Surgery" was for the Baseball business. If Kurt Angle can have a productive career following this procedure (and there is absolutely no evidence to suggest he shouldn't) then when other wrestler's have Cervical Disc problems, it will not be as "big" of a deal as it previously was before. Losing a top hand for 4-6 weeks is not as bad as losing him or her for 12 to 18 months (considering the talent could appear in vignette's and skits during the entire 4-6 week period and it wouldn't even be as if the talent was ever gone from the promotion in the first place).

Imagine if "Stone Cold" Steve Austin only had to vanish for 4-6 weeks, instead of the 12-18 months when he suffered his Cervical Disc problems? He may still be able to wrestle today if he didn't elect to have the fusion surgery. But Austin will be remembered as the first wrestler who had neck fusion surgery, which started a bad trend in the wrestling business with other wrestlers following his lead. Today pro wrestler's might have a better alternative to neck fusion surgery, and tomorrow the new procedure might improve and reduce the down time. And that could only mean positive things for the wrestling business and for the talent involved.


"Statistics" - Updated May 20, 2003 11:26AM AM

HOW THE WRESTLING WAR BETWEEN WCW & WWE HURT THE WRESTLING BUSINESS...

I decided to take a look at the era when the WCW v. WWE war was at its height (1997 to current will be considered the height of the wrestling war between WCW & WWE). What did this era actually give back to the wrestling business?

A lot of people remember huge ratings, lots of sold out shows and money rolling in hand and fist to both companies. But during that same period both WWE & WCW began to murder the wrestling business with frequent title switches and it is my belief the wrestling war era educated fans to think title switches make a show hot and solid wrestling with no title switches doesn't make a show hot. No title switches just means the product is not moving forward any longer and is boring compared to the "height" of the business. Now those who will defend this ere as being the most productive in the history of the business will claim all of the title changes led to ratings & business booming. I would respectfully disagree with this opinion and sight how after the boom ended, WWE still constantly changed their Championships and business did not turn around or rebound in any shape or form.

Changing Championships on a frequent basis is counterproductive to turning the business back around and the only way WWE is going to build the business back up again is to establish a more meaningful product. One of the ways business always re-generated itself before the height of the wrestling war was to establish a hot wrestler on top as THE CHAMPION. But if everyone or anyone could hold the top Championship and it wasn't considered "elite" to hold the Championship, why would fans consider any new talent as special if they conquered the belt? Isn't that the way some fans are looking at Brock Lesnar right now? Brock won the WWE Title and some fans have stated it doesn't really matter because so many other wrestlers have won the title as well.

So it isn't really special that Lesnar won the WWE Title since he did something a lot of people have accomplished over the last few years as well. And it is this thought, no matter how incorrect, which is the reason why Championship's were not meant to be passed around like chicklets.

WWE during the height of the wrestling war with WCW was not as bad as WCW was in changing their Championships, but as the following will prove even WWE followed WCW's lead and increased the number of title switches during this era almost two times more then before the era began. But don't take my word for it, take a look at the numbers yourself.

From 1948 until 1996 (48 years) in NWA/WCW there were 61 World title changes and during the height of the wrestling war from 1997 until 2003 (6 years) there were 50 title changes (I counted the changes when WCW was sold to WWE in this, minus them it was 43 title changes by WCW).

From 1963 until 1996 (33 years) in WWE there were 34 World title changes and during the height of the wrestling war from 1997 until 2003 (6 years)there were 42 title changes (realize at one point WWE was only averaging 1 title switch per year and during the wrestling wars they averaged 7 per year).

From 1979 until 1996 (17 years) in WWE there were 41 IC title changes and during the height of the wrestling war from 1997 until 2003 (6 years) there were 51 IC title changes (which is why the title became meaningless and had to vanish for a while).

From 1971 until 1996 (25 years) in WWE there were 73 World Tag title changes and during the height of the wrestling war from 1997 until 2003 (6 years) there were 71 World Tag title changes.

I think these statistics speak for themselves. I believe even though Triple H is using backstage politics to keep the RAW World Title on himself, at the same time the title is becoming more 'elite'. Obviously one would agree the Championship right now is a lot harder to win then it was in the past. The regular fan does not know why Triple H is keeping the Championship and thus doesn't understand the title isn't changing because of backstage politics. All the regular fan understands is Triple H has beat everyone that has challenged him for the Championship.

Whereas; this might turn off a lot of the regular fans who were educated through the Wrestling War Era to accept constant & frequent title changes, that is not an altogether bad thing to do. The business right now, being down, needs to use the down turn to re-educate the marks. The longer Triple H plays politics in the back to keep the title on his shoulder, the better the business is going to be after he loses the power struggle in the back. Obviously if Triple H can hold the title for another couple of months and actually reach the 6 or 7 month mark as Champion, it is going to set up the next Champion to carry the belt in to 2004.

And the business needs to get back to a time when they only crowned ONE or TWO Champions per year. This is possible as long as one or two things happen. One, you have a champion on top who the fans respect and love. In Example, Brock Lesnar on Smackdown. There is absolutely no reason for WWE to take the title off of Brock as long as the fans are reacting good enough to him as Champion. The only way to make the SD World Title mean something again is to have challengers challenge Lesnar for the title and have Lesnar successfully defend his Championship. Once he has had the belt long enough (around 6 months to a year) the company should consider changing the title and having the next wrestler hold the title for six months to a year as well, this would create a situation where the Championship seems "elite" since is isn't changing as frequently as it had in the past. The same has to be said about the RAW World Title. Online fans fully understand why Triple H has the belt and it has created a situation online where the RAW World Title does not mean as much as the other Championships the company currently pushes.

But this is not a big deal since the bread & butter for the company are fans that do not know why Triple H has the title. And the longer Triple H can keep the belt the better the business may be when he drops the belt. A wrestler such as Goldberg holding the title for as long as Triple H has held it, after Triple H has effectively held it hostage, wouldn't be a stretch. In fact, If Triple H kept the belt for 6-7 months by holding it hostage through politics, I would argue Goldberg could keep the belt for 14 months and the fans online wouldn't be upset about his title reign.

And the only way the business is going to get healthy again is have prestigious Championships that the bread & butter fans and online fans care about. At one point the IC Title was changed once or twice a year as well. And it meant something when a wrestler actually won the Championship.

But the fact that WWE could have an IC Battle Royal on Judgement Day, exclusive to one brand, and have 9 former IC Title holders enter the Battle Royal to determine the Championship proves the title does not mean as much as it once did.

How could it? The only guy that hasn't held the title will be competing for it next month in Houston, Texas. The only reason why WWE should give the title to Booker T is because he would be able to carry the belt for a year with out the fans being upset that he still has the belt. Booker T can establish the IC title through title defenses and make the belt mean something again. And by this it would be like its own mini World Championship again.

Right now WWE should book the entire title picture with one thought in mind. Why are we even considering changing these Championships when business is down?

There is absolutely no reason to book a title change. So what if the fans think the business isn't moving forward. Constant & frequent title changes need to be eliminated. Certainly the tag titles are a bit different because the tag titles have always historically changed at least 4-6 times per year. So WWE can use the tag team titles to make it seem as if titles are still changing. But I really think the split PPV's could be a godsend to re-establishing the prestige of the titles in wrestling. With less highly visible title defenses per brand (ON PPV) it will mean less title defenses and less call for title changes. I certainly hope the business can win this battle and re-educate the masses. It is what the business needs to do right now.


"COMMENTARY" - Updated May 7, 2003 12:26PM AM

WWE Attempts to police itself in the Elizabeth Hulette tragedy.. WWE announced it would cover the Elizabeth Hulette & Larry Pfohl situation on Confidential this weekend.

This has itself caused controversy online as some have claimed WWE is attempting to exploit the situation, but I don't see it that way.

The wrestling business should POLICE itself, so the national media can not use this situation to blast them. The national media has shown a willingness to blast the wrestling business at every turn.

Some in the national media have made entire careers out of blasting the wrestling business over situations such as this one.

A major reason why they can blast WWE over a situation such as this one is because WWE typically ignores the situation and runs from it. WWE running this story is actually refreshing.

Refreshing in the sense that WWE is willing to discuss these controversial issues in a responsible way. WWE isn't running away or attempting to sweep these issues under the carpet.

However; WWE is now being hammered from the other side, the wrestling community. The same people who for years have scolded them for running away from FACTS & TRUTH. Scolded them for ducking situations such as this one and acting irresponsible by doing so.

Is the company "taking advantage" of the situation or simply running a story? I think they are policing themselves with the story and that is a good thing.

I applaud WWE for running the story on Confidential. I don't think this death warrants a 100% fluff tribute to the career & life of Hulette.

I don't think anyone in this business should be CELEBRATING her career with out first pointing out the COLD HARD facts about WHY we HAVE to CELEBRATE her career, and the cold hard facts in to why she actually passed away. No matter how negative or controversial that might be.

WWE OUGHT to and has an OBLIGATION to cover this story on a factual basis. To discuss how Larry Pfohl was arrested for illegal possession of drugs. How Elizabeth Hulette may have overdosed on drugs and how it is feared that is why she passed away. I think WWE owe's it the business to finally handle this tragedy in an open fashion.

Because to neglect to handle the worse case scenario on your wrestling show is to allow the worse case scenario to be exploited by the national media. To connect yourself to Elizabeth Hulette & Larry Pfohl in the face of impending controversial situations NOW when the story is hot, is to disconnect yourself from these issues later on down the road when the toxicology report comes in.

WWE Should not simply ignore the events that happened to "Miss" Elizabeth, should not sweep the facts under the carpet and turn tail in the opposite direction. It would be easy for WWE to just tuck tail and run in the opposite direction.

And it would be wrong for WWE do do such.

For years I have read how the wrestling business (and WWE) was 'ashamed' of itself and would run from stories such as this.

For years people even inside the wrestling business scoffed at WWE IGNORING problems such as this.

Now WWE covers the situation and they are attacked by their own? (wrestling media).

Okay. So now we suggest they are "wrong" for discussing these issues. We are sending them a message they should run from these situations and not discuss them on their television shows.

WHAT? So what we are really saying here is it is fair game for any other news outlet to run this story, but WWE SHOULD NOT TOUCH IT.

Otherwise they are "exploiting" the situation for monetary gain.

Now if anyone thinks WWE is running this story at 11PM on Saturday Night to MAKE A LOT OF MONEY off of the story, they are beyond ignorant (in my opinion) and bordering on senile.

The fact is the Confidential show is a ratings loser and always will be a ratings loser because of the time slot and the type of show it is.

Only the hardcore WWE fans watch the show, even if they run stories such as this. So WWE knows this, and if they were trying to "exploit" the situation they would have requested for the show to be moved to 8PM this week.

TNN has done that before and would probably do it again if WWE asked them to move the show up to 8PM this Saturday.

So should WWE give Elizabeth a "free-pass" and promote a "fluff" tribute to her instead?

Should the company simply honor & celebrate her career & life rather then discuss the facts in to her death?

I would say LOUDLY & BOLDLY, HELL NO! WWE should not cover up the facts in this case and or the rumors that go along with those facts. WWE should handle this situation with class and have interviews with Randy Savage, Lanny Poffo and others who actually KNEW Elizabeth.

WWE should DISCUSS the fears of the wrestling world in to this tragic death and the fears of her family members in to her death. They should talk to her friends and everyone connected with her while she was living with Luger. And yes, They should expose the arrest of Luger in the news story.

If WWE doesn't police itself in this situation and in future situations, the national media is going to! And they won't be nice about it.

They will take advantage of the wrestling businesses lack of responsibility. And they would be right to do so, because simply celebrating the life and career of someone who may have overdosed on illegal substances is irresponsible.

I will reserve judgement on the Confidential story UNTIL I ACTUALLY WATCH IT. How refreshing?

I don't jump to conclusions to push my political, social and economic agenda's at the expense of the business I suggest I love.

I will leave that for others do.


"War Pigs" - Updated May 3, 2003 6:26PM AM

There are times when I don't want to continue to write about wrestling, because of the closed minded bastards who think the game belongs exclusively to them. They think because someone does not live up to their standards, that person should never be given a chance to shine by the wrestling promotions.

Take for instance Matt Bloom (A Train). Bloom is never going to be Kurt Angle in the ring. He is never going to have classic 'wrestling' matches that online fans can jerk off over. But does this mean he should be shunned by the wrestling promoters? Does it mean he should never get a chance to draw money in this business? Is the magic trait one needs to simply turn themselves in to a great "wrestler" in the ring to draw money in this business? If that was the magic formula then guys like Dan Severn would have been on top of this business from day one. If that was the magic formula then guys like Lou Thesz would have been leading the charge on a national basis and not guys like Hulk Hogan & Ultimate Warrior. And this fact pissed a lot of people off in the early 80's. People were pissed off at the fact that Hogan & Warrior drew more money then Ric Flair ever drew in this business. People used to compare every match to Ricky Steamboat v. Ric Flair in that era.

If another talent came along who did not live up to the standards of Ric Flair or Ricky Steamboat inside the ring, they were not worth a damned thing according to some narrow minded wrestling fans. These fans like to consider themselves to be "SMART FANS". But they are closed-minded-assholes most of the time. Because they couldn't look behind Steamboat-Flair and realize the facts. Was Steamboat-Flair one of the greatest pure wrestling matches ever in the history of this business? YES!

Did Flair-Steamboat set the North American Record for the most watched wrestling match in the history of this business? NO! Did it draw the most money for any match in the history of this business? Again, NO! Less people watched Flair-Steamboat then saw Uncle Elmer being married on WWF Television (Saturday Night's Main Event) and that upset, need I say PISSED OFF, a lot of SMART fans. These fans to this day have never forgiven Vincent K. McMahon for 'ruining' pro wrestling. That is their opinion, that is their take on what Vince McMahon did to this business. They can not look at the whole picture because they are blind to the facts.

Vincent K. McMahon took this business and cleaned it up. He pretty much gave these athletes a platform to perform on with out the risk of being ripped off by some shady back alley promoter. He gave them a chance to become household names with the WWF and tour the world. Sure Vince McMahon made a lot of money as well, but so did the wrestlers who worked for him. Some of them became Hollywood Superstars through exposure on WWF Television (in the 80's and today). Some of them made a lot of money because of the exposure they got on WWF Television. Some of them even turned their popularity in to Political Success (Jesse Ventura). The proof as they say is in the pudding, and the pudding proves that Vince McMahon collectively helped a lot of athletes make a lot of money in this business and in alternative businesses.

So, SCREW VINCENT K. MCMAHON! That bastard ran all the rinky dink promotions out of business in the 80's. He took over the wrestling business and globalized it. He took merchandising to a whole new level and made a killing while he corrupted the institution known as Professional Wrestling in North America. Would wrestling have been better off if Vince McMahon & WWF did not happen to it?

But what am I really upset at? This hatred that exists online towards one man. A man that had a vision and was a success at accomplishing this vision. Because his standards did not gel with the standards of a bunch of losers who own computers and think this business belongs to them. The SMART MARKS. These idiots actually think they have all of the answers and can do a better job of promoting the WWE then Vince McMahon can. My question for them is, why are they writing about it? Why not open their own companies and put him out of business if they have all the answers?

Certainly if Vince listened to their ideas and they helped Vince make a lot of money, those ideas could be turned in to money by anyone with a vision. With the knowledge and no how to capitalize on those ideas. So why are these individuals wasting our time on a weekly basis bitching about the WWE product, when they themselves could be implementing their ideas in to their own push to do what Vince McMahon originally did? I will tell you why.

Because they are a bunch of nobodies. Their ideas are crap. Their ideas play to 1% of the market WWE plays to. So you have 2,000 people online jerking off all over each others ideas and concepts, OH YEAH that was a good idea!.. OH YEAH so was yours!! OH YEAH.. That was another good idea! OH YEAH so was yours! We have losers named Dumbass Dave who have termed the WWE Creative Team as Stephanie's BOOBS. This is a guy who is supposed to be fair and balanced towards WWE. This is a guy who is one of the biggest losers online today. He claims he has more wrestling knowledge them half of the Creative Staff at WWE, yet he doesn't draw a dime with his ideas.

And he has connections to NWA TNA, because his boss works for them. So if his ideas are so fucking good then why isn't he writing for TNA? Because even TNA doesn't give a fuck what this son of a bitch thinks. No one does. The only people that do care about what this person has to say is his cult following. It is limited to a circle of about 2,000 people online. And WWE plays to over 100 times that many people on a weekly basis. So 2,000 people who do not represent a pimple on the ass of the Wrestling Business make the decisions for the rest of the fans? LOL.

Right. If that was how things were handled, this business would have gone out of business a long time ago. Because the online idiots only want to see their boys reach the top of this business. They don't want to see someone like Lesnar or Cena reach the top of this business. My god, when Lesnar debuted with the WWE these idiots claimed he would NEVER make it. WWE was ruining him by ramming him down fans throats. And he made it. He is considered to be a legit main event wrestler by the fans that really matter, you know the one's that actually buy tickets to the shows and don't try and get comp tickets to attend events.

What an original concept. Fans who actually pay to see shows might have more say in the product then a bunch of idiots who think they are inside the business since they write online columns. And then we have the stupid sons of bitches that decide since WWE did not respond to the tragic situation with Luger & Elizabeth immediately after it broke online, it means WWE doesn't care about the situation. Why, MY GOD it took them an ACTUAL DAY to respond to the news. Why they should have responded right after it broke online, because the people who write about it online have no lives themselves and instantly wrote columns about it. GOD FORBID someone in the WWE is actually BUSY and can not respond instantaneously.

These rotten sons of bitches used this woman's death, this woman who I actually had respect for to blast Vince McMahon. These slime balls decided this was something they could use to further their agenda against the WWE. And in the face of being called on it, they defended their actions. One of these rotten bastards actually told me the WWE should have responded the same day as the news broke. Yet this person took A DAY to post his column or even acknowledge the situation himself. So it was perfectly okay for him to collect his thoughts on the situation and hold off on breaking any new ground in to the situation, but it wasn't okay for the WWE to do the same thing. The thing that has really bothered me about this is, who the fuck made this bastards the ONLINE GOD's? Who made them so god damn GOLDEN?

What the hell gives them the right to use this woman's death to blast the McMahon's. That is beyond being slime in my opinion. That is downright low. And these are the guys who are going to tell us how the business should be run? Are you kidding me? I would rather watch two A Train's roll around on the mat then see what these people want me to see on WWE Television. Because if they are going to use a tragedy such as the death of Miss Elizabeth to write "told you so" columns about the WWE and the WWE Owners, then they don't have any sanity or credibility left in my opinion.

I don't claim that I am above anything. I don't claim that my ideas are the correct ones. I state what I feel would improve the business and equally admit that I could be wrong about it. Yet I guess I am alone in this as most people online seem to be swaggering towards the thoughts and concepts of the few. The few that greedily want to see their own ideas and personal agendas pushed ahead of others. It sickens me, it disturbs me and sometimes it makes me want to quit reading anything online about this business I love so much. But to do that, to give in to their demands, to allow them to go unchecked, would be to become one of them.


"NWA" - Updated April 18, 2003 10:23 AM

Something has been bugging me for quite some time now, and I finally decided to write about it. Sure the recent controversy going on internally with the National Wrestling Alliance gave me some incentive to write this column, but that is not the sole reason I am writing this column. One of the major reasons I am writing this column is because I love the National Wrestling Alliance.

There was a time that I lived & breathed the National Wrestling Alliance. The NWA stood for something special in my heart, because I was a wrestling fan. The NWA to me meant everything that was good in this business at one point, and now I can not think about the NWA with out feeling sick to my stomach these days.

Certainly I will admit that at times I take things personally when it involves this business, because this is a business that I have grown to love over the years.

NWA TNA quite simply put IS NOT the NWA. I don't care if people who support TNA want to argue TNA is the NWA because the NWA BOD (Board of Directors) prostituted the good name of the NWA out to the Jarrett's. It doesn't make it so.

TNA is far from being the actual NWA and it is a shame the NWA BOD allowed the heritage of the NWA to be mutilated in this fashion.

First of all, what is the NWA BOD gaining out of this deal with TNA?

What are the NWA Members gaining out this deal with TNA?

Are Jarrett & Triple X traveling to NWA Wildside, NWA East? Etc.. etc.. to defend the NWA World Titles? No.

Are the Jarrett's offering the NWA any support outside of pushing the NWA Umbrella every Wednesday night? No.

If this was done correctly and TNA was sending Jarrett around the circuit, much in the same way Flair was sent around the circuit in the 80's, then perhaps TNA would actually deserve to showcase the letters NWA.

The fact is sending Jarrett around to the other NWA Territories would actually help TNA's cause as well as the NWA's cause. TNA could tape the matches and showcase them on their weekly PPV's.

If TNA did this then perhaps it would be more representative of the old NWA. But the way things are currently done today is shameful.

But the problem with the NWA isn't only what is going on with NWA TNA, it also involves the NWA BOD itself.

The NWA BOD doesn't give a crap about the NWA as an organization, and only care about their individual business interests. Promoters who care about the NWA were pushed out, and promoters who could care less about the NWA run it now.

Who suffers? The fans suffer. The organization suffers. The heritage of the NWA suffers.

Still some people who disagree with me are up in arms reading this column. Why TNA IS the real NWA!

I will again point out anyone can pay the NWA BOD enough hush money to get the rights to the NWA name. But that doesn't make it the actual NWA.

So what did the NWA BOD get out of this deal with TNA? The NWA is on PPV?

Big deal. Anyone can get on Television. All they need to do is buy the air time. Some questions need to be answered by the NWA BOD's.

What exactly are they getting in return for prostituting the good name of the NWA every Wednesday night to the Jarrett's? The entire reason behind the National Wrestling Alliance was a support system for local promoters.

Each promoter joined the NWA and signed off on the NWA bylaws. Now the NWA BOD are violating their own bylaws by allowing NWA TNA to control the NWA World Titles.

Each NWA Promoter MUST (according to the bylaws)book the NWA World Champions a certain # of dates during the year or they can be booted out of the NWA. This is not happening now, because the Jarrett's now control both NWA World titles.

The NWA BOD even screwed over their own title lineage to arrange for the World Title's to be vacant so NWA TNA could crown brand new champions on their first PPV.

The Shane Twins were stripped of the NWA World Tag Team Titles down in Florida and the titles thus became vacant. The odd thing about this is The Shane Twins signed a deal with The Jarrett's to debut with TNA as "The Johnson's". So there was no real reason for the NWA BOD to strip them of the titles in the first place. The only reason one can deduct is TNA (Jarrett's) did not want to admit there was an NWA before TNA existed. Is this respecting tradition?

The same happened with "The Beast" Dan Severn, who was stripped of his World Title three weeks prior to the first TNA PPV.

Through Brad Clements (the host of our former online radio show) we talked to Dan Severn two days after the news leaked.

Severn confirmed he had been stripped of the title, due to "scheduling problems".

Severn said he had a previous obligation for "King of the Cage" and it was scheduled on the same day as the first NWA TNA PPV, so the NWA BOD decided to strip him of his World title. Severn was not upset or bitter over this, but he was a bit unaware why the decision was really made. Severn said he told the Jarrett's he would be happy to come in and work for TNA and put anyone over they wanted him to put over. He looked forward to perhaps working with TNA down the road, but had not heard word one from them since their decision. Severn also indicated the TNA people knew ahead of time that he was not going to be available for the date discussed for the TNA debut, and even before they finalized their first PPV date. It was fairly obvious the people at TNA did not have any intentions of ever using Severn on their shows. And or ever acknowledging that he was the Champion prior to the title debuting on their PPV's.

A fact that boggles my mind, since booking Ken Shamrock v. Dan Severn in a World Title Match on the very first NWA TNA PPV would have delivered a marquee match online fans would have marked out over. And also delivered a match WWE planned on doing in the late 90's but could never deliver.

Severn v. Shamrock could have been the most anticipated NWA Title Match in the history of the company if it was marketed correctly. It had all of the aspects involved to cause online fans to go crazy.

While I am speaking about TNA's snub of the NWA Title Lineage on their first PPV, I direct everyone to go to the TNA Web Page and look at the NWA TNA Title History (http://nwatna.com/history/index.shtml) and check out who is listed as the NWA World Champions.

NWA TNA does not even recognize the lineage & history of the actual NWA itself. Instead they simply list the TNA Title holders on their web page. Maybe I am getting a bit off track in this column. So let me go back to the main point I decided to sit down and write this column.

That being the support system being corrupted by people like Richard Arpin, who are only looking out for their own individual interests. What exactly did The Jarrett's do to get the NWA BOD's to allow them to violate the NWA Bylaws?

NWA TNA is not even a member of the NWA itself, yet they control the NWA World Titles? The other promoter's who actually pay dues annually are unable to book those champions now? It must be pointed out that NWA TNA is more representative of Nashville Wrestling Alliance then National Wrestling Alliance.

The other NWA Promoters can not invade other NWA Territories with out paying kick backs to the local promoters in that region, or they face being booted out of the NWA itself. That is another bylaw in the NWA rules, yet the Jarrett's are booking their show in the same region as other NWA members (NWA MAIN EVENT)and offer no compensation to those territories, no support to those promoters, and nothing in return for hurting their business.

One must ask why are these promoters still involved with the NWA? What is the point of paying the National Wrestling Alliance money each year, when you are getting absolutely nothing in return? If the BOD's think NWA TNA being on PPV is good for the entire NWA, they are wrong. NWA TNA has not exposed the NWA to new fans by being on PPV every Wednesday night.

NWA TNA plays to a limited online audience, who already know about the National Wrestling Alliance. So the NWA BOD did not serve to further the cause of the NWA by prostituting its umbrella out to the Jarrett's. TNA has actually damaged the good name of the NWA in my opinion.

Because TNA doesn't give a d**n about the NWA, they never did.

If TNA did care about the history & lineage of the NWA they would have never asked for the NWA BOD's to compromise their own title history.

Point blank the fact that the Jarrett's did not respect the title lineage of the NWA tells me quite a bit. Certainly the Jarrett's knew their audience knew Dan Severn & The Shane Twins were stripped of the titles, so one has to ask what exactly did they hope to accomplish by making the titles vacant?

HOW IS THAT PAYING HOMAGE TO TRADITION?

Why did TNA do this? Again, because TNA doesn't give a crap about the NWA and never did. TNA wanted the NWA umbrella to prostitute itself, with the hopes of attracting former NWA Wrestling fans to buy their PPV's. With the sole intention of furthering their own business interests, damned be the NWA. It didn't work.

If it did work, it just shows you how bad off the NWA became under the NWA BOD's, because next to no one orders the TNA PPV's and no one will because the promotion is run half ass backwards.

TNA doesn't co-promote around the NWA territories, like they should. If they did, they might actually gain 20-30 viewers in each region they expose their product in (through Jeff Jarrett traveling around the NWA Circuit).

If TNA did this thing correctly they would show Jeff Jarrett touring the regional NWA territories, defending his NWA World Title with honor on a weekly basis. TNA would show the promoter's rolling out the red carpet for The World Heavyweight Wrestling Champion. TNA would show Jeff Jarrett being honored & respected by hundreds & hundreds of pro wrestlers, who one day want to rise to his level.

It would be like when Ric Flair was sent around the circuit in the old NWA days. When the NWA actually meant something, when the NWA World Heavyweight Title actually meant something.

Why isn't this happening? Are the Jarrett's so afraid they'll have to show footage of their man defending their title in some small venue with next to ZERO fans in attendance?

Is TNA ashamed of the reality known as the NWA in 2003?

Is TNA upset at the possibility that Jeff Jarrett really is not a draw outside of Nashville?

If they are so afraid of having to air footage of small venue's with next to no one attending the shows, they could create the perception that more fans attended the show then were actually at the show with trick photography (they could send a bunch of people with Jarrett to each town and shoot the match from one angle, so on camera all you see are tons of screaming fans in the audience cheering on Jarrett. THIS HAS been done before in post production work with WWE, and it does actually look legit!).

TNA could shoot a tight shot of the closing moments of each match and show highlights on their PPV's. They would not even have to show all of the match to their fans to emphasize Jeff Jarrett went to another town to beat another challenger. And by only showing highlight's they would effectively help co-promote that regions shows on their PPV's and give something back to the local promoter's.

But the fact is their fan base KNOWS these other NWA offices exist and do not CARE they play to small crowds. The TNA fans respect the other NWA offices and promoter's and would LOVE to see them involved more with the NWA TNA project. So the question that has to be asked and answered is, WHY ARE THE JARRETT's acting POLITICAL when it comes to co-promoting the National Wrestling Alliance?

Lets be honest, the fans TNA attracts understand TNA is a regional promotion. And in such TNA is missing the boat by not joining up with these other NWA Promotions. TNA could create the perception that it is MUCH larger then it actually is by hooking up with these local territories. TNA could send Jarrett & Triple X around the circuit and it would seem as if TNA was actually "touring" the nation. They would begin to take on the perception of being the second national company. And I must also point out when discussing their business interests with Television Executives they could brag about how Jarrett has been meeting & greeting fans all across the nation and is a "national" attraction.

Certainly the TNA title would mean a hell of a lot more if Jarrett was shown going around the world defending the title and beating the best wrestlers in each region!

Remember this business is still governed by perceptions and perceptions often times mean a lot more then realities. If the perception was Jarrett was defending around the world, he would become a much more prestigious Champion then he currently is. TNA itself would gain more prestige by showing Jarrett go to each local region defending his title.

And the Jarrett's could even have an open invitation for those local promotions to send talent to TNA weekly, with the promoter's paying the talent.

The concept would be the exposure on the PPV would be money in the bank for the local promotions. This would allow the Jarrett's to have some free talent every week on their shows. Of course the Jarrett's would retain the right to book the talent in any fashion they see fit, unless the local promotion sent two wrestlers to work with each other on the show with a designed finish in mind.

That is what the NWA once was and once meant. It was a support system concocted to allow local promoter's to help one another. It wasn't meant to be political. It wasn't meant to be controlled by one company.

The promoter's and promotion's inside the NWA actually cared about each other and cared about the lineage of the NWA itself. Today it is obvious the Jarrett's actually could care less about the NWA organization, outside of simply getting the prestigious rub from the three letters, but from where I stand the NWA died when it became political in nature.

When guys like Richard Arpin started compromising the good name of the NWA, the organization died.



"WAR II" - Updated April 7, 2003 3:23 AM

We just took control of Saddam Husseins Presidential Palace in Downtown Baghdad. At the same time the Iraqi Defense Minister claimed U.S. Troops were not in Baghdad.



It looks like a very good day for the U.S. & U.K. Troops in Iraq. War should always been considered the last resort. But in some cases the only action is the last resort. In this case, we made the right decision.



I heard the horror stories of the "liberal" media attempting to spin this action as turning in to another Viet Nam quagmyre with tons of American soldiers dying daily on our television screens. It has not happened.



Now let me make this perfectly clear, any U.S. casualties are horrible. But in any war you are going to take casualties. In this war we have taken minimal casualties. We have had free reign of the air, the land and the sea in this war. We have done everything we have set out to do. And the "liberal" media has sat by, watched and criticized the war plan as being 'horrible'.



The "liberals" in Washington have criticized George Bush for taking this action and suggested it would turn in to a Veit Nam Quagmyre. It didn't. Politicians like Tom Daschle & Bob Kerry have pretty much killed off the Democratic party by banking on our troops failing in this war. They banked on the wrong side and now they will see their political days numbered, mark my words.



"Liberal" journalists like Peter Arnett described the American & U.K. forces as feeble and suggested the war plan had "failed". He was DEAD wrong. He is alive, because American's died to allow him to be alive. That fat bastard eats because American Soldiers fought for his freedom and allowed him to eat. That son of a bitch is a journalist because American soldiers bled for him to write words on paper and make a living doing such. He shows a lack of respect for America, for the world, and for anybody with a reasonable notion in their mind. Arnett deserves to taste what war is all about first hand. He is a traitor in my opinion.



In the end, we will prevail because we have to. Hollywood "Liberals" like Jennifer Garaffalo (or however the hell it is spelled) can BEND OVER AND KISS MY ASS! She is ignorant. She predicted on FOX News a few weeks back that the war would kill 500,000 Iraqi civilians in the first week. That did not happen. These sons of bitches do not even have the balls or common decency to admit they were WRONG. They come back on television and change their stories but will never admit they were WRONG. We see Iraqi citizens with open arms and smiles on their faces for our troops coming to their towns and bringing them FOOD & WATER! And these sons of bitches are afraid and looking to make some type of a political statement for their own agenda. We were and are afforded the luxury of aiding our brothers and sisters who have no cloth for clothes, or shelter for homes or bread for supper.



To allow these people to perish because some son of a bitch socialite wants to predict some bullshit on American television would be to turn ourselves in to the satans they speak of. We need to feed their hungry and clothe their cold. We need to shelter them homeless and be their Jesus. If we do not do this, we become their Satan. And to be their Satan is to be our death.


"WAR" - Updated March 21, 2003 1:03 PM

The United States of America is currently at war with Iraq. Twelve years ago I was against war against Iraq. Twelve years later I am 100% behind the actions against Iraq. We, the U.S., have to take Saddam Hussein out of power before he gains the power to use weapons of mass destruction against Kuwait, Israeli, The United States and or his own Iraqi citizens. I am not attempting to push my own political or social agenda on to you, I am simply stating my own personal opinion.



For twelve years Saddam Hussein disobeyed the United Nations resolutions and decided to move forward with his programs to produce weapons of mass destruction. This has already been proven during the war as Hussein authorized the usage of Scud missiles against Kuwait and the United States. Saddam had previously informed the United Nations he complied with all of their resolutions and had destroyed all of the scud missiles he owned. This was obviously a lie as Iraq has been using scuds in the last few days. If Saddam would lie about destroying the scuds, what else would he lie about? I am positive we will find weapons of mass destruction stockpiled in Iraq once the war is concluded. The rest of the world who was against this action will learn on LIVE television how destructive Saddam Hussein actually was.



Our best wishes should go out to the U.S. & Coalition soldiers. Even if you are against the war action and feel it is wrong. You should still support the men and women who are only carrying out the orders of their nations. They had no choice in this matter but to go to war, because that is their obligated duty. I am sure they wish this could have been resolved in a peaceful fashion and not in a war action. So I ask for everyone to at least recognize the awesome sacrifices these men and women are making to protect the world's freedoms. You do not have to agree with it, but you should cherish, honor and respect it.



Those who are against the war actions have every right to demonstrate their thoughts and beliefs in a peaceful manner and I will respect and honor their rights to do such. But those who decide to violently demonstrate how they feel, do not earn nor deserve my respect in the slightest. I certainly hope this war ends fairly quick and with no civilian fatalities. That of course is an idealistic feeling as some civilians are certain to be caught in the cross fire through the war action. This is a shame, but can not be avoided. Precautions have been taken to minimize the loss of civilian life in Iraq by the U.S. and Coalition forces.



This update was not about pro wrestling, and I apologize for that. But I felt I needed to discuss something a bit more serious in this update. I will not break it down in to subcategories this time and talk about wrestling as well, because I think that would be disrespectful to the soldiers who are fighting in Iraq. So you will have to wait until my next update to talk about pro wrestling.




"WWE ON THE RISE?" - Updated March 7, 2003 1:03 PM

Well the time away from updating this column has given me quite a bit to talk about in this update. So I will break it down in to mini columns.

NECK INJURIES - World Wrestling Entertainment has seen a number of its roster go down recently with neck injuries which will require one year away from the product. I personally have a theory that the reason why these injuries are on the rise is because Dr. Lloyd Youngblood sells the need for the surgery. I think other companies have talent on their roster who would be sold on the same surgery as well but it goes undetected and they perform through the neck pain. If they went to see Dr. Youngblood and had an MRI, he would recommend the surgery for them as well.

I am not saying Dr. Youngblood is milking these injuries to get paid more, I am just suggesting that he opts to sell the surgery to repair the damage right away and not risk it getting worse by future injury. Is it a good thing or a bad thing for WWE? I think it is both a good thing and a bad thing. It is good because the talent will return stronger then ever with a stronger neck region. It is bad because in the short term the talent is away from the product. Then again in some cases that is a good thing as well, because not only does the talent get fresh while they are gone, but it allows new talent to be plugged in to their spots. I.E. Edge is out, Rhyno takes his spot. Edge can freshen up while he is gone and return a much larger part of the company then when he left.

BILL GOLDBERG HAS SIGNED WITH WWE?!? - Well according to ESPN Radio he has signed a WWE contract and in now onboard the Titanic. This is a good thing if it true, especially with Kurt Angle going down with his neck injury. I think Bill would or could become the biggest marketable attraction in the entire world if he plays ball the right way. If he goes in to his WWE career with politics in mind, I think he will be 86'd rather quickly.

With Hogan on Smackdown, I really think WWE should consider having Goldberg come in as a heel with either Paul Heyman or Vince McMahon (or both). I think the short term could be to feud Goldberg with Hogan or Lesnar. But we will have to wait and see what does or does not happen with this.

COMPUTER PROBLEMS ARE A BITCH - I had some major computer problems over the last few weeks and finally got them corrected. I am not promising this will be updated any more then it has been, because quite frankly, I dont think there is much that warrants me writing as much as I once did. With the daily newsletter, I keep myself fairly busy doing that. And that is enough for me. I wish wrestling would peak or boom again so I could fluctuate the Internet with some good writing on a bi weekly basis again, but until that time...




"WWE ON THE RISE?" - Updated February 22, 2003 11:53 AM

There is talk WWE is considering splitting the brands up even further and running 4 exclusive PPV events per year per brand starting after this years WrestleMania. Personally I think this is a good idea. I would love to see Smackdown & RAW have their own PPV shows. In fact, I would love to see WWE allow Eric Bischoff to promote new PPV concepts through the RAW brand. I really think this could be a good thing over the long haul for the wrestling business. Growth, even in times when business is down, is good for any business to go through. It creates the illusion of stability.



Some people might dislike change, because they fear the unknown. But sometimes change & evolution is the only way to go. WWE is burning out their talent roster doing 12 PPV shows a year (combined shows). They need to get their talent off of PPV at least once every other month. There are two choices to accomplish this task. One is to simply reduce the number of PPV shows the company does in a given year. Which for a couple reasons is suicide.



Reducing the number of PPV shows the company does in a given year would cut the PPV revenue down considerably each year and it would cause fans to think WWE was in financial trouble because they were not offering as many PPV events as they had been offering previously. So for the cosmetic health of the industry, it can not contract. It has to continually grow and move forward. Much like if the MLB franchises saw one of their own GO UNDER and MLB deleted them, it would send a message to the world that MLB was in financial trouble. Which is why MLB as an entity always floats troubled owners loans internally, to ensure the franchise never goes under. Just look at the Expos for example, MLB is doing everything in their power to make sure the ball club doesn't go under. Even if it is a conflict of interest for MLB to do this (and it is) they are still doing it for the stability of the entire industry. It makes sense. It might not be right, but it makes perfect business sense.



WWE with 12 PPV events each year, can not abandon any of the smaller one's. Mainly because over the years they have made all 12 of them in to BIG PPV events. They are all priced on the same level, and they all deliver the same content. So eliminating one of the lessor events would simply cause fans to think WWE was in trouble. So instead the only other option is to rotate the lessor PPV events between the two brands. Run 4 exclusive PPV events per brand and 4 combined PPV events.



The combined events would be strategically placed during the year and serve as sort of HOME BASE for the brands.



"Things" - Updated February 11, 2003 12:53 PM

"MR. Perfect" Curt Hennig passed away yesterday at age 44. The news was shocking as it came down. I have seen it happen too many times over the past year so it was not unfamiliar territory. A lot of the stars from the 80's era have died at young ages. One has to think if it doesn't have something to do with the steroid craze of that era. I remember reading in the National Wrestling Observer that in ten years we would find out what if any serious damage all of the heavy steroid abuse would bring to these performers. A decade later nothing seemed to happen in this respect. But when these performers were nearing middle age, they began dropping like flies or having serious medical problems. One can not be 100% positive this is a result of the heavy steroid abuse of that era, but one has to wonder if it does. It is a shame if it did.

Curt Hennig was always one of my favorites. It was a shame to see how time had slowed him down a bit and how his behavior backstage caused him to be released from his WWE contract. I had hoped Hennig would get one last run on top in WWE prior to the problems in the back. But at least the national audience had a chance to see Hennig before he passed away.

I do not mean to be disrespectful to Hennig by moving on to another topic, but that is what I am going to do. After the RAW show went off the air last night, "Stone Cold" Steve Austin returned to WWE. Austin came down to the ring and confronted Bischoff by flipping him off. The crowd went completely bonkers when Austin came out and chanted WHAT at him. Austin was then confronted by Sean Morley. Morley was hit with a stunner and Austin began catching beer (which is not really beer these days) and he began to do his four corners toasting act. Jericho came down and wanted to share a beer with Austin and ended up getting stunned as well. It was a run over which lasted around 25 minutes and the crowd loved every second of it. It was good to hear Austin was back in the fold and now we do not have to "guess" or "wonder" if he will actually be at the PPV.

I wish they would have done this on TV, but I understand why they are keeping him off of television until the actual PPV. Austin was said to be in great condition and I can not wait to see his match against Bischoff at the PPV. I am looking forward to seeing Austin finally get revenge for Bischoff firing him from WCW. Although it is a worked match, it still will be cool to see Bischoff get his ass kicked by Steve Austin. I think Bischoff would be wise to have some type of a plan for the PPV, like hiring some protection! Because if he doesn't, I seriously think he is going to get his ass handed to him in the contest with Austin. Bischoff might think he knows enough karate to stand a chance against Austin, but I don't hold out much hope for him to last more then 3 minutes. Did I just say 3 Minutes? I guess I did.

One more topic before I go. Kane & Rob Van Dam. I know a lot of people are down on WWE for putting RVD in a tag team with Kane. I disagree with them. This is the best tag team I have seen in a long time. They do tag team moves and actually have really good chemistry with each other. I really think they should get a crack at the titles sometime in 2003. I would love to see RVD & Kane v. D Von & Bubba in a serious feud for the titles at some point during the year. I wish RVD was working in singles action and getting a serious push, but if he isn't. I will be happy to watch him and Kane team on a regular basis, because to me they are a really solid tag team. I enjoy every tag match the two work in, well outside of the one they lost v. Evolution.



"Don'tcha just know it" - Updated February 1, 2003 12:53 PM

HulK Hogan is back in WWE again folks. And he got a huge reaction upon his surprise return on Smackdown. This one was larger then the others he got before his exit versus Brock Lesnar. Hogan is still "the man" and it warms my heart to see him get these ovations everywhere he goes.

It was smart for WWE to keep Hogan off of this Thursdays Smackdown show, because there is absolutely no reason to burn out those receptions by having him featured on every show. He is not a ratings draw any longer and his appearances seem more special if they are few and far between one another. I may be the only person in the country looking forward to Vince McMahon v. Hulk Hogan at WrestleMania, but I can't wait to see that match. To me that is the ending to Hogan's career. Vince was the promoter who gave Hogan his first break in the business, and who has claimed he created Hulkamania for years. Hogan is the talent that helped create Vince McMahon's billiondollar empire and has claimed with out he was the real reason why Vince has all his money. So the two now get the chance to settle their dispute inside the squared circle. I will look forward to seeing Vince McMahon take the LEG DROP O DOOM and get beat by Hulk Hogan at WrestleMania.

Tampa Bay proved once again that winning championships is based more around solid defensive play and less around West Coast antics. I so hope this puts an end to the craze of teams trying to scramble to operate the West Coast offense. I call it the West Toast offense now. Because it was TOAST as soon as it stepped on to the playing field against Tampa Bay. I think a lot of teams are going to see what Tampa Bay did to dismantle the West Toast offense and are going to attempt to duplicate it for next season. Realize most of these attempts will fail since no one will have the speed to accomplish what Tampa accomplished against Oakland in the Super Bowl, but the attempt will SLOW down the offense quite a bit. The news doesn't bode well for teams like the New York Jets who base their entire offensive philosophy around the West Toast approach. Now my New England Patriots will focus on defense in the off season and attempt to put out a Tampa Bay like approach to defense, and shut down those annoying Jets.

I wanted to also talk about the D Lo Brown / Teddy Long angle on RAW for a few moments and decided to close out this column with that. I think it is hilarious. I love the "WHY DOES A BLACK MAN..." type lines. Call me nutty but they are hilarious to me. Teddy Long has a comical voice because he sounds so serious when he is saying it. I hope they let Teddy go really off in to some really goofy areas to make it sarcastic in a sense and humorous. Like, "Why is it that a black man always has to get the tables first? Why can't Bubba Ray get the tables first? He has two hands, I'll tell you why. Because the black man is discriminated against in WWE." I think they could do a lot of stuff such as that with the Teddy Long character and make it seem as if the guy is nuts, but at the same time deliver some comical lines through the gimmick. I think that is the way they should build this storyline. If it is sarcastic and almost satire on real racism in this country and makes a joke out of the issue, it will be a good thing for WWE to approach, in my honest opinion. Hey, nothing like a little laugh here and there each monday. Well, I am gone, I'll be back soon. Homey's!


"Devox Illustius Cansalleos Mantabius." - Updated January 15, 2003 XX:66 PM

I am trying to get back in to the mix of writing these columns on a weekly basis again. But it is hard. I think the time away helped me recharge my batteries a little bit over the past few months. I still do not have a lot of things to write about wrestling, because right now wrestling is still in a holding pattern.

But I think 2003 should be a good year for pro wrestling all around. I want to see Triple H finally get his and I think 2003 could be the year that Triple H finally falls from grace. I think the writing is on the wall and I think 2003 is going to be the best year for all of us Triple H detractors. I could be wrong, but I don't think that I am wrong. I hope I am not wrong. I hope that by February Triple H has gotten his on a major PPV (*COUGH* Royal Rumble *COUGH*). But of course we will find out how that goes in a few days. I am really looking forward to Royal Rumble this year for some reason, and I can not quite put my finger on what that reason is right now.

Of course it looks like Brock Lesnar is going to enter the Rumble and walk out as the winner of the Rumble this year. I really wish they would do a swerve and have Lesnar not win the Rumble and have someone else win the Rumble this year. I think the predictable outcome is that Brock Lesnar is going to win the Royal Rumble and go on to face Kurt Angle at WrestleMania. Now if this happens, it will give us a really really really really good match at WrestleMania. But I would like to see them find another way to get to the Kurt Angle v. Brock Lesnar match at WrestleMania. I think teasing the match is not going to happen and making it by February would be the best way to build towards the match. I think having Chris Benoit beat Kurt Angle for the WWE Title because Brock Lesnar causes Angle to lose the title at Royal Rumble would be a better plan to go with. Benoit could hold the title until the PPV in February and drop it back to Kurt Angle. Kurt Angle could then be forced to take on Brock Lesnar at WrestleMania by Stephanie McMahon. And then we get right to the WrestleMania match we have all been waiting for. In the meantime we could have someone such as a RVD win the Royal Rumble, I am not going to hold my breath for this outcome to happen. But believe you me, if WWE put a Rob Van Dam over at Royal Rumble and shook up RAW and had him go on to WrestleMania to headline against either HHH or Scott Steiner, it would do wonders for the product in my opinion. One of the problems with the RAW product right now is it is too predictable.

Who could be elevated on RAW right away to make things seem fresh again? Booker T, Rob Van Dam, Chris Jericho even. There are numerous talents on the RAW roster who could be pushed better and help elevate the product by pushing them better. But they never seem to see the light of day for various reasons. But I think it is time for me to forget about saying these things on a weekly basis, because frankly I am tired of saying them.

I have something on my mind and it is bothering me. I don't want to talk about that either, because frankly I don't want to write about it yet. I just think it is hard to be positive at times and we have to always be positive, we can not allow the negativity to seek us out and take over our lives. I understand that is easier said then done, and I know that a lot of people are going to consider me to be a whacky nut for saying this. But I think DDP has the right philosophy on life. And I think we have to find a way to remain positive through all of the negative situations we find ourselves in. And I wanted to end this column with that thought.


"Well, Well, Well.." - Updated January 7, 2002 12:42 PM

J.R. called it quits this past week. He decided writing the Ross Report on a weekly basis was not worth all of the trouble & hassle he got. The decision caused the same people to publish "the real reason the Ross Report was discontinued". The reason they list was to blame Vince McMahon for the decision. It is a testament to J.R. he did this report as long as he did with these brainless-half-assed goofs constantly trashing his good name online. But isn't that how our culture works these days? Everyone thinks everything is THEIRS?

I played Madden Football 2003 online and the people on the server think the online play is THEIRS. They even have a web page service dedicated to "blacklisting" cheaters. The funny thing is the people who run the page are the biggest cheaters on the server. It is amazing this is what our culture has become. People abuse their power. Power corrupts. That is the truth jack. Did I just write that? Please tell me that I did not just write that. Well this is the first time I have had the chance to write since the year flipped over from 2002 to 2003.

I remember when the year flipped over from 1999 to 2000. I remember the BIG STINK that went in to the 1999 digit flipping over to 2000 and how the WORLD WAS GOING TO END. Looking back on the hysteria known as the Year 2000 problem, I have to wonder how those people feel right now. You know the one's who actually were afraid their computers would stop working, who actually thought the world would cease to exist. It to this day still amazes me that people down the line were so freaked out about 2000. They actually bought in to the hype (marketing strategy) by the computer industry to sell "patches" and computer updates (or entire new systems) to combat the Y2K bug (bogus). Quite interesting nothing really ever came out about the problem anywhere after the digits flipped over. But people were scrambling weeks ahead of time to make sure they were Y2K compatible.

Can this ever be duplicated? I don't think it can. There is not going to be another chance to cash in on such a minor change as the Y2K deal. I guess in the year 2999 it could happen. Of course we will all be long gone by that time, and hopefully people will be so far advanced they wouldn't think of doing shady crap like that by then. But you never know, the human spirit never amazes me. The fact some people would even think about cheating on life surprises me. The fact people need to cheat at online games that have absolutely no impact on life is astonishing to me. The fact people have to bad mouth and trash a respected person like J.R. because he writes an online report, is disturbing.

The idea they decided they know what is best for the entire wrestling community, what is or is not true, what should or should not be reported about a given situation and concoct most of their information to benefit their own ego's - well, well well that is just the way things have become.

Why even name names. It is obvious to the naked (nekkid as Bradshaw would say) eye who is or is not doing this. I think people have the ability to recognize who is or is not doing this. OR DO THEY? The sad fact is in this culture most of us are trained from day one to be FOLLOWERS. We do not want to form our own opinions on a given situation. We want others to tell us how we are supposed to act. And that is why these individuals have as much power and say as they do. People LOOK up to them because they had the gumption to say it was so. The written word carries a lot of impact because of this reason and this reason alone. The old saying, IT MUST BE TRUE BECAUSE SOMEONE TOOK THE TIME TO WRITE IT, is valid in our culture. The written WORD has so much impact. Even lies can become facts of truth if they are written enough times. Take for instance the biggest example in the wrestling world ever. Fritz Von Erich lied about how his son David died in Japan in 1981.

The Dallas Press being close to the Von Erich's bought the lie and printed it as a fact. Over the years when others were doing research in to the Von Erich family, the lie thus became the truth. To this day some good people actually still believe David Von Erich died of Toxic Shock Syndrome (which is a crock of shit designed to throw people off the truth of his death, the truth was reported in Japan - he overdosed) because that became the truth. IT was written so many times by people doing research that it simply became the accepted fact in the death. Even though it was not even close to being the fact. And this is what I am talking about. If it is written, people believe it. No one cares enough to do the right type of research to find out if a fact is fact or a concocted story.

This past week we had another good example of how reporters understand this and abuse their power. Chris Yandek helped Shawn Stasiak concoct a story about an "imposter" going around acting as if they are Stasiak and saying things that will hurt his standing in the wrestling community. I laugh at this, first of all, nothing an imposter could ever say about Stasiak would hurt his standing in the wrestling community, because no one takes him seriously in the first place. Second of all, there was NO IMPOSTER and the entire story was concocted to save face for Stasiak, who put his foot in his mouth again earlier this week by shooting it off. Stasiak has this problem called diarrhea of the mouth. He shoots his mouth off about things he shouldn't be shooting his mouth off about and it gets him in to hot water. This time he stated something which was not even close to being true, and then after the fact needed some cover story to deny he had ever stated it. He was caught with his pants down once again and has now become the punch line of the wrestling world.

Yandek knowing how POWERFUL the written word can be released a report saying Stasiak was the victim of a "imposter Stasiak". So now that has become the official story. I have seen news pages pick it up and report it as fact. Who knows, in twenty years maybe it will be a fact, even though it is not close to being true. And this is the example I wanted to use to prove my point. This happens every day in wrestling terms.

It happened every week with the Ross Report after reporters online decided what Ross really meant. They wrote what he really meant and it became fact. Even though it wasn't even close to being true. This caused a lot of problems internally at WWE. And it caused the report to be ended by Ross because quite frankly, none of it was wroth the problems it had caused. So now we are screwed out of reading his report on a weekly basis because of some dillhole's that couldn't simply report the facts as they were reported to us, and had to write their own two cents about what they THOUGHT Ross was actually trying to say. Gotta love it.


"Its Time for the Review" - Updated December 19, 2002 12:42 PM

It has been a decent year. It is time to look back on a few things and take a moment of silence. First and foremost I wanted to take a look back at 9.11. We should all take a moment of silence and remember what happened on that day. This was a wake up call for us all. It showed us that life is short and there is simply no time to waste. Be thankful for the time you have with your loved ones and do not let a momemt pass where you do not recognize it could end in less then 90 seconds.

I wanted to wish everyone a happy holiday season and hope you have a nice holiday season. I do not distinguish between Christmas and Honakah or any of the other religious holidays in this column because I do not want to discount anyone, not eve festivas! THANK YOU COSTANZA! For those that do not watch Seinfeld, you will not understand what that was all about.

Wrestling was in a down cycle for most of the year. But we did get some really amazing moments (mostly on Smackdown). I want to thank WWE for giving us those moments and thank all of the talent for busting their asses and giving us those moments. I also want to thank NWA TNA for doing the same this year. I do not agree 100% with the direction of TNA and do not think they are utilizing their potential in the right fashion, but I recognize their talent base also busted their asses to entertain the fans and that deserves high praise!

I also want to thank every independent company and wrestler in the U.S. and internationally for busting their asses to entertain legions of fans across the world. It is a testament to how this business operates that talent can work through severe injuries, simply to entertain paying fans. There is no other business like the wrestling business. In all of the other major sports, if a star is injured, typically they sit on the bench protecting their contracts. Does this make wrestlers tougher then other sports stars? I think so. In wrestling there is really never any down time, unless the injury is so severe the talent can not operate through it. I might be knocking NFL, NBA and MLB players by saying this, and if I am, so be it. But in my book, Wrestlers are the toughest SOBS in the history of sports.

I want to thank Trish Stratus especially for working through her broken nose and helping put on an entertaining match at Armageddon with Victoria and Jackie. Trish did not have to work through this injury as it was a triple-threat match and in the confines of a triple-threat she could have easily been covered for if she made the decision to exit to the back. It is a testament to her toughness that she decided to work through the broken nose, finish the match, and put on one hell of a contest. I know a lot of people are down on the women. Not me. Trish Stratus has worked her ass off and become the BEST female wrestler since Bull Nakano. I know some will dispute that comparison and call me crazy, but that is how I feel and I am sticking to it.

Even though I do not see eye to eye with his backstage antics. And I think he needs to lose a lot more matches then he has been. I also have to give credit where credit is due and thank Triple H for working with a partially torn quad at Armageddon v. HBK. Triple H didn't have to do it and probably should not have done it. I wish he didn't do it only because it would have put someone else in his spot for the match. But he did it and I recognize the toughness of Triple H to once again work through an injury and meet a booking. I know Triple H has a love for this business and I just wish he would go back to his roots and realize he is killing the business more then nurturing it these days. There was a time when Triple H being pushed as heavily as he is would have helped business, those times are over. It is time for Triple H to understand if he is not pushed as hard as he has been on television, the company will actually become better. And by removing himself from that push he will help to rebuild his own career and one day will be in that spot again. But I don't hold out much hope for Triple H to figure this one out and that makes me sad to write.

I want to thank Jim Ross. JR brought Rey Misterio and Little Guido to WWE. THANK YOU! I am so happy Ross signed these guys to contracts. I am also happy Ross signed Scott Steiner to a deal, even though Ross has a lot of personal issues with Steiner. Ross is the man that signs talent and brings them to WWE and with out JR doing such a great scouting job, we would not have as many top notch WWE performers as we have currently. I think JR gets a lot of heat online (most of it is undue heat) and I for one just wanted to thank the best play by play man in the business, well outside of Gordon Solie (who I really miss a lot).

I would like to thank everyone who helped with LEWD this past year. If you want to contribute in 2003, send in columns. We deleted all of the columns due to the lack of submissions over the last 6 months. This does not mean we do not value your columns. It just means we move forward and change with the times. No need to stay in the past with outdated material.

I wanted to thank the webmaster of LEWD (ERIK R) for doing the HTML code for the entire web page, minus my section (which I deal with). With out him doing those awesome splashes and front pages, the web page would not be as good. He does a wonderful job and that is something that I really appreciate.

Lastly, I wanted to thank each of my readers. If I could I would do it individually. But that would be impossible. Collectively I think I have the best readers in the business.



"FEAR FEAR BUT DON'T FEAR" - Updated November 29, 2002 12:42 PM

Sometimes things do not always go our way in life. But that is cool because if everything went our way every time, what would be the point of having things go your way occasionally? It would all be the same. There would really be no happiness of getting something you really wanted since you would always get everything you wanted. The absence of something you really want from your life dictates how much you actually want it. And sometimes even if you want it bad enough, you are not going to be able to obtain it that easily. Look at the Tough Enough competition. Some of the students want to become WWE Superstars so bad, they have their dreams crushed by being cut from the competition. It is at that point they must decide whether or not they actually really wanted it bad enough to pursue it outside of the competition. If they do want it bad enough, they will one day perhaps make it all the way to WWE on their own. Like what happened with Christopher Nowinski, Josh Matthews and a few others who lost the competition only to continue to pursue their dreams outside of WWE.

Most of it is an illusion concocted to establish if one has the desire and dedication to actually beat out the test and obtain their dreams. If you have the patients and virtue to follow what you know should be yours in your heart, chances are you will obtain it in the end. With hard work and some good luck perhaps it will not take as long as it takes others to obtain their dreams. But this is not all about a wrestling competition, it is about life as well. Life throws us obstacles and swerves from time to time and takes as far away from our dreams and goals as possible. At times it seems as if we are never ever going to obtain the place in life we want to be at. But we have to continue or else we are going to cave in to those obstacles and remain at the place we do not want to be. It is almost like a cosmic game of chicken.

NO matter how fast the car on the other side of the universe is coming towards us, sometimes the correct decision is to go straight at it and hope to collide with it. Because it really doesn't exist. It is only fear that creates the vision of the vehicle in front of us. If we allow fear to dictate our decisions we are going to constantly shy away from the car and we will never make it to the good place we want to be at. This is sometimes easier said then done. I myself have seen the car and have taken the long road around it from time to time and it never seems to reach the place I need to be. Nor the place I want to be. Fear is a funny thing like that. You have to conquer fear to be able to understand what fear actually is, and then even after you defeat fear sometimes it conquers you when you least expect it.

Death is feared by many. But death is just another gateway to another level of consciousness. Those who fear death hold themselves back from doing things they would dream of being able to do if they did not fear death. Daredevils are always looked up at by these individuals since they cheat death every day of their lives. But daredevils are not cheating anything, because eventually death will come for them just as it will come for the non daredevils. In this the lesson is to do what you want to do, with in reason, and do not allow fear to dictate how you live your lives.

In the end all of this ties together. Dreams, Fear, Death, holding oneself back from one's dreams due to fear, etc. It is all the same. It sucks to have to want something so bad and think you have no way to obtain it. To fear if you ask someone a certain question you will lose them and they will vanish from your life. It seems like its own prison, because quite frankly it is. It feels like hell on earth to watch a loved one move forward with out you by their side, when that is where you want to be in life. But in certain cases you are unable to do anything. For the fear is to great and even those who have conquered fear are trapped in the pentagram known as fear again. There is never an easy way out for going forward with one's dreams could be a nightmare. Moving backwards with fear could be the last retreat, and moving sideways could hinder one's ability to obtain one's dreams. I have no answers to these important questions in the end. I only salute those who have the ability to jump feet first with out fear. For those are the one's who truly deserve to be cherished in this instance.


"Another update; Another day gone by" - Updated November 11, 2002 1:42 PM

Man has it really been a month and 8 days since I updated this section? I apologize to those who check back on a semi-normal basis. I have been burned out for a while now and had absolutely nothing left in my tank.

It has nothing to do with the direction of the product or the state of the business though. I have been playing Grand Theft Auto: Vice City quite a bit lately and that soaks up a lot of my free time. I am going to attempt to write on a semi-regular basis from this point on, but can not promise anything.

I have not even had time to edit the radio show, which was put on hiatus for quite some time anyways by the host (Brad Clements). I have a show which came up one segment to short, go figure, to edit and it should be up in a week or two. I am currently watching college football and hope that OSU loses to Purdue so the dumb BCS crap doesn't screw Miami out of being in the championship game at the end of the season. How can #1 go from #1 to #3 because of a stupid computer system? Especially when they have not lost a game yet. Go figure.

I am really looking forward to Survivor Series. The Elimination Chamber is my kind of match. I really love gimmick matches and love them a lot when they are brutal and violent. I have hopes this is going to make the Hell in the Cell look like a playground. I also am interested in the hardcore match with Trish v. Victoria for the womens title. I really do hope one of the ladies blades. I know some will cringe if this happens but I would love to see it happen. Its a business and in a business you should treat all of the performers equally. If the men can blade, so can the women. I think that would be shocking in itself to see a woman bleed on WWE television. We will see where they go with this one, but I think they have a great chance to put on a blow away match with some awesome spots. It should be interesting regardless of the quality.

Brock Lesnar v. Big Show has been getting some nice build up and I for one and actually interested in seeing if Lesnar can F5 show. They are making it abundantly clear on television (through Heyman) that he can not do it. So the fans are being milked by the company to POP for when he DOES do it. Sort of like how they made the fans think Hogan had no chance to pick up Andre and bodyslam him at WM. And when Hogan did it the fans went bonkers and popped like he was the biggest star ever. I have the feeling WWE is hoping for the same type of a reaction with Lesnar doing the F5 to Show. If that isn't what they are banking on, I don't know what they are doing the build up for. I for one would love to see Lesnar do an F5 and Show gets his foot on the rope or something, building up the fact he can't beat Show. And Show could then chokeslam Lesnar, who would kick out. And Lesnar could finish off Show with a new move, the Shooting Star Press off the top rope for the pin. If he did that move, in New York's MSG at Survivor Series no less, Lesnar would walk out of the building as a megaface in my estimination. And that is what the company really needs. They could even have Lesnar teasing he is going to pull out all the stops before the match in a backstage skit with Heyman. Heyman could look at him and say, "you aren't thinking what I think you are thinking? That is insane! You aren't a 170 pound guy like Rey Misterio Jr! You are the heavyweight champion of the world Brock, Heavyweight Champions of the World do not attempt risky moves like that!! Especially not on Survivor Series in Madison Square Garden against the biggest wrestler in the history of the sport! As your agent I am ordering you not to do something as crazy as that. I can not sit back and let you make these insane decisions any longer Brock. What did you hire me to do?" And then Lesnar could "fire" Heyman at the PPV before the match and do the Shooting Star Press to win the match.

Or fire him after the match, after the move which Heyman told him he was nuts to do. Heyman could be bragging about how it was all his idea to do the move and then Lesnar fires him. That way Heyman is set up to bring in some talent (Nathan Jones etc) to remove the title off of Lesnar. In that respect you have a Heenan/Hogan type feud with Heyman trying to take the title off of the guy he created. Great stuff.


"Another update; Another day gone by" - Updated October 3, 2002 12:42 PM

Of course it is October and that means it is Major League Baseball Playoff time. I root for the Atlanta Braves first and every American League team outside of the New York Yankee's second. I hope Anaheim can overcome the magical strike zone, umpires human errors and fans catching doubles which turn in to home runs. Otherwise The Yankee's will move on to the second round and have another chance to move on to the World Series. It just is odd to me that all of the calls happen to always go the Yankee's way helping them make it to the World Series. And it strikes me as odd the only game on FOX (the big network) is the Yankee's game, while the other games are stuck on the crappy Family Station, which no one watches. It is odd the league favors the Yankee's, actually maybe it isn't odd since they have always favored the big markets. New York has an unfair advantage because they are pushed as heavily as they are pushed by the networks. Which is probably why fans would rather watch the Yankee's in the World Series then the Kansas City Royals. If the Royals got as much national exposure during the season as the Yankee's got, perhaps fans around the country would know who played for Kansas City. Maybe then the fans in Kansas City would care about their franchise and actually pay to see Major League Baseball in Kansas City. But when the national climate has absolutely no idea that Kansas City even has a team, since they are never aired on National Television, the local fans don't care about the team either, since all the national exposure is about NEW YORK this and NEW YORK that.

I conclude my rant by saying, Yankee's MUST LOSE in the first round to promote the health of baseball. If the Yankee's make it to the World Series this season, I will stop watching MLB. If I stop watching MLB, then that would suggest others will stop watching MLB as well. And if that happens, MLB is in big trouble. So for the health of the game, the Yankee's MUST go down to the Angels in the first round. Allowing two teams who have never squared off to fight for the chance to go to the World Series. Well at least in the Finals. Doesn't this seem as if it is the same problem pro wrestling has right now? Well if it does, that is because it IS!

Undertaker and Triple H have been so dominant for so long they constantly get thrusted in to the BIG GAME. And fans cheer for these athletes since they have been so heavily pushed. No one cares about the Jerichos, or the Angle's, or the Rob Van Dam's since these superstars never seem to get the victory (and or exposure) as Undertaker & Triple H always get. For the health of pro wrestling Triple H & Undertaker have to start to put over the talent under them in a strong fashion.

If that does not happen, the only thing which will allow wrestling to heal is the absence of both Triple H & Undertaker from the product. If these talents do not play ball and elevate the talent under them and yet stick around in the company. Even if they are removed from the main event, it isn't going to re-build the company. As has been proving in the past, it was only when Hogan left WWE that the WWE fans began to accept those new talents being elevated to his spot. While Hogan stuck around in the company while WWE was attempting to elevate new talent to his spot, the WWE fans rejected all of the talent put in the position Hogan was in. Because Hogan was still working in the company and people still expected Hogan to be the MAN. Hogan failed to elevate any of the younger talent with clean jobs (outside of Warrior). Warrior was the only younger talent that was able to break through the glass ceiling, when he was elevated by Hogan.

Triple H & Undertaker know this. They have both been around the business long enough to know what a victory over them could mean for the talent under them. But the deal seems to be selfishness with these two. They do not want to put the guys under them over because they fear they are going to lose their spots in the company if they do so. And they are right. The company is at the point where they have to use Triple H and Undertaker as complimentary talent and not as main event talent. These two athletes need to be as far away from the World Title as possible unless they are going to be used to elevate the talent with the title. It is not going to work out that way in one case (Triple H) for sure, since Triple H is never going to do the right thing for the business.

Oh, I don't doubt Triple H is going to politically position himself as a guy who is doing the right thing for business by putting over Kane at the next PPV. But then he shifts the position of elevating new talent to the top of the company on to Kane's shoulder. This is what Triple H is great at. He did this when Jericho was coming up. Somehow Triple H escaped putting Jericho over and shifted that task to other people in the company. And when Jericho was elevated, Triple H came back and buried him by defeating him for the title at WrestleMania. All of the work to build Jericho up and elevate him was negated by Triple H. And Triple H knew that was what was going to happen and that was why he shifted the task of elevating Jericho to someone else.

Now we are at the same crossroads in WWE. Rob Van Dam needed to be elevated. Bubba Ray Dudley needed to be elevated. Triple H always gets the first victory over new talent. Because he IS THE GAME. But now he is going to give the task of elevating these new talents to Kane, because he realizes these guys have to be elevated and management knows they have to be elevated. So he is going to take himself out of the spotlight and eliminate his duty and obligation to the company and business to elevate these new superstars. Which means now Kane is going to be asked to put one of them over down the road. No doubt Kane is a company man and will elevate either RVD or Bubba Ray Dudley in a few months. Then Triple H will lobby to have a feud with the new elevated talent and point out it was him who did the right thing for business by putting over Kane, so Kane could work a program with them to put them over and demand he get the title back, thus negating any of the elevation offered through Kane to the new talent. I certainly hope WWE doesn't allow Triple H to play his GAME all over again.

I have witnessed him do this two or three times. He learned from the master of it, HBK. I personally think HBK should be put in to a feud with Triple H and keep Triple H away from the World Title for the rest of his career. It is sad when you have to hope a talent is injured so the business can become healthy again. It was sad when I had to hope Steve Austin would either be injured or quit the business so the WWE could start to become healthy again. Minus Steve Austin WWE has been a hell of a lot better off then when they had Austin. The same would happen if Triple H dropped off the face of the earth. Because WWE is never going to be able to get Triple H to play ball and elevate new talent in my estimation. And he has to much power with the bosses daughter to get in hot water for his political GAMES. So unless he is injured, I really do not hold much hope for the RAW side of the business.


"HLA & TNN & CBS/VIACOM" - Updated September 26, 2002 1:42 PM

I have a problem with TNN being upset at WWE because of Hot Lesbian Action being on RAW. TNN needs to do their homework. If TNN is so upset at Hot Lesbian Action, TNN ought to look at its parent company a bit closer. TNN is owned by CBS/VIACOM, which also happens to own MTV.

MTV has a show called "The Real World" which always has Hot Lesbian Action involved on the show in one form or another. In some cases they also have Hot Male Homosexual Action on the show. MTV has been pushing the liberal homosexual agenda for almost seven years. CBS/VIACOM has been allowing MTV to push the liberal homosexual agenda for the past seven years. CBS/VIACOM has allowed other forms of HLA on its roster IN PRIME TIME hours over the past decade. I believe the 'first' Lesbian Action was on a CBS-BASES SITCOM in PRIME TIME HOURS.

TNN has questionable television shows on EARLIER then RAW itself and it should do its own network justice and clean itself up before it attacks WWE for HLA. I don't understand what the problem is though. Two women fondle each others asses and kiss on RAW. What is the big deal?

So what these executives are saying here is. It is perfectly okay for a man and a woman to kiss and fondle each other on RAW, but it is not okay for two women to do it on RAW. In other words, TNN is a homophobic network. TNN discriminates against homosexuals. TNN is afraid of the world surrounding us known as REALITY. TNN should be ashamed to be upset at HLA being involved on RAW. HLA is not wrong. Gay on Gay relationships are not wrong. Showing them at 4PM or 8PM or 11PM is not wrong.

If you are against same sex relationships being exposed on television, you have to be against non same sex relationships being exposed on television. Do I think children should be watching two women kissing? NO! Do I think they should be watching a man and a woman kissing? NO!

If TNN has any sense. The next time a woman and a man kiss on RAW, TNN will be just as upset at WWE. But they won't. Because TNN is run by a bunch of conservative losers. TNN needs to come in to 2002 and realize their old-school mentality is a dying breed. And while they are moving in to 2002, how about GROWING UP as well.


"9.11.02 is silent and silent can be." - Updated September 16, 2002 1:42 PM

The cynic in me KNEW something would happen on 9.11.02. Even if it was not an actual Al Queda attack on the United States again, but there would be some type of terrorist movement on 9.11.02. Certainly some of the sympathizers to the Al Queda cause would make some sort of noise to inform America that this campaign against terrorism is not OVER with.

Or some disgruntled fundamentalist militia men in the U.S. could use this chance to send a message to the United States Government. A copy cat attack on the American public designed to send a message to the Government that the militias do not agree with everything the Government does, and wants to start a revolution against them.

And 9.11.02 came, John Ashcroft put the country on the highest alert level of security bracing for the copy cat attacks or an all out Al Queda assault on this country. And NOTHING.

It was SILENT. There was no attack. There was no copy cat attack. There was no sympathizer attack. There was NOTHING. The war on terrorism took a POSITIVE turn on 9.11.02. Obviously the date had great significance for the terrorists because it would have sent a direct message to the U.S. and the U.S. population. WE ARE NOT DEAD, WE ARE STILL HERE! In fact, We can attack you when ever we want. A year after we attacked you on 9.11.01, and 9 months after you declared WAR on us, WE still have the capabilities and power to reach out and smack you when we feel it is needed. IT would have been one of the biggest PR blows the terrorists could have pulled off against the U.S. Government. For that reason, I expected SOMETHING.

For me this proves two things about this war on terrorism. First of all the terrorists were not "brave" as Bill Mahr stated on "Politically Incorrect". Because if they were BRAVE they would have done something on 9.11.02 even if it caused them to lose their lives. That date to the terrorists was as important at the Fourth of July is to us. 9.11 would be their independence day. So the fact they passed up the chance to try and attack us again, to me suggests they are cowards. And not only that WEAKENED cowards. Second of all the terrorists are WEAK now.

Our strategy to eliminate their power to attack the U.S. worked. These fundamentalists have absolutely no method of attack any longer. And it just goes to show the rest of the world if you screw with the U.S., we will turn your country in to a parking lot with such a dominant air attack, you simply stand absolutely ZERO chance of survival. It also proves to me another very IMPORTANT thing.

Bin Laden is dead. If Bin Laden were still alive he would have bragged about 9.11.01 on video tape and released it on 9.11.02 for the entire world to see. He could have easily gotten the video tape to a Middle Eastern TV station and released it on 9.11.02 to send a strong message of defiance against the U.S. It would have been a great PR hit for the U.S. to have Bin Laden, the mastermind behind the 9.11.01 attacks on the air on 9.11.02. Every station in the U.S. would have picked up on the video tape and American Citizens around this country would have been afraid and terrorized all over again. But NOTHING. Which tells me Bin Laden is dead. Not only is he dead, he is stupid. He should have pre-taped an announcement a year ago and sent it to someone in his organization in case of the U.S. forces killing him. With the instructions to sit on the tape until 9.11.02. Even if the U.S. Government proved the tape was pre taped a year prior to it being released, it still would have sent a message to the world. But again, SILENCE.

Some other cynics would tell me, "Always silent before the BIG storm!". Yeah, I don't think so in this case. Mark my words, THE TERRORIST ATTACKS ON THE U.S. are OVER. Their structure has been destroyed. Bin Laden is dead. Their training facilities are now a parking lot. And now it is time to turn our attention to Saddam Hussein. We need to remove Hussien from power in Iraq for two main reasons. First of all If Iraq was more or less in our control, it would mean stabilized oil prices and less chance of the prices fluctuating up to really high levels, unless those who control the oil in this country want to make money. And second if Saddam or someone such as Saddam ever got a hold of a Nuclear weapon there is the potential of an all out nuclear war. So it is time to say GOODBYE to Saddam.


"More Wasted Words" - Updated September 6, 2002 3:42 PM

September 11, 2001 (9.11) was one of the worst events in American History. It was like the Pearl Harbor of our era. A lot of innocent people died for no good reason. But it was not something that was brought on through an accident. In fact, it is going to happen again sooner or later because of our policies against other countries. The United States of America has absolutely no business sticking its nose in to the affairs of other countries unrelated to our national security. We have absolutely no right allowing the Israelian government to treat the Palestinians like door mats and turn around and expect Fidel Castro, Yassar Arafat or Saddam Hussien to treat people with respect and dignity.

There is no difference with what Israel has done to the Palestnians for hundreds of years and what is going on in third world dictatorships. The one difference is we accept Israel as an ally and thus we refuse to tell them to stop killing innocent Palestinians for absolutely no reason. We refuse to tell them to pull out of the Palestinian territories and stop occupying them. Israel has never pulled out 100% and never will, because it is against what the Israelian government wants to do. They have shown through history they want to dominate the Palestinian people. This has caused the Palestinian people to rise up and fight for their independence through any means possible.

It is almost the same as when we broke away from England. England did not want the United States to become possible and fought us tooth and nail to make it an impossibility. The Palestinians are fighting for their own state, an independent state away from Israel that is recognized by the world. But the problem is the one force which could make it all possible (The United States) is shutting its eyes while Israel disallows it as a possibility. But what is worse is the United States is stepping in and demanding the Palestinians "cut it out".

Imagine if a world force stepped in during our fight for American Independence and told us to "cut it out" or else. We would not have our freedoms away from the imperialistic rule of the Kings and Queens. We would not have had the United States of America or all of our pride and glory. But it is somehow different to some what is going on over there and what went on over here. But it is not different.

We have absolutely no business in dictating to any country what they can or can not do. It is as simple as that. And when we decide to stick our noses in the affairs of other countries, that opens us up to be attacked by their supporters. And that is what happened. And it will happen again and again and again, until the situation resolves itself.

There is no reason why Israelians and Palestinians can not live in the same region with two independent states. The one big problem is Israel does not want to recognize Palestine as its own state. They want the land for religious reasons. And that spells doom for the entire region. An ignorant, closed-minded decision by a religious zealot in control of Israel caused the deaths of 2,338 innocent civilians last year. And it is going to happen again, probably on 9.11.

Until people start to wake up and realize what is actually going on in this world, these things are only going to get worse. Sure there are two options to attempt to stop it from happening again. One is to try and work for a peaceful solution to all of these problems, which is very possible if only the two sides would listen to each other and become tolerant to the others cause. Or the termination method, which is to terminate everything you can not be tolerant of and replace it with what you can control. The Afghanistan method to the solution. We would have to systematically dismantle every regime in the Middle-East that supports the Palestinian movement. We would have to attack every regime and knock them out of power and put our own people in place. We would have to control the entire region.

Take out Saddam from Iraq, Take out the government in Iran, Take out the government in Beirut, Take out the government in Saudi Arabia and every other regime in the region which supports the Palestinian movement. Once that is accomplished, there will be nothing to worry about. Well, we would also have to allow genocide as well because the people who live in those countries would inevitably fight to save their regimes and thus we would have to effectively wipe Islamism off the face of the earth. But I guess that is not as big of a price to pay as being tolerant and accepting them for who they are, right?


"JUST A RUN OF THE MILL UPDATE" - Updated August 29, 2002 1:42 PM

Well SummerSlam 2002 came and went, and it was one of the greatest WWE PPV's of all time. Each of the matches delivered on the show. HBK v. HHH was the match of the year in my opinion. We will have to wait and see how the voting turns out at the end of the year. I thought it was easily the PPV of the year. RAW was decent, but not great.

I was at the Smackdown! taping and it was an excellent show. So WWE seems to be on the right track. Lets just hope they keep it up and do not take any steps backwards. I think RAW may have done that, but we can not be positive until this weeks television is over with. It will all be known by next week at this time whether RAW did take a step backwards for WWE. Certainly if it did, we will discuss it.

I wish to turn towards MLB for a minute. This bastards are going to actually go on strike with the one year anniversary of 9.11 approaching, and they wonder why the rest of the world hates America? It is losers like the MLB Players that give this country a bad name. These greedy bastards earn on average 2.5 million dollars a year and are complaining about working conditions again? As always it relates to MONEY with them.

I know a lot of the defenders of the players claim this one is not about greed or money, but it is. They are afraid the proposed changes are going to create a situation where the owners do not SPEND AS much on contracts as they have previously. In other words, they are afraid the A Rod contract will be the last of its kind and no other players will make a ridiculous amount of money for no apparent reason. To me, that is a money concern, that is a money issue, that is GREED.

These bastards make more money annually then 99% of the world's population. People are starving in other countries because they have NOT. And these idiots are worried about earning more money. Worried about not being able to earn 20 million or 25 million in one season.

Lets see these jerk offs go to a 9 to 5 job and earn $10 bucks an hour for a 60 hour work week and then tell me the 2.5 million average per year isn't ENOUGH. They wouldn't survive in the real world, because their rich wives would leave them for movie stars and their world would collapse around them. No more ten cars to break the law with! No more money to get you out of legal troubles when you are busted for DUI or illegal drug use. No more special treatment by the American public because you won't mean crap to anybody. They won't like to live that life, they won't like to go back to being a nothing.

But they want MORE and MORE and MORE and MORE. Gee, I really feel sorry for them. Let me go get my giant Violin so I can play them a song. I really hope they do strike. I really hope when they come back, the fans do not come back. I hope they KILL MLB. I hope by killing MLB they lose their homes, their lives and everything important to them. I hope MLB survives in its true form and kicks these primadonna bastards to the curb. Break the union. And send these losers to the shower!


"SUMMERSLAM: SHOW OF THE YEAR" - Updated August 22, 2002 12:42 PM

I do not write many columns about upcoming PPV events. But this time this column is all over SummerSlam. The show top to bottom looks to be one of the strongest PPV line up's in WWE history. I think they could add one more match to the show and still have enough time to allow all of the other matches to develop in to classics.

Rey Misterio Jr. v. Kurt Angle.

This match is guaranteed to be a solid match. Both Rey Misterio Jr. and Kurt Angle have the talent to give us a memorable match this Sunday at SummerSlam. The match could easily challenge for Match of the Year honors at the end of the year. I expect a blow away match between Angle and Misterio at the SummerSlam PPV. Kurt is simply the best wrestler in the world right now and putting him in a match with a talent such as Rey Jr. will equate in to an excellent contest. These two have a chance to put on the best match on the entire SummerSlam PPV on Sunday, and that is not going to be an easy task with the line up this PPV has.

Edge v. Eddie Guerrero.

When I heard about this match being added to the PPV on Sunday, I was excited. Edge is one of the fastest rising superstars in the business today and has steadily gained popularity with the fans. He has all of the tools to be a top player in WWE. Eddie Guerrero is one of the top five workers of all time. I could not say a bad thing about Eddie Guerrero, because there is absolutely nothing bad to say about him. He has awesome wrestling ability. Put Edge and Eddie Guerrero in a singles match on one of the biggest PPV shows of the year and give them enough time to work a competitive match, and you have another Match of the Year candidate in the making. The first two matches I have covered in this column very well could compete with each other for those annual award honors.

Booker T & Goldust v. Lance Storm & Christian.

This is a solid tag team match for the tag team titles. Goldust is very entertaining these days and Booker T is really starting to get over big time with the fans as a babyface. I think it will be a solid tag team match. It obviously is not going to compete for Match of the Year honors, but has a chance to be an excellent match itself.

Test v. Undertaker.

This is the one match on the SummerSlam card which has a giant question mark hanging over it. If Test is treated like a true equal to Undertaker and is given the chance to work a back and forth brawl on the show. I think it could be a decent big man v. big man contest on the show. But if the entire match is worked around Undertaker being the dominant "American Badass" mutilating the "Canadian turncoat", then I think the match is going to fail big time.

HBK v. Triple H.

I will go out on a limb and predict this match will be excellent. I have faith in HBK. I know how he goes all out on BIG shows. He worked a match against Steve Austin (his last match) and put on one hell of a show when he should have realistically opted out of performing in the match. It was that attitude which cut his career short. I know HBK is going to pull out all of the stops and make this match a 'must see' contest, even if it is not good for his health. In a sense that really does frighten me, because I know HBK is going to do something crazy to make sure the fans rave about his return match with Triple H. Speaking about Triple H, I think he is going to have his working boots on at SummerSlam. Triple H is going to want to make sure he carries HBK to a decent match. And I think he will in the end. I think for sentimental reasons alone a lot of people are going to vote this one as a challenger for Match of the Year honors.

Rob Van Dam v. Chris Benoit.

Now we come to the rocketbuster on SummerSlam. Rob Van Dam and Chris Benoit are exceptional talents. Give them 8 minutes on RAW and they have a classic short match. Give them 15 to 20 minutes at SummerSlam and they could have the greatest Intercontinental title match of all time. Yeah, even better then Ricky "The Dragon" Steamboat v. Randy Savage from WrestleMania III. Chris Benoit is the greatest technical wrestler ever to step foot in the squared circle. Rob Van Dam is the best high flyer to ever step foot in the squared circle. You can look at both of their past accomplishments and realize just how good these two talents really are, and it still would not do them proper justice. I think again this could be a Match of the Year candidate.

Ric Flair v. Chris Jericho.

I don't think this one is going to be as good as it should be. I am not a fan of Ric Flair any longer. I think Jericho is going to have to put on one hell of a one man show to drag this one up to a decent enough quality to not be overshadowed by the rest of the card. This will be a test for Chris Jericho to see if he really has what it takes to be in the upper echelon of WWE talent. I think he has it in him. I think Jericho is going to prove he is "Larger then Life" by pulling out a show stopping performance to allow Ric Flair to look really good at SummerSlam. But I don't think it will be a Match of the Year candidate.

and finally.. Brock Lesnar v. The Rock for the WWE Title.

It is here! I have been waiting for a month to see this match. I want to see this match so bad because I want to see how Brock Lesnar reacts in a pressure situation against The Rock. I want to see how the two put the match together and how the finished product comes out. Brock has all of the tools needed athletically to get the job done. The Rock with out a doubt is exceptional at what he does, and that means the match is going to be entertaining. But will it have that drama of a HUGE match? That is the big question that is looming over this main event. When the bell rings, is this match going to have that buzz? That excitement? Will Brock Lesnar v. The Rock have that special feel to being one of the biggest matches in the history of WWE? Or just another title match on PPV that was hyped to levels it could not realistically deliver? I think Rock is going to establish Brock Lesnar as a legit player in WWE. I think Brock Lesnar alone is going to come out at SummerSlam and prove he is just as talented as anyone else who has come before him. I know they have the ability to establish Brock Lesnar as a legit stud Sunday, and now it is up to WWE to do it. It won't be from a lack of enthusiasm from The Rock, because The Rock is always "on". I just hope they do not rush the match and give them the extended time to work a classic. I don't think 8 to 10 minutes will do this justice. I think they need to go at least 20-25. The reason is, if Brock can go 20-25 and prove he can hang with The Rock. Then the fans will start to realize he is the 'real deal' and not just some Goldberg want to be. Goldberg never went 20-25 minutes in his matches, and that would set Brock Lesnar above Goldberg and put him in to his own league.

All in all, it should be the PPV of the year. It might be the best WWE PPV in a decade. We will have to wait until Monday to determine just how good this show was compared to past PPV events. We have four or five Match of the Year candidates on this show alone. And the other three matches have a chance to be really good. Lets hope the strong line up translates in to a strong show on PPV. Enjoy the show!


"What else is new" - Updated August 15, 2002 6:02 PM

I have been enjoying WWE Television for the past month or two. I know a lot of people are still down on the product. Not me. I look at what is going on in WWE today and understand it is excellent material.

Those who are upset with the product should take a trek to the local video store or dig up some old 80's and 90's video tapes of prior WWE footage and compare the two products. Certainly attractions like Jim Duggan, Dino Bravo, Earthquake, Typhoon, The Goon, TL Hopper, The Who, Rad Radford, Kamala and Bastin Booger being used on a weekly basis will prove to these critics how GOOD the business is today.

Who is involved with the product today, compared to back then, who we can say UGH about on a weekly basis? Certainly one could be in UGH mode when Mark Henry is announced for a match on Smackdown!. I can admit Mark Henry is not that greatest worker in the history of the business, but he is certainly a better quality worker then Earthquake or Bastien Booger.

And yeah, people can always go UGH when The Big Show is announced to wrestle on RAW weekly. But comparing The Big Show to TL Hopper or Jim Duggan is like comparing Ric Flair to Buddy Landell. Obviously Big Show is not the greatest wrestler in the history of the business but he is a lot better then the wrestlers of the past who were in his position on a national level.

What is my point? TWO wrestlers of the UGH variety in our product today is a lot better then the 100's of UGH talents the business used to have.

Shannon Moore & Hurricane v. Billy & Chuck on a weekly basis is a hell of a lot better then The Nasty Boys v. Earthquake & Typhoon on a weekly basis. So in the end it is my opinion the fans of today have been SPOILED. They have the greatest talent base in the history of the business working for them on a weekly basis. And all they can do is complain about the match quality on the shows?

Lance Storm v. Booker T is a great match. Never before in the history of this business has the talent depth in one company been so great that Lance Storm v. Booker T could be an "opening" match and lead to the main event (and have the main event be ten times better). I don't care who is or is not being pushed on top. I care that the match quality exists and the product is evolving in new directions.

In short. A talent such as Brock Lesnar in the past would have been just another BIG MUSCLE HEAD with limited ring skills. Like Sid Eudy. But it isn't that way anymore! Brock Lesnar is a monster, yes. But he is also a legit wrestling machine! The guy has legit wrestling credentials and could stretch anyone on the WWE roster, well maybe not Kurt Angle. To be honest, Kurt Angle v. Brock Lesnar in a pure legit wrestling match would be a very interesting competition. Because either of the two could beat the other with actual wrestling moves. Not the fake wrestling moves the fans want to see (Hurricanranna's and Plancha's and Moonsaults) but the legit wrestling moves amateur wrestlers use to win matches.

People who are upset because Lesnar is being pushed, sighting he does not have the ability, are obviously idiots. Because he has the ability needed to OUT-WRESTLE anyone in the business today. Of course the term WRESTLING to some has evolved in to a magical word that means using chairs and tables and luchador spots. When the term WRESTLING means to WRESTLE, MAT WRESTLE.

Again, to sum it up. Brock Lesnar of the past would have been Sid Eudy. A guy with a great body (physique) and limited wrestling skills who was pushed to the moon as a total monster heel in hopes of fooling the fans in to thinking he has actual wrestling ability. How can I say that? IT HAPPENED!! WWE pushed Sid Eudy like he was the second coming of the wrestling GOD or something and the fans BOUGHT in to his act. Sid did not have the wrestling ability of Brock Lesnar, still doesn't. And it was not something exclusive to the WWE product, because WCW pushed many muscle-heads with limited wrestling ability as well.

Brock Lesnar is a different breed of WWE performer. He has the muscles (Physique) and he has the ability to work an actual match. He with out a doubt could be the greatest wrestler in the history of the business based on his look alone. Put his actual ability with his look and there is no doubt in my mind he is going to be one of the greatest wrestlers the business has ever seen. Once he gets over on his look alone and people begin to catch on to his actual credentials and ability, he is going to win every fan over. I don't think the future of Lesnar is as a monster heel. I think the future of Lesnar is as a total babyface that the fans mark out over.


"Fighting the "free-Pass" - Updated August 8, 2002 2:42 PM

On 7/31 NWA TNA produced one of the dumbest angles in the history of wrestling when Puppet pulled a gun on Jeff Jarrett.

(Editor's Note: This is a reprint from a column written by Muriel Dobbin about gun 'violence' in America. The American Medial Association (AMA) has deemed 'gun violence' in America to be a 'epidemic' (since 1999). It was published on July 22, 2001.

WASHINGTON -- A California doctor who is the new president of the American Medical Association has antagonized the gun lobby and offended some fellow physicians by vowing to spend his year in office on a crusade against "the epidemic of gun violence," which he denounced as a public health crisis.

Dr. Richard Corlin is seeking to set up a federally coordinated and funded violent-death reporting system that would allow states to collect detailed information about homicides, suicides and accidental fatalities that could be used as preventive guidelines for police and public health officials.

He underscored the need for such a tracking system by offering statistics showing that since 1962, more than 1 million Americans died in firearm suicides, homicides and unintentional shootings. In 1998 alone, 30,708 Americans died by gunfire, and 64,000 were injured."

On 8/1 Dave Scherer published the following in defense of the dumbest angle in the history of wrestling, "I didn't much care for the use of the gun either, but in this day and age, I guess there are no unwritten rules anymore. Guns are apparently not off limits anymore. It's not what I like to see, but it's "sports entertainment" and not "wrestling" nowadays."

According to Dave Scherer since this is "Sports Entertainment" and is not "wrestling" anymore, in this day and age, there are no UNWRITTEN RULES.

In essence wrestling promoters can do anything they want since it is "Entertainment". Dave was defending NWA TNA by suggesting by todays standards created by "Sports Entertainment" there simply are no rules.

On 8/5 WWE RAW included a promo by Lance Storm, which I admit offended a lot of people because of its political nature.

On 8/6 Dave Scherer wrote the following blasting WWE for airing the Lance Storm promo on RAW, "I have to say that I found myself almost wishing that the PTC wasn't out of the picture anymore because when WWE chose to make the incidents of 9/11/01 part of a lame storyline, they showed that they absolutely deserved Brent Bozell biting at their heels. Hell, they deserve that a whole lot more. Innocent people died here on 9/11, just as innocent people die in wars and conflicts all around the world. To make light of that is incredibly crass and WWE should be taken to task for it. Aside from it also being ridiculously disrespectful and in horribly poor taste, WWE doesn't even learn from their own failure, as they have tried this same thing in the past.

WWE may think it's cool to trivialize one of this country's great tragedies but I surely don't. And I don't want to watch real people's deaths serve as fodder for a wrestling angle. It's shameful and embarrassing. WWE deserves anything negative that comes to them for being that classless last night.

And again, in defense of the NWA TNA product Dave Scherer wrote, I guess there are no unwritten rules anymore.

So on 8/1 in writing about NWA TNA there were "no rules" but somehow on 8/6 in writing about WWE, all of a sudden there were "rules".

Does this seem strange? In the span of less then a week (even less then a business week) Dave Scherer totally contradicted himself.

Yet to be fair to Dave Scherer, perhaps we should wait for his comments on this weeks NWA TNA PPV (8/7) and see if he defends them again with the "No Rules" line.

It is now time for me to get something off my chest about the Lance Storm promo. For all of the people who think it was 'tasteless' to run such an angle after 9.11, how many of you knowingly support the commercialization and celebratory nature of the United States dropping two bombs on Japan?

Do you know certain organizations with in this country are celebrating the 50th Anniversary of the United States of America killing over 200,000 Japanese civilians? Do you even care?

How is this any different then Middle-Eastern Arabs celebrating the bombing of the World Trade Center on 9.11? It is NOT any different.

If you think Arabs are 'wrong' for openly having celebratory parties and ceremonies for the 'suicide bombers' who bombed the World Trade Center on 9.11 and killed 2,338 American Civilians in the process, but somehow think it is perfectly fine to honor United States Military who dropped bombs on Japan and killed over 200,000 Japanese Civilians then I have news for you. You are no better then the your Arab counterparts!

I for one will not support the innocent slaughter of civilians on the behalf of any nation.

Some people are upset at the Lance Storm sympathizer character being used by WWE. Guess what? IT IS REALITY!

There is a REAL PERSON named Johnny Walker who sympathized with the Taliban and actually fought with them against the United States. THESE PEOPLE EXIST! If you want to ignore reality, that is your own choice.

But why does WWE have to ignore reality? Because you don't like the fact they aren't? There are a lot of people who disagree with the philosophy of the U.S. Government.

I understand what the real reason behind people being upset at WWE doing the Lance Storm character is all about. It is about CONTROL.

It is called CENSORSHIP. You do not want certain views to be heard. And the ironic thing is, the UN-American gimmick you hate so much is a lot more AMERICAN then you are! Because Lance Storm is telling the truth and standing up for what his character believes in.

Just because YOU may disagree with what his character thinks or feels, doesn't mean he shouldn't be able to say it on television. All of you people who would rather shut Lance Storm up are UN-AMERICAN.

Just because an individual has a different philosophy about life then you do does not give you a right to CENSOR him or call for someone else CENSORING him. The only reason you want the different view point off the TV screen is because it makes you feel uncomfortable about yourself.

You are UN-AMERICAN. Because the United States Constitution gives each of us the right to Freedom of Expression. I know, I know, that makes me a LIBERAL right? Because I know my rights. That makes me a bad person because I am pointing it out to you right now! You want me to be 'fired' or eliminated from having the ability to stand up for my rights and write the truth, because it does not fit in to your narrow minded view on the world?

Of course, I totally understand some people do not want any of us to have Freedom of Expression unless that Freedom of Expression is limited to their skewed way of thinking.

I for one support each and every citizens right to Freedom of Expression, even if I have a different philosophical outlook on life then they have. Even if I disagree with them 100% of the time.

For I understand I may not have all of the correct answers, or even any of the correct answers. And only through dialogue and disagreement can we begin, as a functioning society and culture, to gain a better insight of the world and our surroundings. It is through disagreement and philosophical debate which will allow us to gain these new insights in to ourselves and others with the hope of finally understanding one another.

Only with open discussion with no mental or physical limitations implied or instituted by an individual or government on our freedoms can we begin to gain these insights in to areas we may have never thought to venture in to. If not for the freedom of expression afforded to each of us we would never have thought to venture in to these new areas of thought and philosophy. In essence those who wish to limit our thoughts, ideas and concepts and who wish to squash our right of freedom of expression are certainly far from being AMERICAN.

The individual or organization which hopes to prohibit, and more so hopes to outright BAN freedom of expression, wishes to control thought patterns and censor anything against their narrow minded outlook on life.

No individual, no group, and certainly no government should have the responsibility nor the power to limit our thoughts, ideas or concepts.

For to have that awesome ability, that unwavering power, and more so to yield and exercise that awesome power is to squash everything this country was founded to be.

Yet there are those who wish to gain this type of awesome ability and awesome power and do wish to yield it when they see fit. They certainly are more UN-AMERICAN then a wrestler who is reading a script with a political message hidden in it.

A simple entertainment skit designed to 'entertain'. A skit which did not cross any unwritten rules or barriers, except those concocted in one narrow minded reporters mind.

Because as stated previously, entertainment should not have any unwritten rules. For if you dislike one story and attempt to CENSOR it, what is stop someone else from doing the same to something you like?

What is to stop someone from saying Shakespeare or Mark Twain crossed some imaginable UNWRITTEN RULE or barrier thus making it literature or entertainment which should be censored?

Certain individuals in our culture have agendas. These individuals seek the power to decide what can and can not be written or aired on television. Those individuals are closed minded, narrow minded, UN-AMERICAN zealots who think they should decide what you and I watch or do not watch. They do not want us to have the freedom of expression or the freedom of choice.

These zealots operate using the same type of circular logic that allows an individual to decide on a Wednesday that there are "No rules" and then turn around a few days later and decide, OH, THERE HAVE TO BE CERTAIN GUIDELINES OR RULES FOLLOWED!

In essence this may have been a bit longwinded. This may have been a bit overdrawn. But at least in the end the theory of the "free-Pass" was proven and the word HYPOCRITE can not be written when describing yours truly. However; Dave Scherer could not say the same now could he?

(Editor's Conclusion: Clearly one can see "gun violence" in America is an ongoing 'epidemic'. The defense of "Entertainment" having no boundaries when one "Entertainment" company books a "gun" angle only to turn around less then a week later and say another "Entertainment" company has to follow some 'UNWRITTEN RULES' to govern what they can or can not do on television, based around what a wrestler speaks about on the show and relating it to the 2,338 innocent American's being slaughtered in a meaningless terrorist attack against the United States borders on lunacy! Over 90,000 AMERICANS HAVE DIED SINCE 1999 FROM GUN SHOT RELATED WOUNDS! Do you think the families of the 90,000 fatalities want guns used as "fodder" in a "lame storyline" on a wrestling or "Entertainment" show? I would stand firm in suggesting they would not want it taken lightly. But again, some people think one company has a 'free-pass' and can do anything they want, because they have no "UNWRITTEN RULES", while another "Entertainment" company must follow a set of "UNWRITTEN RULES".

The biggest question which remains unanswered is: Who writes these UNWRITTEN RULES? Are they SET-UNWRITTEN RULES, or do they just change from time to time according to one mans mind-set?


"We don't need no wrestling heels.." - Updated July 31, 2002 2:53 PM

In the last update of this section I said (at the end) I would discuss heels & babyfaces in this weeks column and relate it to how the online critics demand for heels & babyfaces ruined pro wrestling.

A cutting accusation and a tough one to prove. But I honestly think pro wrestling had evolved in the right direction with the 'shades of grey' mentality and has taken a step backwards with well defined villians and hero's. I don't think in this day and age mainstream audiences know what is evil or good anymore. So how can we expect them to pay to see a product that defines to them what is good and evil? But not only tries to tell them what good and evil is but also labels, packages and markets it as being good or evil? It is my contention the mere process involved in labeling, packaging and marketing something as good or evil to mainstream audiences in this day and age insults the audiences intelligence. People do not want to be told what is good or what is evil, they want to define that for themselves.

For instance, "Stone Cold" Steve Austin & The Undertaker being pushed heavily as heels over the last 12 months insulted the intelligence of the fans sitting at home consuming the product. Fans did not accept either of Austin or Undertaker as heels, and when the fans did not accept either of them as the pre-destined heel (remember the company wanted to push them as a heel and the online critics demanded they be more well defined in their heels roles) the business changed (evolved) their characters to fit the well defined heel criteria. You read that correctly, the business decided since these superstars were not 'getting enough heel heat' as heels they would simply tinker with their character and make them more 'heel-like'. In the process the tinkering insulted the intelligence of the audience watching the product at home (the consumers) and some of them decided to quit watching a product which force-fed them the product (how they were supposed to react and think, etc).

So what if Undertaker gets huge pops and the business has groomed him to be a heel? What does it hurt? Keep him fighting the top babyfaces and keep him doing the heel tactics. Don't tinker with his character and change his entrance music because some of the online critics do not understand why he is getting huge pops, when he is fighting babyfaces.

There was absolutely nothing broken to fix with the Undertaker character. The fans chose to pop for him for what ever reason, and the business should have accepted it as fact and moved forward, the business should have written the story around Undertaker's character and not around the reactions of the fans watching at home. If a heel gets huge pops and the business wants to push him against top babyfaces, what is the problem? WHAT THE HELL IS BROKEN?

Maybe some ego's are shattered on the creative team because their plan of creating a huge super-villain (heel) didn't work out quite as it was intended to work out. But BIG F'N DEAL! The worst thing that can happen is the fans do not react either way. The business should not care if the fans love the babyfaces or hate the babyfaces or hate the heels or love the heels. All the business should care about is providing good logical entertainment, solid compelling storylines, good athletic competition on a weekly basis and getting the audience to react one way or the other towards the characters.

Certainly if the fans POP HUGE for a heel, the business should allow his character to become more fan friendly. But he should not become less violent or change anything else his character was doing. Imagine if WWE evolved "Stone Cold" Steve Austin in to a total "wuss" when they pushed him initially as a super-heel and the fans POPPED for him like he was the biggest super-face in the history of the business. WWE did not tinker with his character and allowed Austin to kick everyone's ass. And it got his character over even more as a 'babyface'. What if the business had decided since Austin was getting huge babyface reactions he should not be as 'hard-edged' as he was? They would have insulted the intelligence of the audience consuming the product.

Just because fans are popping for a character that was developed and intended to be a heel should not create a situation where the creative team decides to to tinker with the character to allow him to get a more traditional heel reaction. The business should not attempt to make every character fit in to the businesses ideals of what a babyface or a heel is all about. And the same has to be said about a babyface that gets heel heat. The business should not tinker with a character who was intended to be a babyface and shove him down the audiences throats as a babyface if the fans obviously react to him better as a heel.

I don't think you can create heels anymore. I don't think you can create babyfaces anymore. And I personally feel the online critics push and rush to demand traditional heel and babyface roles in wrestling has crippled (ruined) the ability of the business to attract a widescale audience. The business can not force fans to dislike Brock Lesnar.

On the same token, the business can not force the fans to like Brock Lesnar or John Cena or any new superstar they debut. It either happens or it doesn't happen. Sometimes (Austin) you intend to create a mega heel and the fans decide he is a babyface. Sometimes you intend to create a babyface and the fans disagree and hate the character. When these situations happen it is in the best interest of the business to simply continue what was planned with the character and allow the fans to continue to like or dislike the character.

Having a character such as Rock cheat (if they intended to turn him heel) WILL NOT all of a sudden make the fans dislike him. It would only be insulting to the fans if all of a sudden the business decided to turn Rock heel because he 'cheated' and tell the fans they are supposed to 'hate' him now. Like all of the other babyfaces who cheat on a weekly basis are supposed to be cherished, but since the business has decided The Rock is now a 'heel' (evil) the fans sitting at home consuming the product should have the typical pavlovian approach to the character. It simply does not work that way.

The only way to turn characters heel or face in this day and age has nothing to do with the physical nature of the business. It has nothing to do with cheating in the ring to win matches. It has to do with the speaking portion of the business (the promos). Heels have to get real personal with the audience consuming the product to get them to dislike them. Heels can be just as strong as babyfaces in the ring and win by clean pinfall just as much as a babyface. But if they do not get on the fans nerves, or push the fans buttons during promos, then the game is just about over with.

With that said. Heels the business wishes to turn babyface should not cheat less or become less physical in action. They should start to kiss the fans asses and become fan friendly to the audience consuming the product at home. Having a heel kiss the fans asses at home is about the only way to start to get the fans to react in a pavlovian fashion to how the business wants them to react. But it can not be forced, the trick is trying to fool the fans in to thinking they have chosen to like the wrestler, and the character really hasn't changed one bit.

In some cases that would not work. So you can not force feed heels and faces anymore. All you can do is debut a character and wait for the fans to select if they are a heel or a face. When the audience finally decides if they like or dislike the character, the business at that point should take over and start to evolve the personality of the character in either direction. It should not happen before the character debuts on TV. In essence, this is what I feel.

If for what ever reason John Cena was bood like wildfire when he debuted, and the business wanted him to be groomed to be a top babyface. I don't think having him fight top heels and beating those top heels would have magically caused the fans to react in the pavlovian fashion towards his character. If the fans decide a new wrestler is a face and the company wanted to present him as the next BIG HEEL, I don't think anything he could do, short of calling them pricks, would get him over as a heel.

The business should allow the fans to cheer and boo who they like and dislike and keep the physical antics of the characters the same, and only tinker with the personalities of the characters. It is through the speaking portion of the product (promos) where good heels and faces are now well defined.

But again, in some cases (Undertaker & Austin) it is almost counter productive for the business to listen to the so-called "Smart" critics and try really hard to develop heel persona's for these superstars.

Because it isn't going to work. The fans do not have a definition set in their mind about what is GOOD or EVIL and they WILL NOT accept someone else telling them what is GOOD or EVIL. Until we have clear definitions of what is good and evil, and I seriously doubt our culture will de-evolve in this respect (even after 9/11), the business can not try and market certain attractions in a certain directions based on having a well defined role of "good" or "evil".

Everything must remain in the shades of grey mentality to stop short of insulting the audience the product is attempting to market towards.

A key example is. The Unamerican's. These guys did not change how they act in the ring. They just attacked America. That in itself was a total personality trait change in all of the athletes, who did not hate America before the angle began. That is the only way to create heels and faces, attack the audience on an intellectual or personal level. Fans have seen babyfaces cheat for so many years (in all sports) that simply having a wrestler put his feet on the ropes to win a match, is not going to make the fans dislike the character any more then they had before he won a match with his feet on the ropes. There is very little non rule breaking (in a traditional sense) going on in any match. SO how can you expect for mainstream audiences to accept one wrestler is a heel because he cheated, and another wrestler is a babyface because he cheated? You can not. It is as simple as that.


"A day Late" - Updated July 25, 2002 12:53 AM

So I am a day late again. I don't have an excuse, it was not a really busy week or anything. I just did not know what to cover in this column.

I could talk about NWA TNA and be negative for the entire column, since there is not a lot positive to discuss when NWA TNA comes up. But what is the point of harping on a promotion I choose to not watch? To many times the people who cover this business write columns about companies they do not like enjoy and or watch. I don't see the point in writing a column about NWA TNA because I have not watched one of their shows yet. I did expect to get a few of the prior PPV shows on video tape and review them on my own time, but alas the person in charge of engineering that transfer did not come through. I wish he did because I really want to watch one or two of the shows to see what it used to be like.

But turning away from NWA TNA. We have Goldberg giving chats and bringing up half of the WWE roster in a favorable fashion. Could Bill be politically positioning himself in the right fashion to sign with the company? Then we have the "insiders" reporting his demands for compensation are "ridiculously high". Is that "ridiculously high" for NWA TNA standards or for VKM just bought a new $14 million condominium in Boca Raton, Florida standards? Lets face it, Bill Goldberg is a Hulk Hogan or Steve Austin type impact player on any roster. And he should get Hulk Hogan or Steve Austin type money to come in to any company. So if Goldberg is asking for $1-2 million per year, I don't think that is "ridiculously too high" unless you are talking about a group who can not afford to purchase a BIGGIE SIZED COKE with that extra value meal.

So now with Bischoff doing this thing on RAW, and his thing has been really cool so far and well written to I may add, and Stephanie doing her thing on Smackdown! (and so far she has been good in her role as well, but we will have to wait a few months and see if she starts to get on our last nerves again). WWE really looks like it has a story that is going to stick and create a ton of interest in the company for a few months. I certainly hope this thing lasts longer then most of the other storylines WWE has run. Most of them start off really hot and flop in 2 months time. I think this one needs to remain strong until around this time next year.

But with all of the new talent additions to the roster, WWE is starting to look and feel like a totally different promotion. It is a good thing the talent roster is starting to resemble unknown territory. Because if WWE can attract the fans to return to the product, and the fans see a bunch of unknown guys (with a mix of known talent) competing on a weekly basis, they just might get HOOKED again. Last week's RAW delivered the fans, and hopefully the RVD-Jeff Hardy Ladder Match and Rock-Guerrero main event hooked them to return next week or give Smackdown! a glance.

Smackdown! is a strong show tonight (this week) with Rey Misterio Jr. debuting and actually getting a RUB with the Heavyweights on the show. I really think Rey Jr. has the talent, the look, and the charisma to one day make it to the Heavyweight Division. If he did make it to the Heavyweight Division in WWE he would transcend the business and turn it on its ear. I personally think a talent such as Rey Misterio Jr. should be the WWE Champion one day. He should have won the WCW Championship when he was SO HOT, but they dropped the ball. WCW even booked Misterio v. Flair for the WCW Championship when Misterio was SO HOT. Why didn't he beat Flair for the belt? I remember watching that edition of Nitro and thinking, Flair is to old to beat a talent like Rey Misterio. If WCW does not promote Misterio to the title this week, the game is OVER.

WCW did not present Misterio in a great light on that show as Flair beat him, as usually happened in wrestling (in WCW) when a smaller more talented wrestler takes on an aging dinosaur who doesn't belong in the business anymore. I am sick and tired of these LEGENDS (or so called self promoted legends) beating younger, faster and stronger wrestlers (in most cases more talented). The role of the dinosaur in wrestling has its place! Make no mistake about it. Guys like Hogan & Flair have their place in the business until they want to leave. If they want to stick around until they are removed in a pine box, they still have their place in this business. But that doesn't entitle them to beat guys that are half of their age on a weekly basis and relive their glory days! I was sick and appalled when Rey Jr lost to Flair that night on Nitro, and I was equally sick and appalled when Ric Flair beat Steven Richards a few weeks ago on RAW. That should never happen! N-E-V-E-R!

To me it doesn't matter if Hogan or Flair have won titles galore or have been the top draws in the business, or WOOOOOOOOOO ARE THE NATURE BOY! I don't care about what they have accomplished in 1979. Neither does the mark sitting in their living room at home! We don't give a damn about the history the aged veteran has had in the business. Certainly we RESPECT these wrestlers when they are supposed to be respected, but we do not respect them when they are performing against guys half their age and acting as if they can keep up. BECAUSE THEY CAN'T! When Flair was 35, yeah he could keep up with a Steven Richards. But he is not 35 anymore! By having Flair booked strong against a Steven Richards, you drive a stake right through the heart of the entire promotion!

Steven Richards has a future in this business. Ric Flair only has a past in this business. Any one who thinks Flair has a future in this business is fooling themselves, and living on borrowed time. Hulk Hogan doesn't have a future in this business either. These two guys have a lot of history and no future. Hogan has been used correctly though. He has been giving key wins when he needed them, but he has also jobbed to a lot of the younger talent and helped elevate them in the process. This is the way an aged veteran talent should be booked in a company. Flair on the other hand has been used half-assed by the creative team. Part of the blame has to be thrown at the feet of the "Whaaaatlesnake" Steve Austin because Austin refused to allow Flair to look strong in their program. Part of the blame has to fall on the creative team for booking Flair as the heel in the Austin-Flair storyline instead of keeping Flair face. Who really gave a good god damn that a babyface Austin was beating up a babyface Flair? Why did one of them have to be heel?

I will examine that in next week's column. Why heels and faces are not really required in pro wrestling and how the stupid smart critics ruined pro wrestling by demanding heels and faces. That is my next column, so beware, be scared and return next week!


"SHOCK OF A LIFETIME" - Updated July 17, 2002 4:53 PM

What do we have to discuss about pro wrestling? Everything has happened, hasn't it? In a day when it was thought WWE could never do something to drag us all back in and turn us in to MARKS, WWE proved us all wrong yet again.

This time Eric Bischoff appeared on RAW and proved to us that anything can happen in this business. Eric Bischoff working for Vince McMahon is something I never thought I would witness in this business. Some things are just impossible. But Vince McMahon once again proved he is above holding grudges when working with someone can financially help his own company. A lessor man may not have made the phone call to Bischoff and asked him to come on board the WWE Express. A lessor man would have scoffed at the notion of working with a bitter enemy who at one point attempted to put WWE out of business. The bad blood between the things Bischoff did to WWE still exist in people's minds.

Yet Vince McMahon rose above the bad blood, rose above the bitter feelings and he did what was best for his company by bringing in Eric Bischoff. Do I like everything Eric Bischoff did in WCW? No, I hated some of the things Bischoff did in WCW. But that was then and this is now. Bischoff was in charge of WCW at one point and in most business atmospheres he was put in charge of WCW to attempt to run the competition out of business. Bischoff at times used questionable tactics and at times I questioned his ethics. But that was then and this is now.

Now he is an on air talent. He has been brought in to use his past reputation to hopefully spark interest in the product again. I think if he is booked correctly it will work. I have always thought Bischoff was a good on air personality. I just questioned his business decisions behind the scenes. Now we will finally get to see if WWE can make use of a credible equal to Vince McMahon in charge of the RAW brand. Lets face it, Ric Flair was not a credible equal to Vince McMahon as "owner".

Part of the reason why that angle did not deliver was because Flair was never in control of a company in pro wrestling. Eric Bischoff on the other hand was actually in control of a million-dollar company at one point and has the credibility to be booked as an equal to Vince McMahon.

Flair had to rise above himself and act as if he was on the same level as Vince McMahon, it was a character. Eric Bischoff is acting as himself and has always been an equal to Vince McMahon. Thus I think the best angles in the history of this business has been true to real life. They have not been 100% concocted storyline. And Bischoff does not have to act as if he is a "General Manager" because at one time Bischoff WAS a "General Manager". So all Eric Bischoff has to do is do what he did in WCW, but do it on WWE Television. So now we can sit back and take a ride on this tsunami Vince McMahon has unleashed on us.

I talked about lost potential in the last column. Sean Waltman was part of the discussion. Waltman has been sent home from WWE because he was missing meetings and showing up late to buildings. He was also becoming quite a headache backstage when it came to doing his job. He refused to put over a few wrestlers in the last few weeks and claimed he was injured to get out of the jobs. He refused to work twice on a RAW show because of the said neck injury. Waltman was on thin ice with the company and he was simply sent home for the time being.

I would not be surprised if Sean Waltman has wrestled his last match with WWE. I also hear through the grapevines that a few other veterans might find themselves on the outside looking in if they do not change their attitudes. I do not want to speculate on who these wrestlers are, that would not be fair to anyone. There is increased talk of Dusty Rhodes being used on the creative side of the business (RAW). I would not be surprised to see this deal done fairly soon (some are claiming it has already been done and Rhodes is starting in a few weeks). There is also talk of a few BIG NAMES heading in to WWE over the next few months.

Bill Goldberg's chances of ending up in WCW probably drastically improved with Eric Bischoff in the fold. Bischoff has worked with Goldberg in the past (WCW) and the two are very good friends. It looks as if Goldberg is going to eventually end up working for RAW in the next few months (with speculation he could debut really soon). Scott Steiner is also on the wish list once again and there is increased speculation of his name being inked really soon as well.

Is it a coincidence WWE signed Bischoff and is thinking about bringing in ex WCW talent? Probably not. With Bischoff promising to SPEND SPEND SPEND to make RAW #1, one would have to assume WWE signing Goldberg and Steiner would fit right in to the storyline.


"LOST POTENTIAL" - Updated July 9, 2002 1:32 PM

So five days ago I discussed how WWE did not put a title on Jeff Hardy and his match against Undertaker still elevated him to a higher status. It would have been lost this week if WWE did not follow up his push of last week with another push this week. I was of the opinion WWE was not going to be able to follow through and give Jeff Hardy the right type of a push this week to follow up his push of last week. Boy was I wrong!

Certainly a lot of the critics are going to write about how the European Championship does not mean much. I would agree with them, the European Championship means absolutely nothing at this point in time. But giving it to Jeff Hardy should do something for RAW that has been needed for quite some time. A consistent match (segment) that is quality-based. I have the opinion Jeff Hardy could have good matches with anybody on the entire roster. Unlike some of the talent in WWE, Jeff Hardy is small enough to allow any of the wrestlers on the roster to have competitive matches against him for the European Championship.

This would suggest the hottest title in WWE could be the European title if Jeff Hardy is pushed correctly. And the only way he has to be pushed is to have strong competitive matches defending the Championship on Heat and RAW against all of the talent on the roster. It does not even have to be the top talent on the roster. It can be all of the midcarders on the roster to give the perception Jeff is defending the belt against all comers and winning these matches. In a few months the European title will actually mean something if WWE follows through with this push. The fact is there is absolutely NO reason to take the belt off of Jeff Hardy in the near future. Jeff Hardy should be giving the chance to elevate the European Championship and make WWE fans care about it again. Jeff has the popularity to make fans care about that Championship and I think he will get the job done (if he is pushed correctly).

Of course we can also talk about lost potential. A talent such as The Big Show. He was sent down to Ohio Valley Wrestling to get a new attitude and lose some weight. He found a new attitude and came back to the big club. For a while he seemed to be heading in the right direction and seemed to be dedicated to his craft. But now he is slow, fat and boring. He is lumbering in action and in my opinion makes all of the talent he squashes look really bad. It is one thing to be dominated by a monster who is a HUGE SPECIMEN and a fat slow out of shape lumbering slob that can't move fast enough to make any of his offense look realistic.

Sure I am down on Paul Wight. The guy had the genetics to be something special in this business. He could have easily been the most marketable attraction in the history of the business, but instead he is just a huge sore spot in the business. Guys like Matt & Jeff Hardy do not have ripped, chisled and JAKKKKKKKKED physiques but they keep themselves in reasonable condition to at least perform on a high level. Big Show has lost his dedication to the trade and seems to be content with being a midcard attraction. If Big Show cared about his physique enough to keep himself in decent working condition and at least be a step or two faster then he is now, he would have so much more potential then he has now. Right now I feel Big Show is a failed project and is dead weight on the WWE roster.

I think WWE is at a cross roads and talent like Big Show should be dumped. If NWA TNA wants to book them, good for them.

Then we turn to a talent like "Nature Boy" Ric Flair. Where do we begin with our criticism against the 16 time World Champion? He should not be wrestling matches in this day and age. His uniqueness as a wrestler is over with now. Sure having one or two matches with Undertaker or Vince McMahon worked. Wrestling Brock Lesnar and Steven Richards does not work. His style is a chop here and a chop there and then the figure four slapped on for good measure. He is two or three steps to slow now and his age is apparent at every moment he works a match. He is 53 years old trying to compete with guys half of his age. It would be one thing if the fans marked out for his every last breath in action, but he does not have the Hulk Hogan appeal anymore. He never did. He was always one of the greatest wrestlers in the history of the business, and now he is trying to live off of his reputation.

I wish he would just hang up the boots or do a retirement tour. Because having him beat guys like Steven Richards on RAW is not going to promote the right kind of a product kids want to watch. Steven Richards should have easily thrashed "The Nature Boy" and dominated him. But he didn't because Ric Flair is a "legend". Legend of what? The problem with using talent as old as Flair in pro wrestling is the business is pre-arranged, and we all know it. Even the kids at home know it. The fans that do not want to know it, know it. That means when Flair is pushed over a young kid, it means management obviously decided to job the young kid to the old talent. And that is not the type of product kids want to watch.

Certainly using Flair in a small role is not going to upset the kids. But when he begins to beat their generation, it is not a smart move. If the wrestling business was not pre-arranged it would not be a problem. But when management selects who wins and losses and the selection becomes a direct representative decision of how the product is perceived. Then it is a bad decision to book 53 year old men in matches on shows you want to market to a demographic 3 or 4 decades younger then the talent being showcased on the television show. And the fact is, Flair is not going to draw any fans to watch the program by beating Steven Richards. He is not going to draw any buy rates on PPV by beating Steven Richards. He is not going to product quality television for WWE by beating Steven Richards. And even if he beat any of the other talent on RAW it would not help produce the right type of product to help WWE re-build. So the question now has to be, why is WWE allowing Flair to wrestle?

Certainly it is a fine line to walk. Loyalty to the past and loyalty to the future. Hulk Hogan is the exception to the rule because he is as over as the most popular youngster in the business right now. So on the one hand having Hogan give younger talent a rub and then re-building him to do it all over again, is a sound business decision. Doing it with Flair is not a sound business decision because if you listen to the reaction Flair gets when he comes down to the ring, it is not nearly as huge as the reaction Hogan gets when he comes down to the ring. It is a good theory to build the future by using the older talent (ICONS) but in some cases (FLAIR's) it is flawed.

Does Flair have a place on WWE television? Sure he does. But it is not wrestling matches. It is talking. Maybe as a manager or in some power position such as owner or Commisioner. Right now Flair needs to go away and not come back until he hangs up the boots.


"NO HARDY BOYZ TITLE WIN." - Updated July 4, 2002 1:12 AM

First off I want to wish everybody a happy Fourth of July. I hope you all have a safe holiday and lets hope it is not a horror filled holiday as some are predicting. There is a lot of discussion that some type of a terrorist attack is going to happen on the 4th-6th. Lets hope the good guys have their eyes open wide and can stop the bad guys on this day.

Jeff Hardy did not win the WWE Title on RAW in the Ladder Match. But he was elevated when Undertaker turned babyface and showed him some respect after beating Jeff. I liked the booking of that match quite a bit and did not think Jeff came out of it hurt at all. In fact, I think he got more elevation by jobbing in the match then he would have gotten if he had won the match and the title. Note to those who think losing a match hurts a performers standing with the fans.. it doesn't providing the right type of circumstance is written in to the job.

Right now I do not think Undertaker should drop the title until he comes face to face with Brock Lesnar. With the PPV show only a few months away it doesn't make much sense to take the belt off of Undertaker only to turn around and take it off the person Undertaker drops the title to a month later. I think Undertaker should get the huge run with the belt and then turn around and job out to Brock Lesnar. I really think The Undertaker could make or break Lesnar's career by putting him over in strong fashion at SummerSlam. Of course I would much prefer that job to take place at WrestleMania. But of course WrestleMania is way to far away to hold off on the match. Unless they decide to go with Rob Van Dam v. Undertaker at SummerSlam for the WWE Title and not Brock v. Undertaker at SummerSlam. Either of those two matches are okay with me.

I would look for Hulk Hogan v. Vince McMahon at SummerSlam and also Rock v. Kurt Angle at the PPV. This could be a PPV with three or four main event caliber matches. Are we getting ahead of ourselves? Why we have not even talked about Vengeance yet.

Rob Van Dam v. Brock Lesnar and Chris Jericho v. Edge have been named for Vengeance already. We also know Rock v. Undertaker will take place in some capacity on the show. Right now it looks like that could be changed to Kurt Angle & Rock v. Undertaker for the Undisputed Championship in a triple-threat match. I would look for Rock & Angle to cancel each other out and Angle to cause Rock to lose and Angle to blame Rock for the loss and start a collision course for SummerSlam. Which would be a great feud to watch until Rock bows out in September to film Helderado.

I am tired. I am done for this update. I may have ripped all of you off with this short update. I apologize and I will be back in short order during the week.


"Where we stand." - Updated June 28, 2002 1:13 PM

Well it has been 9 days since my last update. Which seems unreal since I just checked a few days ago to see when I last updated my column area and it was only 4 days. I guess time goes by fast when you do not expect it to. What to discuss this week? A myriad of interesting topics deserve my full attention this week. So this is going to be a mixed bag of information.

The Pledge of Allegiance. First of all in 1954 Congress was WRONG to vote on adding "Under God" in to the Pledge. The U.S. Constitution clearly states.. CONGRESS SHALL NOT PASS ANY LAW RESPECTING RELIGION...

I have heard it argued that the word "Under God" do not promote any specific religion and thus they are "constitutional". This is WRONG. The Constitution clearly states ANY RELIGION, and it does not suggest Congress can vote on issues pertaining to all religions or any religions for that matter. Congress SHALL NOT promote religion in any capacity is what the passage means in the U.S. Constitution. Because the separation of church and state is an IMPORTANT thing. England did not separate church and state and promoted a biased agenda slanted towards on religious outlook on life. This is why our forefathers made it clear the state was to have NO SAY in promotion of any religion. To allow Congress to install the word "God" in the Pledge in 1954 went against the fabric of this country.

Congress did promote religion and it did discriminate against religion. Thus is respected one outlook on life at the expense of another. Like it or not their is a religion known as Atheism. Atheists do not believe in the existence of "GOD". Which means Congress respected all of the religions that do believe in the existence of "GOD" by voting on a resolution to include "Under God" in to the Pledge. And further more, the sole reason WHY Congress added this phrase in the Pledge in 1954 was to send a message to the Communist Block (USSR), who just happened to be a nation ruled by an Atheistic community. In essence the intent to add the phrase to the Pledge was to endorse the difference between The U.S. and USSR, and the difference we wanted to endorse was a religious view point (the belief in God).

Therefore the Court ruling suggesting this addition was unconstitutional was the correct court decision in this case. It will not stand because Congress & Senate members have already stated if it is not reversed they will re-write the U.S. Constitution passing an amendment to strike the rule "Congress shall not pass any law respecting religion". Which is very scary considering the reason why our forefathers put that rule in to the Constitution was to stop state sponsored religious (tax paid) events from happening. IF Congress & Senate pass an amendment making it okay for Congress to pass laws respecting religion, it means we have become a state controlled by the church. Because lets be honest, our elected officials are religious and favor catholism and Judaism. Which would mean anything anti-religious would be suppressed in this country.

Turning to other issues outside of the debate on the Pledge. And I do not oppose the "Under God" being in the Pledge. I only oppose the fact Congress put it in to the Pledge. Congress should vote on a resolution to take it out of the Pledge and then urge individual School Boards to put it back in to the Pledge. That way, Congress did not pass a law respecting Religion. It is quite simple.

RAW & Smackdown! are starting to resemble different product. RAW seems to be more Sports Entertainment. Faster and shorter matches, more entertainment vignettes and a less genuine feel. Smackdown! seems to be more extended matches and more serious backstage vignettes and a more traditional wrestling product. I think the difference in products is slowly becoming obvious and that is a good thing.

Some people do not like RAW and love Smackdown! I like both of the products. I think WWE should start to develop the difference in the products and emphasize those differences to have to distinct brands.

I am all for the brand extension moving forward and think if six months it is going to mean big business at the box office. I think wrestling is right on the edge of turning itself around. I do not know how to explain it, but I think something really big is going to happen in the next few weeks. Certainly Rey Misterio Jr. being on Smackdown! is going to mean great material. I can't wait for Rey Jr. to debut on WWE TV.

I think the new talent being brought up to the national level is going to mean BIG BUSINESS in six months to a year. I think as long as WWE can debut these new wrestlers over the next few weeks it is going to help turn the business around down the road. There are so many promising talents being brought up that no one has ever seen before on a national level and that is always a good thing. The key is bringing in 6-12 new wrestlers and protecting them for 6 months. Once the fans decide which are going to be top stars and midcard talent, the business could start to see itself turn around.

WWE still is missing something though. They need a catalyst to bring the fans back. But they should not look to bring those fans back until all of the new faces are established enough to be top players. I think over the summer the development of new talent is crucial and then in the first half of 2003 the BIG ANGLE needs to develop. What is that BIG ANGLE going to be? I am not sure. I think we will have to wait and see what WWE has planned for 2003.


"The Death of Pro Wrestling." - Updated June 19, 2002 1:18 PM

Do I want to see an 'alternative' product to WWE? Sure I do. I want to see this business grow again and witness the birth of a new company.

A company which can survive and flourish and help the business in future years by offering all of us consumers a healthy 'alternate' choice to WWE.

Now WWE fans do not get me wrong. I am not knocking WWE. I enjoy it as much as I have in the past. But there was a time when I could get my 'rasslin' fix and my 'wrestling' fix in the same week. Now there are some people left scratching their heads right now asking what the difference between 'rasslin' and 'wrestling' is. I distinguish there are two categories for 'pro wrestling'. I do not knock either of the philosophies nor do I intend to categorize one as being better in the column I present here today.

I enjoyed both philosophies just as much as the other. I know some people are going to determine my use of the 'rasslin' term to define what some people call "wrestling" to be a 'slap in the face of wrestling' but it is not intended to be one. I clearly define 'rasslin' as my own term to describe what used to be 'southern wrestling'.

Editor's Note: Before Ted Turner corrupted it and changed it in to 'northern wrestling' which I classify as 'wrestling' in this column.

Some might think all of this is a bit confusing but it isn't in reality. It is quite simplistic.

Vince McMahon for years hyped his product as 'wrestling' and said WWF (now WWE) wasn't 'rasslin' which was the term he coined to talk about Ted Turner's WCW. There was a time when WCW was 'souther wrestling'.

There was a time when WWF (now WWE) was 'northern wrestling'. There were two distinct styles. 'Southern wrestling' (Rasslin) was more of a traditional in ring product with good solid rasslin action (and the term work rate was tossed around quite a bit during southern rasslins height, because it was centered around solid work rate first and the storyline proponents second. Often times 'rasslers' did not have the annoying 'gimmicks' or 'characters' in southern rasslin which northern wrestling made a point of slamming down our throats).

'Northern wrestling' (wrestling) was more geared towards kids and the product hyped characters and gimmicks first and foremost and used the 'storyline' more often to hook audiences. Work rate was not that big of a deal in 'northern wrestling' and guys could survive with next to no actual ability inside the squared circle. Often times attractions would survive in 'northern wrestling' based on their mystique, bodies (physique) or reputations (and some of them were horrible in action).

The day 'rasslin' died was when Jim Crockett made the error of trying to take the NWA/WCW national to compete with 'wrestling'. Crockett had the talent to make a national run but he did not have the dollars to supplement his company. He subsequently ran NWA/WCW in to the dirt and had to sell the entire operation to Ted Turner. When Turner came in to NWA/WCW he decided to buck tradition and dump the NWA tradition out of NWA/WCW. NWA vanished and became WCW over night (literally).

WCW was still 'rasslin' until Eric Bischoff came in to power and then he changed the formula away from being reliant on 'work rate' and the entire 'rasslin' formula became extinct in North America. Sure WCW under Bischoff had some excellent undercard matches with really great work rate and made 'southern rasslin' fans proud. But the fact is in the time Bischoff spent promoting WCW, the work rate on top ended.

To be on top in WCW all you needed was a cosmetic look, reputation, and a good storyline. 'Southern Rasslin' had been killed-off and the 'Northern Wrestling' philosophy had conquered the entire sport. Now we were treated to watching two 'Northern Wrestling' companies and no true-alternative to the other. Bischoff neglected to realize WWE was always the CHOICE BRAND for 'Northern Wrestling'. WCW was generic in the 'Northern Wrestling' wars and was never going to be anything else but the generic second-rate brand attempting to out market the brand fans accepted as the AUTHENTIC brand. It was suicide to market WCW in the same direction as WWE because WCW couldn't compete with WWE in this respect. But even 'Northern Wrestling' fans had respect for the 'Southern Rasslin' product and given the right development and a good marketing strategy it could have turned a decent profit.

And now we come to NWA TNA. I have been asked numerous times why NWA TNA is getting a raw deal from me. Shouldn't I wait for the first showing before I negatively approach this company? NO. NWA TNA does not seem to understand everything I just wrote above. Jerry Jarrett is going one step further then Ted Turner. And it is FOUL.

Jerry Jarrett is actually bringing back the good name of NWA to bring forth a company trying to out 'Northern Wrestle' WWE with. They have booked a Royal Rumble on the 1st show to decide their champion, they have booked the Shane Twins to appear as two giant penises (I am not kidding, they have a gimmick of "The Big Johnson's" compete with the mask routine and the sexually explicit first names. Not to mention Jerry Jarrett in a press release claimed the duo had teamed before in some capacity and were a 'very controversial tag team'. The two have never teamed as "The Big Johnson's" before and Jarrett fabricated all of the 'controversy' to promote them for his first show), they have booked a ten woman "lingerie" battle royal to decide who their womens champion is (need I remind you the reason to use "lingerie" isn't for 'tradition' or to be an 'alternative' for a company which (WWE) was the group who INVENTED the concept) and a bunch of talented wrestlers on the undercard wrestling in meaningless matches because they aren't considered main event talent (no reputation), are smaller (they have no physique) and do not have fabricated gimmicks or characters (gee I wonder how people consider NWA TNA to be an alternative to WWE?)?

Yet somehow through it all, I have become the bad guy in this. The fact I respect what the three letters (NWA) once meant. The fact the three letters thrown in my direction makes me think about Thesz, Ric Flair, Ricky Steamboat, Harley Race, Dusty Rhodes and Magnum TA in WRESTLING MATCHES! WRESTLING WITH NO CHARACTERS OR GIMMICKS. There was no "DRAGON COSTUME" in Ricky's NWA days (well until Bischoff used Steamboat with his 'Northern Wrestling' formula in WCW. And of course Steamboat had the "DRAGON COSTUME" in WWE as well). And that is what I have a problem with. The three letters that mean something to me.

NWA. Those three letters are not meant to be tarnished because Jerry & Jeff Jarrett want to out "Sports Entertain" or out "Shock" WWE. It is a disgrace the three letters (NWA) are connected with a group that is heavily pushing an act named "THE BIG JOHNSON'S". It is a slap in the face of WRESTLERS like Lou Thesz that the NWA TNA group will push a show based around a LINGERIE MATCH. I don't ever remember LINGERIE being connected to the NWA. I don't ever remember NWA being used for the sole purpose of attempting to market an alternative that is being so blatantly the same as the company they claim to be an alternate of (WWE is doing the same things NWA TNA have planned! WWE has a Royal Rumble every year, in fact, it was Pat Patterson (WWE Employee) who came up with the Royal Rumble concept. WWE does "LINGERIE" matches all the time, I think they did one a few weeks ago. And WWE has the over-the-top mentality to push characters with names that insinuate a body part (VAL PENIS er I MEAN VENIS). SO what is the NWA TNA??)

Its a second rate attempt to present the same product we get from WWE using an undercut tactic. They are attempting to undercut WWE saying their programs only cost $40 a month for 8 hours and WWE costs $40 in one month for 3 hours. But the problem NWA TNA doesn't seem to get is WWE offers four hours of FREE TELEVISION a month, PLUS 3 hours on PPV for $40 dollars.


"No More Tears part dos" - Updated June 13, 2002 3:58 PM

Last column I openly discussed how The Undertaker had to elevate Jeff Hardy in some capacity (in a perfect world that elevation being for the WWE Undisputed Title). On RAW, Undertaker did just that for both Matt Hardy & Jeff Hardy. In fact what Undertaker did for the duo was establish them as a viable 'extreme' tag team once again.

After months and months of being buried on television (seemingly) the Hardy Brothers got a HUGE pay check on RAW last Monday. They got to destroy The Undertaker and dominate him on WWE Television. This was something WWE Television needed to start the progression to the new era of WWE undercard talent elevating to the top of the card. Both Matt & Jeff Hardy could be top players in the tag team division and or in the singles divisions in the present.

Enough of the "Future" talk that has been going on for the past two years (so and so is going to be the future of this company). Shilling for the product in that fashion is no longer going to work. The FUTURE has arrived and it has to start to develop in the present or the future will certainly become the wasted past. Right now WWE has the talent needed to re-stock the top tier divisions and not miss a beat. Talent such as The Undertaker, Steve Austin, Hulk Hogan and Triple H have to lead by example and start to establish top attractions for the present.

Hulk Hogan is working with Kurt Angle and is doing his duty. Hogan has jobbed when asked to WWE wrestler (clean in the center of the ring) and has proven he will play ball with WWE management. Undertaker proved last Monday night he is willing to work with subpar talent (in perceptions not in quality) and establish them as his equals. Undertaker has done this with Randy Orton, Tommy Dreamer, The Hardy Brothers and a few others in the last few weeks of his WWE Title push. Undertaker is playing ball with WWE Management and for the first time ever I can honestly say he does deserve to hold the big belt for a few more months.

Triple H has been elevating the younger talent as well in the last few months. Certainly I would like to see him do it more eagerly and smoothy to elevate talent at a more rapid rate. But the fact is he has done his duty in this capacity as well. This is what these guys have to do to help the FUTURE (which is now) become the PRESENT.

Then we come to "Stone Cold" Steve "Cry Baby" Austin. What?! I said the man is a baby! Steve Austin is a prima donna. Steve Austin is a main attraction superstar who thinks he is bigger then the business. Steve Austin doesn't give two shits about the fans or the state of the business.

Steve Austin was upset he did not get to fight Hogan at WrestleMania and instead The Rock got the match (WAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!). Steve Austin was upset he was put in to a feud with the nWo (WAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!) and he FLAT OUT refused to put over Scott Hall at WrestleMania when putting over Scott Hall and the nWo was CRUCIAL for the brand extension. WWE decided to re-write the reason for the extension and gave Austin what he wanted.

WAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA! But Austin still went home that night and decided he did not want to stay in WWE because he was not on top. When WWE begged him to return and told him things would change, Austin came back and WWE bent over backwards to give Austin everything he demanded.

Austin wanted out of the nWo feud (WAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!) and he got it and was put in to a feud with Ric Flair. Austin wanted to be booked as the dominant S.O.B. he always was pushed as, and WWE caved again. They ruined the Flair-Austin feud to appease the WAAAAAAAA-ttle-Snake.

When Austin wasn't happy with where the Flair storyline was going he demanded to be put in to a program with Eddie Guerrero (WAAAAAAAAAAAAA!) and WWE caved again and brought in Chris Benoit (who was supposed to be on WWE Smackdown since he was drafted by Vince McMahon to that brand, so the company to appease Steve Austin screwed part of the biggest angle in the history of this business) and began an awesome storyline pitting Eddie & Benoit & Flair against Austin.

Why does WWE constantly have to have 3-4 guys v. Austin you ask? Austin needs to look so top heavy.. you see Austin v. one man is never going to satisfy Austin. Hell, Austin v. 21 heels in a Lumberjack Match is not going to make Austin happy unless he STUNS most of them and pins his opponent, creating a situation where the heel roster looks weak compared to the WAAAAAAAAAAA-ttle-Snake (note Booker T joined the nWo as a surprise by Flair and wrestled a Lumberjack match against Austin with 20 hand picked heels at ringside, picked by Flair, and Austin somehow still won the match by pinning Booker T. After that happened all of the fans watching at home collectively said, WHAT!?? did I just see because WWE just screwed the entire roster).

WAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA! Austin wasn't happy after he defeated the entire heel roster on RAW and still belly ached about his character and eventually made Eddie Guerrero, Ric Flair and Arn Anderson look second-rate on house show swings when the company ran Eddie v. Austin. At least it was not on television right? Well, Austin was happy to stun everybody and their grandmothers as long as he was booked to remain the top-heavy babyface he has always been.

Austin was booked to make Flair look like a complete joke of a heel owner by pinning him out of nowhere in a match to make Flair his "assistant". I guess wrecking the entire roster wasn't good enough for Austin, well he is the WAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-ttle-Snake.

So he walked out last Monday when he was asked to JOB to Brock Lesnar. Thats right. The guy who won nearly 85% of his PPV matches in WWE over his ENTIRE CAREER.. REFUSED TO LOSE A MATCH.

WAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!! Why is the WWE doing this to "Stone Cold" Steve Austin? Why is the company asking a MEGASTAR of his magnitude to JOB to a guy like Brock Lesnar? And why is it on RAW and not PPV? I do not remember Austin "walking-out" when he was pushed to beat everybody and their grandmothers doing stunners on RAW during the BOOM years. I do not recall Austin being upset with the creative process when he was being pushed as the #1 guy in this business.

For SIX years this man was pushed. HE BEAT everybody. He got the entire ball of wax and some lint thrown in for good measure. He got the red carpet, the ten cases of beer and the ten gun salute every night from WWE Management. He won the belt 6 TIMES!!!! He was one of the greatest wrestlers of all time and WWE managed to keep him on top for all of those 6 years. And THEY ASK him to put Lesnar on the same level as he is on, and he WHINES, CRIES and QUITS.

Steve Austin used to be one of my favorites. Now, I think Steve Austin can go to hell for all I care. If WWE does do business with Austin in the future, I won't be on his side. I will be flipping off the stupid son of a bitch because he is a prima donna. He is a guy that bought in to his character. Steve Austin is NOTHING to this business. Austin was created because of the fans he walked out on. Austin turned his back on the fans on RAW.

IF he cared about the business and the fans he would not have been so upset at the business asking him to do his JOB. Part of the job description as a pro wrestler is to do what the boss asks you to do. If the boss asks you to put on a clown suit, you do it. If the boss asks you to lose to another wrestler, you do it. You do not walk out on your fans and your career and the business because you would look weak to lose to a younger wrestler.

Point blank. Austin lost more then just his career on Monday. Austin lost my respect and the respect of every other fan with open eyes. He will never earn my respect back again. Austin is dead to me.


"No More Tears!!" - Updated June 4, 2002 3:58 PM

Who is going to upset The Undertaker for the WWE Undisputed Title? The question we are all asking ourselves these days. Right now it looks a certain match between Triple H & Undertaker will take place at King of the Ring. Previous to the shoulder injury to Edge I thought perhaps their was a chance of Edge v. Undertaker to headline the PPV. I would have bet all of my money on Edge to walk out with the WWE Undisputed Title if that match had taken place.

I really do not think Triple H v. The Undertaker at King of the Ring for the WWE Undisputed Championship is a good match. I personally do not want to see Triple H win the Championship again. I do not want to see Triple H fight Undertaker again either. I want to see something fresh and new done on top for a few weeks or maybe a month.

But should Undertaker even drop the Championship this early after he beat Hulk Hogan for it? My heart tells me Undertaker should not be carrying the Championship because he doesn't add much excitement to the product holding the title. But the company has changed the title so frequently, another change might diminish the value of the Championship again. The next champion should hold the title for a long title reign if they do drop it less then a month after Undertaker beat Hogan for it.

But who is the right person for Undertaker to drop the title to? Who is the one wrestler who could connect with the right demographic and work with all of the talent on the roster? I have to say the tunnel of light looks fairly good for next week's television show to produce the break out star of 2002. The star who could transcend the business and bring interest back in to the product again. The star who could connect with the teen age demographic and also put on five star matches with the likes of Steve Austin, Chris Jericho, Undertaker, Triple H, Chris Benoit, Eddie Guerrero, Rob Van Dam, Brock Lesnar and every other wrestler WWE currently has on their roster.

Some would argue I am writing about "HBK". No, I am writing about Jeff Hardy. Jeff Hardy is the latest young talent set up to get a shot at Undertaker next week on RAW. Or they could even hold off the match for the PPV. Of course I feel like this is "deja vu" because I was just writing about how Tommy Dreamer could have been the one to upset Undertaker and connect with the younger demographic. Will Jeff Hardy be the latest Tommy Dreamer? Will Undertaker simply run rough shot over Jeff Hardy and squash him like an afterthought on RAW? I hope to high hell that is not what Gerwitz is thinking about booking on RAW next week.

With Undertaker's attack on Matt Hardy to send a message to Jeff Hardy, it would be a great time to have Jeff Hardy dominated during the match leading to Matt Hardy sneaking in and helping his brother squeak out an upset title victory. Jim Ross is left screaming, "MY GOD! THE IMPOSSIBLE HAS HAPPENED! JEFF HARDY IS THE NEW UNDISPUTED CHAMPION!". Jeff Hardy appears on Smackdown! the next night and is challenged by Chris Jericho and the two have an awesome contest with Jeff Hardy pulling out some really 'extreme' antics to keep the championship.

Jeff Hardy squeaks out wins left and right for the next few months on WWE Television and has a decent run with the championship. He finally come face to face with Triple H. The guy who took Jeff Hardy's last major singles Championship away from him (outside of the Hardcore Title) Triple H. Triple H and Jeff Hardy have an awesome feud with Jeff Hardy beating Triple H once or twice leading to the climax match at SummerSlam.

Now it is not that hard to understand a small wrestler like Jeff Hardy, who is very popular with the right demographic, could transcend the business once again and bring it back to boom period. A healthy run on top by Jeff Hardy would change the perceptions of the business again (like when Shawn Michaels carried the Championship after Bret Hart dominated for so long beating everybody left and right and boring viewers with his dominant top heavy non selling technique). By god, If I can figure this out why the hell can't the creative department at WWF figure it out? Because they have figured it out. For what ever reasons they have not decided to do the right thing for the business. I certainly hope they do not just use Jeff Hardy as another false tease to promote Undertaker as a dominating force.

My god. Undertaker had beat everybody in the company nearly 20 times already. I think the message has been sent that the guy is DOMINANT. There is absolutely nothing exciting about watching Undertaker dominate smaller wrestlers on a weekly basis. The only positive about this happening on a weekly basis is the pay off of it all. If that pay off is to have a smaller wrestler squeak out a title victory over Undertaker it was all worth it. If this is just a game played to tease us and to eventually put the belt back on Triple H, I say that totally sucks.



"On the Brink!" - Updated May 30, 2002 12:58 PM

This is not meant to be a column that caused fear or terror. But right now it looks more and more like war between Pakistan & India is about to erupt in the Middle-East. The problem with India attacking Pakistan is India has an army that outnumbers the Pakistani army by such a large margin that conventional defense methods would not work. Which means Pakistan would have to make a tactical decision to lose the war and see India slaughter their troops or fire off a nuclear warhead headed straight for India. Such a blow by Pakistan would kill an estimated 8 to 12 million people alone.

That does not count the nuclear retaliation by India, which would kill additional people in the region. The fall out would spread to most of the bordering Middle-Eastern countries and kill off additional millions and millions of people. Life in the region would forever change and be mutated for hundreds of years following the nuclear detonation. Think about what happened in Russia during the Chernobyl melt down times one hundred (and that might be off by a thousand percent).

Of course I seriously hope this does not happen. But from a logic standpoint I wouldn't put it past the Pakistani government to decide launching an all out nuclear attack against India is the right thing to do since an all out conventional attack of Pakistan by India means the end of Pakistan, unless China and other naboring countries got involved and attacked India. China attacking India would start an all our World War and potentially drag the United States in to the war. An all out conventional war against China & Pakistan would be devastating for both India & The United States.

If you thought Viet Nam was horrible conventional war, this one would make that look like the Gulf War.

Is there hope for a peace arrangement between Pakistan and India? I would say no. They have no communication between their countries. Even if a conventional war was launched with out the use of nuclear war heads the two countries have absolutely no way to establish communications with each other to inform each other they are not launching nuclear war heads and are only using conventional missiles. So the situation is really complicated in the region. Any missile launched after a conventional attack could be mistook to be that of a nuclear warhead and cause a nuclear strike on behalf of both India or Pakistan.

I did not want to write about Basketball or Wrestling when this was going on. I felt this needed my upmost attention right now. I think there is a good chance we are going to see a nuclear warhead used in this squabble. I just have a strange feeling that all of this seems biblical and is going to go down. Unless the U.S. can step in and settle the problems between India & Pakistan, one of those sides is going to drop the other shoe in a matter of weeks.

The odd part is the religion in India is supposed to be peace-loving, but as I have pointed out numerous times, religion is the root of all evil.


"NEVER GONNA STOP!" - Updated May 24, 2002 6:42 PM

Over the last few days I had struggled about the column I wanted to write this week. I was going to write a column discussing the priorities or lack of priorities in the Catholic Church. But I decided not to do that because quite frankly I think Catholism has been exposed to be a joke of a religion. I will leave my comments to that limited basis.

This week a lot of criticism has flowed towards WWE for the lack of change to turn the business around. A lot of people do not think WWE can turn their business around and think WWE has no idea what the problem is. Quite a few people have decided to give up on WWE. Through bad times it is when one finds out who his true friends really are. It is easy to stick with something during the high points and good times, but when the chips are down those who stick through the really bad times are the true fans.

Even myself, I have been tempted to chuck it all in from time to time and call it a day. But I have not and have always found this inner being inside of me to allow me to persist on this wrestling front. Because I truly LOVE THE GAME. I love wrestling in its purest form and in its sports entertainment form. If I want to watch 'wrestling' I can and do so by obtaining it on video tape. If I want to watch 'sports entertainment' I can and do so by turning on WWE. But even for me, a person with a lot of passion for this business, at times it is hard for me to stick with WWE through the really bad times. Sometimes along the path I lose my train of thought or lose my way through the murky waters. But that is okay as long as I find my way back to what I constantly love.

This lesson was almost lost to me again. But during the 1st half of the Boston Celtics v. New Jersey Nets Eastern Championship Game 2 yesterday, I was taught the lesson all over again. I was watching what I have passion for, The Boston Celtics, get thrashed. The worst point of the game they were down by 27 points.

I could have given up on my team and turned the game off. And I did want to, it was really hard for me to watch what I loved being destroyed right before my very own eyes. I looked at the big margin and decided if the team started to play smart they could overcome all odds. Still a 27 point lead with under 20 minutes to go in the game is a hard obstacle to overcome. Most teams would just fold and give up. The other team only has to trade baskets. Hell with a 27 point lead the other team only has to score 20 more points the entire game to make the team down by 27 score 47 points JUST TO TIE. So it was a struggle and an uphill battle for the Boston Celtics to overcome these odds. And as a Celtics fan it was an uphill battle not to turn the game off and call it a day.

It began to get better and the Celtics knocked it down to 13 points. If they could only manage to drop it to 9 by the end of the 3rd quarter they would have a fighting chance to win the game. But that was not to be. It went back up to 21 by the end of the 3rd quarter and I was left once again thinking it was time to abandon what I had passion for. But I did not give up just yet. NEVER SAY NEVER! NEVER GONNA STOP!

I told my brother that all Boston needed to do was hit 15 three point shots and score 45 points in the 4th and maybe they would be able to pull out a tie. I was shooting very high. I was out of my mind suggesting a team down by 21 points entering the 4th quarter had a chance to win the game. I knew it was impossible. It had never happened before in 171 games in NBA playoff history. NO TEAM HAD EVER come back from a lead larger then 18 points in the final quarter of any NBA playoff game in the history of the league. The smart money was on the Nets to win the game.

To put this in to perspective, the Celtics could go on a 11 point run and still need 10 more points JUST TO TIE! And that was what happened. The Celtics went on an 11-0 run to open the 4th quarter. But they were still down by 10 points. The lead fluctuated from 11-13 for the next two minutes and then Boston knocked it down to 9. Eventually it was down to 6. Eventually they had cut the lead all the way down to 3 with around 2 1/2 minutes left in the game. Then it was down to 1 with a buck fifty left in the game. Another stop and Boston was up by 1 point with :49 left in the game.

New Jersey still had a chance to win the game. But they threw the ball away and Kenny Anderson scored on a goaltending call to give the Celtics a 3 pt lead. Next Boston got another stop and Paul Pierce hit one free throw to give the Celtics a 94-90 lead with :17 left in the game. And folks that was the story. The game was over. Boston pulled off the impossible and came back from a 27 point hole and won the game. They did not give up on what they loved. They stuck with it and proved anything can be overcome if you believe.

As a Boston Celtic fan, I discounted the years of the magic above the Fleet Center for nearly 3/4ths of the entire game. I wanted to give up on my team because they had a bad game. I wanted to bitch and scream at them because they had not lived up to my expectations. I wanted to turn the game off and call it a day. I made excuses about how the game did not really matter that much because all they had to do is win the 4th game and tie the series to have a chance. But inside my heart I was crying and suffocating because the team I loved was being beat like "government mules" (thank you JR!).

NEVER GONNA STOP! I stuck with the team. They won the game. And it made me feel extra special inside because I had watched my team come back from an improbable hole to be victorious. I had somehow become a better person inside for sticking with my team until the last second came off of the official game clock. Somehow it was a spiritual experience watching Antoine Walker (a player who has been branded as a negative in Beantown since his rookie year. A player who has been scolded in Beantown for being immature and not being a 'team player') take charge at the end of the 3rd quarter and YELL at this team mates! I had in my entire life of watching sports NEVER seen such a scene!

Down by 21 and the one guy who is supposed to be 'immature' and 'not even a team player' SCREAMED at this team mates for playing crappy basketball! And he told them they were getting their asses kicked on the floor and the Nets were laughing at them. The entire world was laughing at them. And he was right. This was the BOSTON CELTICS!! THE MAGIC! THE MYSTIQUE!! It was on the line here folks! The Boston Celtics simply do not lose by 20 points at home in Eastern Conference Division Finals. It JUST IS NOT SOMETHING ANY BOSTON CELTIC FAN ACCEPTS. This was more then just a beating, this was an embarrassment to the entire franchise. To the players before this team, and the one's after this team.

And Walker spawned the comeback. Walker proved he was the MVP of the Boston Celtics. Walker proved he is infact the Scottie Pippen to Paul Pierce's Michael Jordan. With out Walker the game would have been over in the 1st half. I do not discount the impact Pierce had in the 4th quarter. He played the greatest 4th quarter in Celtics playoff history, but the moment before the 4th quarter began - was the greatest moment in the history of Boston sports, EVER!

That moment belongs to all of us Boston Celtic fans, but especially to Antoine Walker. And I thank the Boston Celtics for teaching the lesson I needed to be taught Sunday. I'M NEVER GONNA STOP when it comes to believing in things I have great passion for. And neither should you!

Now I want to relate this to WWE. I am never going to stop believing in WWE, because I know this low will turn around. All of the people who are doubting WWE in this ratings slump should stop watching wrestling. I KNOW WWE will come back stronger then ever. And I am never going to stop believing in WWE.



"NO MORE TEARS!" - Updated May 21, 2002 2:02 PM

In the 80's there was a force known as "Hulkamania" running wild across America and people like me crapped on it. Back then I was a "Nature Boy" Ric Flair fan and a Ricky "The Dragon" Steamboat fan. I crapped on the entertainment value of Hulk Hogan because he did not move as fast as Ricky Steamboat across the squared circle. Because he did not take a back flip in to the corner buckle and flip completely over to the other side and run across the apron to take another bump. Quite frankly, I did not like Hulk Hogan because he was not capable of putting on a "FIVE STAR MATCH". I wanted to see high impact 'wrestling' action in the ring and Hulkamania was never going to provide me with a 'classic wrestling' match. I decided 'wrestling' was more important then what Hulkamania had to offer me so I crapped all over it.

If the reason I disliked Hulk Hogan was a valid reason, there would be absolutely no reason for me to apologize. But it was not a valid reason. And I must apologize to Hulk Hogan for disliking him for being something I could not understand. Back then I thought I was able to determine what the wrestling business was all about. I thought I had all of the answers to what the wrestling business was meant to be about. And I overlooked everything this wrestling business was really about and perverted it to suit my own selfish needs and desires. But that is okay because Hulk Hogan got a chance to prove to me what he was all about.

The second coming of Hulkamania upset an entirely new base of wrestling smarks who thought they knew what this business was all about. It upset a whole new level of wrestling smarks that disliked Hogan because he was not as polished a wrestler as Triple H and he did not move as quickly as Rob Van Dam in action. In short these wrestling smarks hate Hulk Hogan for being something he was never supposed to be. But I did not make the same mistake twice. I applauded WWE bringing Hulkamania back to life.

Sure I was a skeptic because I did not want to see Hulk Hogan come in and ruin pro wrestling by clobbering all the younger guys in to submission. I wanted to see Hulkamania play ball with the young lions and prove he did have the ability to shine and also make others look good at the same time. I was not upset when WWE decided Hulkamania needed to win the WWE Championship at WWE Backlash because he deserved it! Just like Mick Foley deserved to win his WWE Championship, and just like every other legend deserves to shine in their final moment. Hulkamania deserved to have one last ride on top of the mountain before Hulk Hogan called it a career! And if no one can understand that, they are not true PURE wrestling fans! Because this business is FIXED. THIS IS A BUSINESS that is WORKED. It is not real athletic competition and this business has always been about paying back those who have given us so much over their entire careers. Wrestling is unlike any other SPORT in the world because it has the ability to constantly create a situation where the LEGENDS WIN that extra CHAMPIONSHIP, where the legends go out how they want to go out and do not go out because some stupid loser (Vince Russo) decided to yank the carpet out of the greatest single entertainer this business has ever known (Hulk Hogan).

Hulk Hogan deserved to beat Triple H and walk with the stars, if not for only a second. Because Hulk Hogan spent his entire life building up this business and bringing out of the back alleys and gutters and in to mainstream acceptance. With out Hulkamania to lead the charge during the 80's, WRESTLING WOULD BE DEAD right now.

So I salute Hulk Hogan for giving me the chance to apologize and giving me the chance to witness the second coming of Hulkamania. The single greatest moment in the history of professional wrestling happened when 60,000 fans throw aside the NEW ERA OF GARBAGE wrestlers (and garbage wrestling) and cheered for Hulkamania at the Skydome. The single greatest moment in sports entertainment history happened when Hulkamania returned to the Yellow and Red and started running wild all over again.

And the single greatest promo happened in sports entertainment history on last weeks Thursday Smackdown! when Hulk Hogan broke down after a seven minute standing ovation and told us he did not want 'the dream' to end because 'reality sucks'. Hogan was right, reality does suck.

We have a war going on in the middle-east and terrorists looming in our future. We have horror waiting for us around every corner. And right now we have a man (Hulk Hogan) who can make us all forget about what is going on in the world. We can engulf 'the dream' and forget about 'reality'.

But 'reality' exists and the 'dream had to end' and that was what happened at Judgment Day. It was a good story. Complete to finish the story of Hulk Hogan winning the title and dropping it to Undertaker was a very solid story. But the story of Hulkamania is not dead just yet. We do not know what he is going to announce tonight at the Smackdown! taping.

It is about 7 hours away. In about 12 hours I am going to know if Hogan is going to bid farewell to pro wrestling or have one more program to work (Vince McMahon) before he calls it a career. In about 12 hours I am going to either feel happy or sad. Either way I am going to know that I was able to understand what this business is really about. It is not about having the greatest matches possible. It is not about putting on the greatest quality of matches available. This business is about allowing us to escape 'reality' if not for only a second. So we can escape and forget about the problems that plague us outside of pro wrestling.

I love great matches. I love quality performers. But I also love the fact this business allows its Dan Marino's to always win their titles. I am happy and proud this business allowed Hulk Hogan to return and do what he does best. And I know Hulkamania has fixed pro wrestling again because I feel better having seen this story told then I would have if it had never been told. And to me that is all that really matters. I can deal with the horrible work rate, the horrible matches and I can deal with it because Hulkamania can not live forever. And we should all just be happy and proud we got to witness this last historic run of Hulk Hogan.

One day Hulk Hogan is going to be gone forever, and then those who disliked him will cry. I can look at myself in the mirror and feel happy that I embraced Hulkamania before it really passed on. But others will feel empty inside wondering why people cared so much about a guy that was not 1/100th of the wrestler of their 'favorite' wrestler. And they will wonder why other wrestlers who had more ability show up to his service and put him over as being the single greatest attraction in the history of this business. Those people are unable to recognize greatness when they have it right under their noses, because they are too concerned about their own pre-conceived ideas of what this business is all about.

Fortunately they have no power over the product. Because if they did, pro wrestling would suck as much as reality sucks.



"BEHIND MY DEADLINE." - Updated May 16, 2002 10:56 PM

Can you believe I missed me own deadline this week by one day? I can not blame a hectic schedule this week on missing the deadline. What I can blame on missing my own self-imposed writing deadline is the Boston Celtics beating the Detroit Pistons to move on the the Eastern Conference Finals. Because I was watching the game and neglected to update my own column because of the game. Not that I minded missing my own deadline because the Celtics actually beat Detroit 4 games to 1 in the series.

It has been a great years for the Celtics so far but it is not over yet. Boston is going to move on to play the New Jersey Nets in the Eastern Conference Finals for the right to move on to play for the NBA Title. I also wanted to point out the Boston Red Sox are doing fantastic as well this season and have a 3 game lead on the Yankee's. Of course the chance of a "strike" is hanging over MLB again. These people have to be kidding me? IF they strike again this season, I hope the entire league folds personally. I for one am not going to sit back and be quiet about the 'strike'. If these players 'strike' this year they are going to prove they are 'prima donna's'. I would love to know why they would have a reason to call a 'strike' when most of them are making millions and millions of dollars annually? I guess they do not have enough benefits? Right. Lets see them go back to working 9 to 5 for a living and see if they bitch about what they don't have right now. Somehow I don't think half of them would last working 9 to 5.

We did another radio show this week and it is currently up. Check it out. Sad news out of Japan was Shoichi Arai killed himself (he was the former President of FMW). Also on the sad news side of the business, "Big" Dick Dudley (Alex Rizzo) passed away this morning at the age of 34. No cause of death has been listed as of this column being penned. As soon as we have more information we will certainly pass it along.

I am going to cut this short because I don't have a lot to talk about right now. But I will be back in the middle of the week with a new column. I plan on being early this week to make up for being late last week. If that makes any sense.



"A LOT OF TURMOIL IN WWE." - Updated May 8, 2002 2:39 PM

Please forgive me calling upon some recent published work I did in my newsletter to update this column section. It has been a very hectic week for me and I have not had enough time to develop a new column.

I will outline what my week was like in this column. But first I wanted to discuss the turmoil going on in WWE. If you did not hear already Scott Hall was terminated a few days ago. The following is the column I published in the newsletter on the day of his termination.

SCOTT HALL BLOWS HIS CHANCE!: While I was gone at the WWE show, lots of interesting news was going on behind the scenes in WWE. Scott Hall was terminated from his WWE contract.

WWE.COM has already confirmed this news. Hall was intoxicated on the European Tour (most of it) and was intoxicated before RAW last night.

The decision was made before RAW to terminate his contract, but when he showed up drunk at RAW Management knew it was the right decision.

No word on how the company is going to handle Hall being gone from TV next week. With Flair turning heel it would not make sense for Flair to "suspend" Scott Hall (since Hall is a heel as well). And it would not appear as the company is going to have Hall back to run an angle.

This story is sad on so many levels. Scott Hall is an alcoholic. He has a major problem and I was pulling for him to 'make it' this time.

A lot of criticism was thrown at WWE for even bringing him back. The thought was he would not last long enough to make WMX8 v. Austin.

When Hall did make it to WMX8 - it looked like he beat his problem. I thought for once Scott Hall had his head on straight. But he did not apparently. I am not going to write a column defending Hall with the liberal defense claiming it wasn't his 'fault because alcoholism is a disease'. The fact is Scott Hall is the person that decided he would find more answers in a bottle then in turning his own life around.

Hall was the person who decided he wanted to 'party' instead of being a man and supporting his two children. Hall did not lose by 'screwing up' this time. His children are the real victims in this situation. I wanted to give Hall another chance because I think everyone should get another chance. In the case of Hall, he has gotten numerous chances and always ends up choosing 'the party life' over his family.

And that is a shame. I hate writing this. I wish I did not have to write this. But I do. And I seriously and sincerely hope Scott Hall can find the help he needs. Not because I was once a Scott Hall mark. Not because I want to see him "ooze Machismo" again on tv. Not because I want to feel better about myself!

But because he has two kids who NEED him to find the will power to be the victor in this situation. Who NEED him to turn his life around.

Hall needs to be there for those kids and they need him to there. I will be rooting for Scott Hall to turn his life around for what seems to be the umpteenth time. Maybe this time he will make it. That would make me mark out more then anything Hall has ever done on TV in his entire pro-wrestling career. Because this isn't about fiction, this is about reality. And the reality is Scott Hall needs help.

What did I have going on this week? It began on Monday afternoon. I put out the afternoon Issue of LEWD and got ready to go to RAW at the Hartford, Civic Center in Hartford, Ct. We left at around 6PM (the show was supposed to start at 7:35). It is only a 15-20 minute drive from our house to Downtown Hartford, but we wanted to get to the building early and find adequate parking in the parking garage.

We arrived at the venue around 6:20 (as expected) and got in to the garage by about 6:30. It took us a good 25 minutes to find a good parking spot in the garage. So we actually got in to the building at about 7:15. Of course typically they do not allow anyone in to the civic center itself until show time. But tonight they were letting people in fairly early. So we waited in line and finally got to the security spot (pat down city). They checked our digital cameras to make sure their were no "shannanigans" going on.

What if my digital camera was the bomb? We got in and walked around looking for our ticket location. We finally go to our seats at about 7:30. We had only a few minutes until the preliminary show began. We figured there would be no 'dark matches' and they would just kick us off with the Heat taping. By 8:15 it was obvious nothing was going on. We commented back and forth that perhaps Heat had been cancelled.

Or maybe somebody in the back forgot about Heat. Or maybe the entire crew had been 'fired' who worked heat because of the problems coming back to the U.S. on the U.K. flight (we had no idea who was in trouble at this time, only that some of the boys were in hot water). At about 8:25 we got the show kicked off. Heat taped 3 short matches and then RAW was to kick off.

Curt Hennig jobbed to Matt Hardy in quick order. I was perplexed as to why the match was so short and one-sided. Well, that was until I learned Curt Hennig had been fired. So now it all starts to make total sense. The Heat matches were decent RVD v. Goldust & Eddie Guerrero v. Tommy Dreamer for the IC Title.

And then RAW began. I did not think the show was that bad. But it was the greatest show of all time for a couple reasons. I liked the WWE Hardcore stuff (so did the fans live). The only areas on the show that really dragged involved Austin & Undertaker (who control the entire show - which tells me why the show is consistently bad).

We heard them taping the Undertaker & Hogan Harley skits backstage when we were waiting for the show to start. Every time they would rev up the Harley (obviously in hindsight when Hogan was driving around in the backstage area on the Harley) the crowd would pop thinking Undertaker was headed down to the ring (which wasn't the case).

I was totally sucked in and impressed by Jazz & Trish Stratus. I think that alone made the show worth the price of admission. Also watching Rob Van Dam & Eddie Guerrero work twice made my night. I would have loved to get a new debut or something. But at least D Lo Brown came out to attack Regal and we also got to see the Monster Lesnar in action.

It was 11:09 and we were headed out of the building. Security wanted to usher us out as fast as possible, because we all know WWE has super secret dealings that go on after the shows conclude (such as tearing down the set and ring) which they would never want to get it (note my own personal sarcasm. It wasn't WWE security doing this it was the Civic Center security).

By 11:15 we are back at the parking garage and in the car. We were planning on hitting Wendy's since it usually stays open until midnight around here. It gave us 45 minutes to drive 20 minutes to order our late night snack. Our plans were derailed when for some reason we got stuck in the parking garage for an hour! We decided just to call it a night and journey back to the home front. We arrived back home at about 12:40.

You'd think my night would be concluded. With Smackdown! 70 miles away the next night and since I was planning on going to that show, maybe I would rest up? No such luck.

All hell broke lose during the RAW show and when I came back I had a great deal of e-mail messages telling me news bits and information. I wrote up a report of the RAW show and published another issue of the newsletter explaining what was going on in pro wrestling. This took me to around 3 AM. I was about to to sleep when I noticed Brad Lee (of wrestlingxpress.com) was on MSN Messenger. I always enjoy talking to Brad Lee because he has such a great passion for this business (as I do also) and is a very intelligent person. I really enjoy his web page quite a bit and think it is one of the best online.

So we talked for about 30-45 minutes. It was then time to go to sleep.

The next day I got up around 9 AM and went back to sleep until about 11 AM. Checked around for some news and information and put out an early issue of the newsletter. We were going to leave around 4PM to make the trip to Bridgeport, Ct to Harbor Yard to watch WWE Smackdown!

Our trip was delayed because we were uploading photo's to the web page from RAW. After the photo's had been uploaded we set off for the road trip. It was not a bad trip (since I brought my CD case and CD's with me). We stopped at McDonald's just outside of Bridgeport, Ct and ate dinner. For those curious I had the new Chicken Fingers they have (which are good; but they forgot my damn honey mustard sauce!). Then we arrived at the building about an hour early.

Paid the $2 dollar parking fee (which was a lot cheaper then the $8 for RAW; however at the RAW show we got a garage and here we didn't). We went to see the thousands and thousands of WWE fans outside waiting in line to get in to the building. Apparently, Harbor Yard does not let you in early. The show was supposed to start at 7:30 (but since it was a taping, honestly they could start it any time they want).

At 6:30 we were told they were supposed to let people in at 6:30. But no one was moving anywhere. At 6:45 we started to move forward and reached the security people at about 7:15 (the lines were that long!).

They checked our stuff (pretended to) and let us threw. We got to our section at about 7:00. Our webmaster stopped and bought a "Get the 'F Out!" t-shirt. I decided I would wait to obtain mine when they become available online. We then journeyed to our section. It was a nice set up. I liked how the arena was set up for this show. I loved the fact we got in so early before show time to check out the ring and the backstage area and the set.

Got to watch WWE people working on the set and checking out their video and sound equipment. Jakked/Metal started on time. We got a dark match with Slyk Wagner Brown def. Inferno Kid. I was not impressed by Inferno Kid at all. Wagner Brown could make it in the Cruiserweight Division in my opinion. But I don't think Inferno Kid will. Smackdown! began next and it was an awesome show! I will not discuss the results for obvious reasons. They are up on the newsboard if you want to read them.

GOOD SHOW. When it was over we got to our car and drove back home again. We decided not to stop since we were not hungry. When I got back I had another full e-mail box to deal with and more HELL had broken lose when I was at the Smackdown! show. I have deducted that maybe I need to get a laptop set up and a cellular modem hook up! I guess I could sign on with my cell phone since I do have that capability!! But have you ever tried to browse the web on that small screen? Talk about tedious!

Wrote another issue of LEWD and published it. Which took me to 4 AM. I had an e-mail from my HOST of LEWD RADIO informing me the show as going to be taped the next morning and he needed some information and direction on what the show was going to cover. So I had to come up with that game plan.

On Wednesday I listened in LIVE to the taping of the SHOW (since we now have that capability on line via web cast - which might be a secret but "screw the rules" the cat is out of the bag). It was a damn good show.

I got the material at 6PM and was going to edit it, but decided I was going to watch my Boston Celtics play before I did a damn thing relating to pro wrestling again. Celtics beat the Pistons and proved they are for real. I began to edit the show after the NBA game and turned on the Boston Red Sox who totally demolished the Oakland A's.

Got the show up at around midnight and was happy with how it came out. I don't want to toot my own horn, but toot toot (stole that one from Arn Anderson).

Now it is Thursday and my duties have just begun. More chaos is going on in this business. Some mind boggling and downright insane things are going on (not only involving the WWE but other services who are once again shilling their services out by running promotions while continuing to KNOCK their competition online, expecting us to believe they have credibility and have no monetary stake in blasting the competition. Come on! Sleazy bastards! The funny thing is the staff doesn't agree with the decision the boss has made, but doesn't do anything about it. What a shame).

I was given total control of wrestlingxpress.com's newsboard last night when I had another online discussion with Brad Lee about a certain reporter who was ripping off Dave Scherer's reports and pasting them as his own material. Brad told me he is not around enough in the day to make sure everything goes perfectly on his web service. So since I am around more in the day time, I will be able to watch out for his interests. I am happy to help out in this capacity.

And that was my wrestling week so far. Tonight I get to watch the finished product of WWE Smackdown! on television and WWE Tough Enough. I am really looking forward to this edition of WWE Tough Enough. Well, I will conclude with that comment.



"WHY BRET HART NEEDS THE WWF MORE THEN THE WWF NEEDS BRET HART." - Updated May 1, 2002 12:39 PM

I could go on another one of my tyrade's about how Bret "The Hitman" Hart is a horrible human being for his latest debacle (ABC Special to contact his dead brother Owen Hart and dead mother Martha Hart), but I do not see it as disturbing as much as I see it as a cry by Bret Hart. Bret Hart is crying for help. I honestly feel Bret "The Hitman" Hart is lost right now and does not know how to get past everything that has hit him in the past five years.

Bret "The Hitman" Hart needs Vince McMahon to accept him back in to the WWF and further more, Bret "The Hitman" Hart needs to forgive Vince McMahon to reach his final peace. I am not the only one who feels this is so, it was my brother who first pointed this out to me. After I did think about it for a while, I totally agreed with the opinion.

Ever since 1997 Bret Hart has been sinking in his own self-pity. With the WWF being taken away from Bret "The Hitman" Hart his entire world seemed to come crashing down around him. His brother Owen Hart passed away two years after he left the WWF and it served to fuel the hatred Bret Hart has inside of his heart for the WWF & Vince McMahon.

His family decided to make peace with the WWF and this further caused Bret Hart to have inner hatred for Vince McMahon & The WWF. Then his mother died, the woman who had kept the entire family sane for so many years and was considered the "glue" that kept the Hart dynasty on good terms with each other. And now Bret Hart is a little boy inside struggling to find his brother Owen Hart and his mother Martha Hart.

So he subjects himself to torture by thinking a 'spiritual medium' can answer all of the questions that he has left unanswered in his heart. He wants to know why Owen Hart decided to do the stunt that led to his own death, because it doesn't seem like something Owen Hart would have agreed to do. Bret is wondering if Owen did it because Bret was not in the WWF to stop him or talk some sense in to him. Or perhaps Bret thinks Owen did it because he wanted to become the WWF Champion like Bret. And if Bret was in the WWF it would not have went down as it did.

SO Bret Hart blames the WWF & Vince McMahon for the accident because inside he actually blames himself for Owen dying. Bret Hart has a hatred for himself inside and he needs to forgive himself. He needs to forgive his own selfish need to stay on top of pro wrestling and make as much money as he could by leaving the WWF for WCW. Bret Hart needs to go back to the one place he always considered home, and back in to Vince McMahon's arms.

Because believe it or not, Vince McMahon was like a father to Bret Hart and certainly Bret does not have much solice in going back to his own fathers arms. Bret "The Hitman" Hart needs to get over everything that has happened to him and his family (personally and professionally) over the past 5 years and the only place he can start to do that is in the WWF. Bret Hart needs to make peace with the WWF and Vince McMahon so he can move past everything that is currently tormenting him right now.

I don't blame Bret Hart for seeking answers with a 'spiritual medium' but I just wanted to point out he is not going to find answers anywhere but in the WWF. Bret Hart needs to go back home, and until he goes back home he is never going to put this part of his life behind him. I feel bad for Bret Hart and hope he does make the right choice to go home to the WWF.



"INDEPENDENT THOUGHTS & NOTES" - Updated April 25, 2002 3:53 PM

In previous columns I have tackled the complex, yet often simplistic situation in the Middle-East. I have discussed pro wrestling quite a bit over the past 36 months on this very web service in this very column section. What possibly can I have to say that has not been said already in one form or another?

Pro Wrestling should not be about 'politics' or keeping veteran talent off the shows so the smarks young favorites can get elevated status and pushes to Championship glory. Pro Wrestling should remember its hero's and glory days enough to support those veterans in future programs in the world of professional wrestling. Pro Wrestling ought to concern itself with the audience that pays the bills first and foremost and the audience that likes to re-book the product second.

Most of the time I fall in the latter category and disagree with the creative decisions the World Wrestling Federation makes. Hell, let me be totally honest with you for a moment or two in this column. 95% of the time I disagree with anything every company does creatively because I have a different philosophy when it comes to booking a pro wrestling show.

Does this mean my philosophy is the correct one? No. Does it mean the World Wrestling Federation and Vince McMahon should read my columns to know how to fix the World Wrestling Federation? No. What does it mean?

It means that often times I see things differently and would like to have the ability to make my own personal ideological and social concepts come out through my artistic columns known as "Booking" columns. It does not intend to mean any disrespect for the pushes or the talent the WWF currently has decided to push on WWF Television, nor is it supposed to mean any disrespect for the creative department that works so hard in the WWF to give us four hours of unique Federation Television each week. It is simply meant to self-satisfy myself and pat myself on my back. I can admit that. It is an ego thing with me. I set out to re do a show the WWF booked or pre book a show the WWF is going to book, simply to allow myself to know that I CAN STILL DO IT.

There are times when I book something and the WWF books it better and I look back and shake my head and realize I was dead-wrong. Such was when Triple H defeated Mick Foley in his final match. Looking back on the way Foley went out of pro wrestling, it was an incredible booking job. And if Foley had defeated Triple H in his last match (as I had booked) it would not have completed the journey of Mick Foley in pro wrestling and it would have left a void in my heart. So I can honestly say some of the booking jobs that I do are not good. I can honestly say that some of them are good. It is a give and take type of a situation. I give you my heart on paper, and you are supposed to take it as it is given. Nothing more or nothing less is expected through these columns.

Then there is the NIRVANA I find when the WWF Creative Department and I seem to agree on booking concepts. One such was recently when the WWF booked Hulk Hogan to win the WWF Undisputed Championship over Triple H at WWF Backlash. A lot of people online are up in arms at this decision because Triple H just won the title at WMX8. They sight this was way to soon for Triple H to drop the title (I challenge them go back and check the record of Triple H title reigns and realize he held it as long as he usually does - on average that is). I disagree. I think Hulk Hogan deserved this story.

I am not so eager to toss Hogan aside simply because he can not deliver a classic wrestling match in the main event. I am not so eager to wipe away everything this man has given back to me as a wrestling fan simply because TAZZ is not winning every match he is booked in. I am not so eager to state Rob Van Dam deserved to win the title before Hulk Hogan won it again. Because those two statements are incredibly 'political' in nature. And the problem I see with the 'political' nature of those comments is not the comments themselves, but rather the individuals who are forming those statements and releasing them online as fact.

The same individuals who claim Hulk Hogan kept people down for years using backstage underhanded political tactics are now attempting to discredit Hulk Hogan using the same underhanded political rhetoric. They are attempting to undermine everything this man has given back to us as a professional wrestler for the past 20 to 30 years. I am not so eager to discredit the man simply because I disagree with his philosophy on how a pro wrestler is supposed to perform in the ring. I am not so eager to discredit the man because he was in the right place at the right time at every turn of his impressive wrestling career. I am not so eager to discredit the man because every promoter he has ever worked with realized he had "IT" and could turn their business around and draw a crap load of money for their company.

I am proud on this day to admit for the first time ever that I finally SAW what every HULKAMANIAC saw in Hulk Hogan in the 80's. The same thing that all the WCW fans saw in the 90's in HULKAMANIA. The thing that I never understood and never wanted to take the time to understand. Hulk Hogan is real. He is a real person that performs for us every night and gives us his heart and soul in his performances. Hulk Hogan is a man that has always done everything the business has asked him to do and has never once complained about the cards he was dealt with. He moved out of WWF and picked his career up in WCW and when WCW folded he faded away to obscurity and never bitched ONCE during any of his interviews on the radio show circuit.

Hulk Hogan is an individual that I may not see eye to eye with when it comes to philosophy about how pro wrestlers should perform in the ring, but I see eye to eye with HULKAMANIA now. And I am going to go on the record and say I am proud of the WWF for granting Hulk Hogan his last shining moment in this business. And I am happy the WWF brought Hogan back to allow him to prove to me that with out a shadow of a doubt, he DID CARE about this business as much as Ric Flair, Mick Foley and others who were excellent PRO WRESTLERS in their era. Hulk Hogan deserves to be known as one of the greatest entertainers to ever step foot in the pro wrestling ring. And no one should politically attempt to take that away from him because they want to see Tommy Dreamer winning matches left and right and beating everybody for the Undisputed Championship.

Tommy Dreamer will have his day in the spotlight, I honestly know that will happen one day. Just like I honestly feel all of the talent in the wrestling business right now is going to look back at this final run of Hulk Hogan and hope and PREY in 20 years the business will allow them to have the same GOODBYE. To disrupt or take away the farewell run of Hulk Hogan, is to KILL THE THE FUTURE BUSINESS of the internet favorites 20 years from this column (if they become as legendary as Hogan that is).

So the only question I have left to ask right now is, WHATCHA GONNA DO! BROTHERS!! WATCHA GONNA DO IF your political BULLSHIT stops Hulk Hogan from getting his current farewell push and later disrupts the push of another legend returning to the WWF (Bret Hart, Terry Funk and some others pop in to my head)??? I'll tell you WATCHA GONNA DO! BROTHERS! You are going to bitch, whine and cry at Vince McMahon.

WHY VINCE? WHY DON'T YOU bring back Terry Funk??! Why not bring back Bret Hart?!?!? Come on, Puh-pulease!! And Vince will swagger on by with a gleam in his eye, turn around and he will say, I wanted to remember wrestling history and you told me to forget it! Now you tell me to remember it, and I AM VINCE MCMAHON DAMMIT! So I am going to tell you FORGET IT!

And then the wrestling smarks will only have themselves to blame for this and not WWF or Vince McMahon.



"MORE OF THE SAME" - Updated April 18, 2002 3:53 PM

Got some negative and positive feedback about my last column about the situation in the middle-east. I was happy to get positive feedback about the column and the subject matter of the column. I have learned after my years of writing columns (sometimes with controversial opinions) to just blow off the negative feedback and leave it at that.

What wrestling is missing. I think wrestling is missing a good regional promotion with a television distribution package that blankets more then one region. I am not so much missing World Championship Wrestling or Extreme Championship Wrestling post "national run" as I am missing the old-school NWA/WCW Region and the old-school ECW Region.

What I miss is the low quality in ring action where I got see the future stars perform. What I would love to see is Ohio Valley Wrestling and or Heartland Wrestling Association get decent distribution packages and NOT attempt to run "national" televised events. I think this is the problem with World Wrestling Allstars and X Wrestling Federation.

Both these groups assume they can fill the void by putting on "national" shows and competing against the World Wrestling Federation, and that simply is not ever going to happen. Both these organizations are doing the same things as the WWF and it makes them look second-rate in comparison to the WWF. If they would simply put on great shows with out attempting to compete with the WWF, in a sense they would compete with the WWF.

I have been talking with this in e-mail for the past two weeks with other columnists online (one of which wrote an excellent column for 1wrestling.com recently - Dave Whitaker. I would highly suggest you go to 1wrestling.com and deal with the pop up menus for one night and read Dave Whitaker's excellent column on this topic) and we all agree. We do not so much care to see another high-profile wrestling organization that puts on PPV shows monthly or has great production values.

What we miss is the old-school days of seeing the future of wrestling develop before our eyes and watching some good hungry kids perform to entertain us with little hopes of making a lot of money to start out.

The WWF is not going to produce a show which allows us to see the rookies come up in to the ranks of the WWF (outside of Tough Enough) and that is what I miss about the old-school pro wrestling days. The Shawn Michaels starting out in the Mid-South Region as a television scrub. The stages of development Glenn Jacobs, D Lo Brown, Lance Storm, Chris Jericho, Mick Foley and others went through before they made it big. It was not about great production quality or high-profile television distribution deals or running monthly PPV shows to market nationally. It was about the love for the business and watching some good energetic performers entertain us with great professional wrestling action.

International Championship Wrestling, Florida Championship Wrestling, World Class Championship Wrestling, National Wrestling Alliance, South Atlanta Pro Wrestling, Continental Wrestling Federation, Championship Wrestling Alliance, and Texas All Star Wrestling never attempted to compete with the WWF in the 80's. But most of the future talent came through those regions and wound up working on PPV with the WWF. It was such a treat to see the talent develop from step A all the way to step B. It was incredible to watch Keiji Muto start out as a scrub in Florida and become the GREATEST WORKER in professional wrestling history years later in Japan.

It was a treat to see a GREEN Lex Luger pushed heavily on Florida wrestling only to eventually become a megastar years down the road with both WWF and WCW. It was great to reflect on all of the wrestlers who came through the region, some who made it big and some who didn't. It was part of the wrestling draw to us. We did not need to see the great production rates. We did not need shows selling out 30,000 seat arenas.

All we needed was a solid play by play man, a decent color man, a good sized wrestling ring and some good talent to perform in front of us. I remember watching Mick Foley do one of his very first promos in Continental Wrestling and thinking to myself. WOW! This guy is great! I remember watching Eric Embry battle the evil forces in World Class Wrestling, who oddly enough invaded the company to 'take it over' (which I still argue was the prototype for the nWo angle years later in WCW) and fighting them off single handedly. I remember a lot of great moments in pro wrestling that did not happen on PPV or in front of 30,000 fans.

So my only remaining question is, if pro wrestling survived before the WWF turned it in to this mainstream popular marketable event, why have the regional promoters decided pro wrestling can not survive if it does not attempt duplicate the WWF formula? Where is the creativity? Where is the love for this business? Certainly the WWA and XWF do not love this business much (in my opinion) because they are constantly trying to do the same things that the WWF do. Instead of coming up with their own concepts and ideas.

And then in a bit of paranoid delusion they turn around and claim the WWF and Vince McMahon are ripping them off. I got news for WWA and XWF, SPORTS ENTERTAINMENT WAS INVENTED BY VINCE MCMAHON! So if you are trying to compete with Vince McMahon by out SPORTS ENTERTAINING the masses you are simply stealing his marketable concept. My suggestion to Jimmy Hart and Andruw McManus, put on a good clean wrestling show first, and worry about making money second. Or you will fail miserably.

Just a quick note for the fans of LEWD EXTREME RADIO - The LEWD RADIO staff will be heading to the PPV to cover it for our web page. It should be quite interesting to see what Brad Clements & "Little" Jimmy Kelley come up with to entertain us with during their trip to WWF Backlash in Kansas City, Missouri. For this reason we may not have an updated version of the RADIO show this week. I am working on coming up with some sort of a replacement show in the absence of "Little" Jimmy Kelley and Brad Clements. I can not promise it will be the same quality as the other shows. But as is always said, "THE SHOW MUST GO ON".



"SPLIT DISCUSSION" - Updated April 11, 2002 4:17 PM

What a world we are currently living in. The Middle-East is a mess right now. Every day is another complicated situation created by some giant egomaniac who is more worried about his own political status then the well being of his own people. Whether it be Arafat or Sharon, it does not really matter. These two individuals are the problem.

Arafat and Sharon have a grudge against each other and are allowing it to come between the stability of the entire Middle-East region. I say get them both out of there. Arafat must go, and so must Sharon! For the stability of the entire global economy these two leaders MUST either shape up, or ship out! And if they refuse to shape up, we must SHIP them out. I have absolutely nothing against Israel, Jews, The PLO, Palestinians, Muslims, or Arabs. I have a problem with instability of an entire region because of political rhetoric.

Arafat is not a saint. Arafat is part of the problem. Arafat refuses to call off the PLO (his people) and supports them killing Israelians. He is one of the major reasons why the region is not stable right now. Arafat should shape up, or be shipped out of the region. Be that by force or by choice.

Sharon is not a saint. Sharon is part of the problem. Sharon refuses to call off his own forces and supports killing the Palestinians (and PLO leadership). He is one of the major reasons why the region is not stable right now. Sharon should shape up, or be shipped out of the region. Be that by force or choice.

Once we have new leadership willing to negotiate PEACE in the Middle-East and compromise to the benefit of each of their causes. The entire global economy is going to turn around. The entire region is going to be better off. The entire world will be able to move forward with out this cloud of the Middle-Eastern problem hanging over our heads.

Saddam Hussein does not want the PEACE in the Middle-East scenario to work out. Because as long as the region is not stable, the United States of America can not move forward with this war on terrorism and take out Saddam. Saddam realizes this and he is fueling the instability in the region. And Sharon & Arafat are not helping matters.

Once we can finally deal with Arafat and Sharon and settle the problems between the PLO & Israelians, we can then shift our focus to the second half of the war on terrorism and take out Saddam Hussien. And the problem right now is, Sharon & Arafat are not going to see anything eye-to-eye. It just is not going to happen.

If neither is willing to sit down and compromise, neither is fit to lead their causes. We might as well force both of them out of office so the rest of the free world can live in peace and move forward to reach a day of total peace.



©1999 - 2002 InLewd Productions Inc.


Updated 4/4 11:45 PM RAW & SMACKDOWN



"RAW & SMACKDOWN!" - Updated April 4, 2002 11:45 PM

We have already touched base on the complete rosters of the two "brands" last week. Reflecting back on the two brands I think it is going to be good for business in the long run.

Of course RAW is going to be centered around two superstars in the next few weeks. Rob Van Dam and "Stone Cold" Steve Austin. Of course Eddie Guerrero v. Rob Van Dam is going to be one of the greatest Interncontinental feuds of all time. It could be a total throw back feud to days of Ricky "The Dragon" Steamboat v. Randy "Macho Man" Savage.

Steve Austin of course is going to be the main "bad ass" on the RAW brand now that he 'stunned' his new boss Ric Flair. I look for Austin to cause a lot of renewed hell on the RAW brand. It should be good for business and for the television show to have Austin a 'bad ass' again and not a babyface or a heel in definition.

Turning to the SMACKDOWN brand. The show is going to obviously center around Hulk Hogan, The Rock and Edge. All three of these wrestlers are going to provide some memorable moments for us on WWF Television over the next few week and months.

What has to be said about Edge? The guy is awesome. He has all of the credentials to be a major superstar and main event wrestler for the next few years. I think he has a lot more ability and polish to his style then even Chris Jericho had. The WWF should waste very little time in pushing Edge to the top of the card in my personal opinion.

Hulk Hogan deserves to have another babyface run as the WWF Champion. I never expected to write that after he burned his welcome out in 1994. I guess it just goes to prove you "never say never in this business".

I personally am really looking forward to seeing Triple H v. Hulk Hogan, but fear Triple H will turn nWo during the match. I guess Triple H as a heel would work better for the "brand extension" then as a babyface. It will add more controversy to both shows and that is what WWF likes.

The Rock is going to be the next Arnold Schwartzennegger (spelling, can you blame me? You try and spell that damned name) in Hollywood and he is going to help promote the Smackdown! brand by doing it. I think Rock is a great ambassador to the World Wrestling Federation. I am really looking forward to seeing how Rock fits in to the Smackdown! brand in the next few weeks and months.


NOW ON TO SOME WEB PAGE BUSINESS



If you have not noticed our web page service has undergone a face-lift, and we have changed the lay-out. I think it is a great update and the new lay-out is even better then the last one. Of course I may be a bit biased in my feelings about the lay-out. Perhaps because I myself had to edit 1000's of files to update my section.

And for those who are asking the million-dollar question, YES that is a photo of myself under the Rob Van Dam "FROG SPLASH". Never in a million years did I ever think I would be under a ROB VAN DAM "FIVE STAR". But low and behold there I am! I think the photo of myself is rather awesome and long over due! This does not mean I have a gigantic ego, but I guess in some circles I have a huge ego.

That is quite okay. Because I am set in my ways and am looking forward to taking my material up another notch. Certainly I wish to move on and present some in depth wrestling commentary in the next few weeks and months. And I hope you will stick with me as I provide you with my take on pro wrestling.

I do not claim I am the "do-all" and "end-all" authority on pro wrestling. I merely state my own personal opinions, which were shaped by watching this business for the past twenty years.

I am always looking to start a great dialogue with other wrestling fans, and please ask you to send in your opinions and comments.



Updated 1/1 3:32 PM Brand New Year


Time is often strange. Two months ago I thought 2002 would never arrive. I had been anticipating 2002 for a number of reasons. I knew once we got to 2002, WWF would have a drastic change planned. I wanted 2001 to end rather quickly.

2002 is finally here and now I am braced for the next week. A week which COULD (not will) end up as the most memorable week in the history of pro wrestling. The WWF has the chance to set the wrestling world on fire in the next week. They have a chance to correct the worst year in the history of pro wrestling (2001) by executing a few key angles to turn 2002 in to the greatest year in the history of pro wrestling.

Many know before a giant STORM, there is the calm before the storm. The end of 2001 reminded me of a calm boring finish. Nothing really happened and I was looking at it as the calm before the storm. I know a storm is brewing in the WWF. Will the company actually follow through on the plans to take the wrestling world with this storm? I am not positive if they will or will not.

Wrestling fans across the United States have been lulled in to a false sense of boredom by the WWF. Fans do not have any faith left in the company to be able to deliver any earth shattering concepts. It seems the wrestling community is ripe for the picking. And the WWF has all of the tools needed to provide the sweetest fruit in the history of the pro wrestling tree.

I am not going to say it IS going to happen. Because there is a chance it isn't going to happen. I am simply pointing out the WWF has the chance to produce the greatest moment in the history of pro wrestling in the next 20 days. They actually have a chance to produce two or three of the greatest moments in the history of pro wrestling over the next three weeks. I think I have to give them the benefit of the doubt on this one and have faith in them.

I have seen a lot of things happen in pro wrestling. Some of them have been bad, some of them have been good. Very few have been history making events created by design. The typical history making events in pro wrestling typically have just manufactured their own existences. But this time the WWF has all of the cards to play, that is if they choose to play them.

They could easily bring back WCW from the dead and make it a marketable company under the cloak of being owned by Ric Flair. If one guy could bring back the dismantled WCW Organization from the graveyard and make it in to a marketable organization again, it is Ric Flair. With the ability to sign Kevin Nash the WWF has another vehicle to make WCW a very marketable product for the future. They have the talent to stick in the WCW organization.

They have the PPV in Atlanta, Georgia on the 20th to bring back WCW. If they do bring back the WCW Organization. I personally feel it should migrate back to the NWA/WCW days and not the WCW/WWF days. I think if the WWF allowed the WCW organization to book a unique southern style of pro wrestling, it would set the wrestling world on fire. And lets face it. The WCW Championships mean SOMETHING now.

The WCW talent MEANS something now. They have been on the WWF Product for the past year. They mean as much as their WWF Counterparts. Shane Helms is a DRAWING card because the WWF established him. Rob Van Dam is a drawing card because the company established him as well. Booker T is becoming a very strong heel.

If WCW was to return on the 20th. I feel the company has the talent needed right now to run two national shows with as much credibility as the other. Chris Jericho has even arrived. Triple H is on the way back. The Rock is still in the fold. And Steve Austin is there as well. I can not even forget about The Undertaker, or Kurt Angle. With all of these top talents in the same organization. And not enough spots on top to allow them to shine properly.

It makes all of the sense in the world to return WCW to the mix. Allow some of the talent to go to WCW and wrestle in the top spots in WCW. It would solve the problem of needing to bring TOP TALENT from the outside. Add a few guys to the mix like Kevin Nash and you have a nice little product on your hands.

Again, will the WWF follow through on this? It is hard to say. I think the greatest thing about this premise is nobody knows what is going to happen for sure. Not the critics, not the experts, not even the wrestlers in the WWF, and that makes it very unexpected. It makes it very shocking.

I keep wondering why the WWF destroyed WCW so handedly. And I keep thinking maybe it happened to lull us in to this thought that the WCW was dead, only to bring it back on the 20th. Because the PPV as I stated is in Atlanta, GA. And Atlanta, GA is WCW LAND. Vince McMahon knew all of the valuable WCW talent was not going to be available until 2002. So by killing off the angle before January of 2002 when the talent became available, he could have been setting up the most SHOCKING MOMENT IN the history of pro wrestling.

Remember the old angle about Chris Jericho winning the WWF Title and taking it to WCW? What if those rumors were true? What if Jericho is actually with WCW? What if he tosses down the WWF title at Rumble and declares the WCW Title to be the only title that means anything?

We will find out in 20 days what the WWF has in store for the wrestling world in the year 2002. I have never been as excited but as worried as I am right now. I see the company has the chance to fix everything that went wrong in 2002 with one major show. I also see they have the ability to simply decide they do not have to fix everything in one show and can decide nothing is broken to be fixed.

But they have 145 people under contract. They have been overexposed for the past 4 years. They do not have enough TV time with one company to put over every wrestler they have signed. And it does not make much sense to keep those guys on the payroll if they did not plan on starting a second brand. Half of the talent would have been cut by now. And the problem with cutting half the talent is obvious. If they do cut half of the talent, it will lower morale in the company. And the talent will be available for an upstart group. That much major talent being released and available for cheap deals would be devastating to the WWF.



Updated 1/3 1:22 AM Babbling Brooks


It has been a pretty warm winter here in East Hartford. There has not been an inch of snow yet and it is already January 3rd. We are supposed to get some snow at the end of the weekend (Sunday). But you never know if that is actually going to happen or not. January is shaping up to be a pretty good month for pro wrestling.

We have the Triple H return in four days on the 1/7 MSG RAW telecast, and then on the 20th we have The Royal Rumble. I am always excited for the Royal Rumble PPV. We already know the main event of the show because tonight on Smackdown! The Rock defeated Booker T to earn a title shot at Chris Jericho. The match will take place at the Royal Rumble PPV. We also saw The Undertaker defeat The Big Show with a dragon sleeper submission hold.

Around 1/14 the LEWD Year End Awards will be officially revealed. So far the turn out for this years contest has been exceptional and has even exceeded the last two years. It should be interesting to see how the final tabulations of the votes come out. I am not going to give anything away early, or any hints on how it looks. You will just have to wait until the 14th to find out which nominations took the award this year.

Rumors are going crazy so far this month involving a number of former WCW superstars who are currently available to the WWF. Kevin Nash has signed, he hasn't signed, he has signed, he hasn't signed. I guess we are all just going to have to sit back, relax and wait this one out and see if Nash shows up in the WWF or not. I think it is inevitable Nash is going to sign a WWF contract. It is only a matter of time before he is appearing on WWF Television. I wouldn't expect it to happen on the 7th though. I would expect the WWF to hold his debut off until the 20th at Royal Rumble.

Scott Steiner is "rumoured" to appear in the WWF at the Royal Rumble according to SLAM! Wrestling. I love how those Canadians take the liberty to add extra U's to certain words. As far as the Steiner deal goes, I guess again we are going to have to wait this one out to see if he does show up in the WWF. Jim Ross was very vocal about the company wanting to get Scott Steiner signed to a contract. I would assume since Ross has high interest in Scott Steiner, at some point a deal is going to be offered to Steiner.

Rey Misterio Jr is also another former WCW Superstar who has had initial talks with Jim Ross about coming in to the WWF. I am not sure if they have talked financial numbers as of yet, but one would expect since the WWF has great interest in Misterio, a contract offer should be made to him in short order. Misterio is probably pound for pound the greatest wrestler of his era. I personally hope the federation does sign Misterio and debuts him at the Royal Rumble.

I read "Pure Dynamite" in the last week and the review is up in our reviews section. I highly recommend this book to all pro wrestling fans. It was the best pro wrestling book I have read in a long time. I will even admit it was better then Mick Foley's two #1 Best Selling Self Authored Books! And I an knock over for a Mick Foley book. I own FOUR of them personally, and would own a fifth too, if he would write another one! Seriously, Tom Billington's story is one every wrestling fan ought to read. The book at first was a bit hard to read, but after I got in to it, I could not put the damned thing down.

Lucky for me it was only 201 pages long, or I would still be reading that damned thing. After I was done with the 201 pages a few hours after I had began reading the book, I was left wishing it was 402 pages so I could have read for a couple more hours. It was that damned good. I kid you not, and I am not one who judges a good book lightly. This is not meant to offend any Kurt Angle fans, and or offend Kurt Angle himself. But I own Kurt Angle's book, and I have not even gotten past page 40. I started to read the book, and put it down for whatever reason. And I have not yet picked it up again. I keep telling myself that one day I am going to finish reading that damned sucker and make myself proud. But I never find the time to read it, and half the time I don't have anything to do! But seriously, I know Kurt Angle's book is a decent read. I know it has some interesting stories in it. I do not knock the accomplishments of Kurt Angle by any means.

The book to me was just a bit boring and easy to put down. Maybe it was because Kurt Angle has only been around for a couple years. I always hate those VH1 BEHIND THE MUSIC specials about POP ICONS. How can they even consider devoting an hour or two worth of air time to telling me stories about a band that is not even as old as their last SINGLE? You know, BEHIND THE SCENES OF (FILL IN THE POPULAR BANDS NAME), An in depth look at where they were LAST WEEK! Because it can not go further back then a couple weeks because the band didn't exist if they had. I know I am exaggerating. But I can see devoting a show to talking about a band who has been out of the scene for years, or missing in action.

BEHIND THE SCENES on Cinderella (The 80's hair band) would keep my interest because I would find out what actually happened to the band, as well as share in some pretty cool stories about things which happened to them while they toured the nation for many years. What it was like to struggle to the top of the music industry. But if they did one on P Diddy. BEHIND THE SCENES ON PUFFY COMBS, The early years, Last week when he was a pre-pubescent snot nosed middle class brat faking he was in a gang in Miller High School. Why the hell would I want to hear about the RISE TO THE TOP OF THE MUSIC INDUSTRY of a guy who has not even been on top of the music business for longer then a hick-up. Maybe if he is still on top of the music business in ten years, film a show, put it on tv, and then maybe I will be interested in it.

The same can be said about wrestling books. I don't think Kurt Angle really has enough of a career to be writing a book about his rise to the top of the wrestling business. I understand it was mostly about his amateur days, but it was also involving his quick rise to the top of the WWF. I just think his book would have been more marketable if he held off on writing it for a couple years down the road. But I can understand why he rushed to release this book. He wanted to capitalize on the BOOM and popularity of the federation.

I was glad his book only went to #13 though. Because I was starting to think it was the WWF which was selling Foley's books and not the actual quality of the books themselves. But Angle did not reach higher then #13 on the Best Selling list which made me feel happy for the accomplishment of Foley's two books going #1. I am still a Mick Foley mark as you can tell, but that is okay, because I am allowed to be a Mick Foley mark.

As you probably have noticed in this article. I really do not have anything to talk about either. I am just writing about absolutely nothing. I think it was a good article anyways. Information wise, had a bit of controversy in it, and got the job done.

But I should have something more interesting to write about in the next few weeks. I am not sure yet.



Updated 1/8 4:08 PM Royal Rumble 2002


If you do not want to be spoiled in regards to the Smackdown! show this Thursday. I would suggest turning your eyes away from this column. But if you want to read further and find out why The Royal Rumble 2002 is going to be the BIGGEST WWF PPV EVER, then I suggest you glue your asses to your seats and read on.

So far we have eight wrestlers announced in the Royal Rumble match itself.

"Triple H" Hunter Hearst Helmsley.

"Stonecold" Steve Austin.

"The American Badass" The Undertaker.

"The Olympic Hero" Kurt Angle.

"The Pornstar" Val Venis

"The Godfather" Charles Wright.

"Goldust" Dustin Runnels.

and "Mr. Perfect" Curt Hennig.

Those expected to enter the Royal Rumble PPV are Kane, The Big Show, Booker T, Big Bossman, D Lo Brown, Lance Storm, Diamond Dallas Page, and Rikishi Phatu (there are others also this was just to name a few of the expected names who may take part in the actual match).

Ric Flair v. Vincent K. McMahon has been signed as a semi main event on this show.

Chris Jericho defends his Undisputed Championship against The Rock as the main event on the Royal Rumble PPV.

Tazz & Little Spike Dudley defend their WWF Tag Team Championship against the team of The Dudley Boyz.

Edge defends his Intercontinental Championship against the challenge of William Regal.

Trish Stratus is rumored to be looking to fight Jazz for the WWF Women's Championship as well.

And of course the much anticipated Royal Rumble 2002 for a shot at the Undisputed Championship at WrestleMania X8 in Skydome, Toronto, Canada (in front of 60,000-70,000 screaming fans).

Make no mistakes about it. Royal Rumble 2002 is the BIGGEST PPV in the history of the WWF. What is at stake here on this one night is the future of the business. Not just the immediate future of the business, but the distant future of the business as well. Ric Flair & Vince McMahon simply can not co exist. If McMahon beats Flair, Flair might as well pack it in and sell his stock back to Vince McMahon. If Flair beats Vince McMahon, what is it going to mean for WRESTLERS all around the United States, and the World?

For years Vincent K. McMahon has pushed "STREET BRAWLING" down our throats and made WRESTLING a dirty word. But now it could come back to haunt him at the 2002 Royal Rumble when he has to PROVE that not only is "STREET BRAWLING" the better quality product, but it can outlast PRO WRESTLING. Because that is what this match is all about. Ric Flair is not a "STREET BRAWLER". He never was. He never claimed to be. But on the same token, Vince McMahon is not a WRESTLER. And the difference is Vince McMahon for years has been claiming he is a pro wrestler. When it comes to suplex v. iron pipe. What is going to come out on top? Who is going to control this industry the day after the Royal Rumble 2002?

With "Mr. Perfect" & Goldust on their way back to the Federation for the Royal Rumble 2002, where do they stand? These wrestlers have both been in the WWF & WCW. They worked for both Vince McMahon & Ric Flair in the past.

On January 21st Pro Wrestling will never be the same. On January 20th, Pro Wrestling will change forever. And the Royal Rumble 2002 is going to be the BIGGEST PPV in the history of this business. I am excited about the PPV for the first time in years. Because there is something for all fans on this PPV. I am not sure I will be as excited on the 21st, but we will have to wait and see what happens on the 20th.



Updated 1/15 11:58 PM The Length of his Title Reign


I have heard constant rhetoric about the lack of "PUSH" Chris Jericho has been given by Vince McMahon. I have heard numerous times the WWF has not established Chris Jericho as a legit "World Champion". I have read time and time again that this Sunday it is OBVIOUS Jericho is going to lose the Undisputed Championship to The Rock, and that somehow will negate his entire run as WWF Undisputed Heavyweight Champion.

Some how if Jericho does not beat The Rock for the one, two, three, four, FIFTH TIME at the Royal Rumble 2002, his entire title reign will simply magically vanish in to thin air according to the soothsayers who are looking straight in to their crystal balls and predicting Jericho has "No Chance In Hell" in defeating The Rock.

So I decided to spend my time bringing up some facts about the history of this business. About the history of World Championship Title Reigns. I understand Chris Jericho is not going to lose the Championship until the PPV (if at all) which means he has a current title reign of 1 month and 11 days. He won the Championship on December 9, 2001 & I have added the extra days until the 20th on to his title reign, because it is obvious he isn't going to drop the Championship before the PPV.

So I decided wouldn't it be NEAT to take a look at all the Championship Title Reigns that mean ABSOLUTELY NOTHING! Remember since we are using Chris Jericho's title reign as the measuring stick to dispute title reigns mean anything, it would suggest any championship title reign that was under 1 month and 11 days.. Well, it did not mean anything at all.

So lets play this name game. Who is the FIRST person on our list of Championship Title Reigns that means ABSOLUTELY SQUAT?

Why it is one of the most liked, most respected, and solid workers the business has ever seen. A favorite of mine and I am sure yours also. The man that Cactus Jack (Mick Foley) took under his wing in ECW. A guy that defeated "Stonecold" Steve Austin on his way to winning the ECW Heavyweight Championship Title. But of course the title reign did not mean jack shit because he only held the title for 1 month and 11 day.

Who is next? "Double J" has stepped up to the plate. Because his first Championship Title Reign in World Championship Wrestling only lasted 1 month and 10 days. I feel sorry Jeff, but that title win you got, it didn't freakin count! Please try again.

Oh its time for a legend! Otto Wanz wants to play this game! Guess what folks? He had a meaningless title run of 1 month and 10 days. To bad Otto, better go back to drinking the Goldschlagger and leave the REAL TITLE REIGNS for the BIG BOYS.

I am afraid to report this, because this guy might grab some scissors and stab me for saying this. But Psyhco Sid.. I am sorry that you only held the belt for 1 month and 6 days. Because frankly, it means you did not really win the title.

IF YOU SMELL WHAT CJDARK IS COOKING!! The Rock is up next! He only had the belt once for 1 month and 6 days. My GOD! I can not believe Vince McMahon has been keeping The Rock down for so many years! Why can't the WWF actually give The Rock a push when he is the CHAMPION? I don't get it! I mean the fans love him, he has charisma, he has the look, he has the EYEBROW.. and yet he can't hold on to a title for longer then a hick-up, rather better yet, longer then a Jericho.

The American Badass, well, he is not as bad as you may think he is. See, his first WWF Title Reign never happened because it only lasted around 6 days. And his second WWF Title Reign never happened either because he only had it for 1 month and 5 days. Both of those title reigns combined do not equal Chris Jericho's current title reign.

The GAME has been disqualified folks! He had the belt once for 1 month and 4 days. Can you DIG it SUCKA!?

Then there is the WHOLE F'N NEW SHOW. Actually I guess he can be renamed the WHOLE NOTHING TITLE REIGN. Because his reign as ECW Champion only lasted about 1 month and 4 days

WOOOOOO!!! The Nature Boy must have been running naked through the woods when he won the WWF Title, because it only lasted for 1 month and 4 days! WOOOO!!

IF you SMELL WHAT THE ROCK isn't wearing, you will realize another of The Rock's Title reigns only lasted 1 month and 4 days

El Matador? More like El Lose-a-title. Tito Santana had his World Title for 1 month and 1 day.

OHHHHHHH YEAH!!!! The Macho Man Randy Savage makes our list with his wonderful title reign of 1 month and 1 day!

The best there is, the best there was, and the best title reign that doesn't count saw Bret Hart hold on to the title for 29 days!

The Iron Shiek only had it for 28 though.

Of course Shawn Michaels lost his smile and title in less then 28 with 27.

Then the MIGHTY KINISKI! The famous Kiniski! Gene Kiniski had it for 27 as well.

Mick Foley, sorry dude! Your title reign didn't mean jack shit. You only had it for 27 days man.

WOOOOOO!! Why are they doing this to the Nature Boy? WCW only gave Flair a title reign of 27 days once as well..

The Giant had his WCW Title for 27 days because he was trying to impersonate The Nature Boy!

The Best there is? The best there was? The best there.. oh whatever, the myth has been shattered Bret. Another title reign under 30 days! 26 this time.

Wait a second! Duplicate! Bret Hart actually had TWO, TWO, TWO!!! Title reigns of 26 days!

WOOOOOOO!!! The Nature Boy has come back for another turn on the meaningless title reign list! WWOOOOOOO!! This time Ric had it for 25 days.

Of course Shane Douglas only had it for 23.

THE GAME IS OVER!! Triple H had it for 22 once.

IF YOU SMELL WHAT THE ROCK IS COOKING! THE ROCK does everything better then The GAME.. So his 22 day title reign was more meaningless then The Game's was!

Uncle Ivan Koloff only had it for 22 days as well.

Mick, Man, can't you win a title? Rather can't you keep it? Mick joins us again at #20.

CAN YOU DIG IT SUCKA! Booker T was at 20 as well, PLEASE TELL ME I DID NOT JUST WRITE THAT!

The Mastodon had 20 in WCW. Sorry Vader.

OHHH!! YEAH!! THE MACHO MAN RANDY SAVAGE checks in at 20 days too.

Big Daddy Can't Hold on to a Title is next with 19 days (Kevin Nash, gotta try harder.. I thought this guy was a political nightmare backstage? And he can't keep the belt on himself for longer then A Jericho-UP?).

The late great Kerry Von Erich's title win over Ric Flair meant NOTHING! It only lasted for all of 18 days.

Kurt Angle had the belt for 16 though once.

The Crusher (one of my favorites) had it for 16 as well. But I guess it really didn't count. Did it?

He is going to slaughter me now.. Because Pyscho Sid is back on our list at 15.

Crazy Chris Jericho is back again. This title reign meant absolutely nothing as well, and in fact, I don't even think it happened. Chris checks in with a 15 day title reign.

IT'S ME, IT'S ME, ITS DDP! 15, 15, 15 days!

IT'S ME, IT'S ME, IT'S ME AGAIN, DDP. 14 days, but that's not a bad thing, it's a meaningless thing!

Mad Dog Vachon had 14 days once as well with the AWA.

The Destroyer Mr. X couldn't be beat, but he was after 13 days on top in AWA.

DOO DOO is GOOD FOR ME, AND DOO DOO IS GOOD FOR YOU. But Championship Title Reigns are meaningless because I only had the belt for 12 days. (Dusty Rhodes in WCW).

My favorite checks in at 12 as well, David Arquette!

NO CHANCE IN HELL Vince McMahon comes in at 12 too.

Fritz Von Erich didn't even beat Arquette and Vince, he had 11.

So did The Crusher!

Stan Stasiak and Tazz had 9. Giant Baba, Jeff Jarrett, Booker T, Sabu, Chris Benoit, Jeff Jarrett again, and Antonio Inoki had 8.

WOOOO Ric Flair, Mighty Igor, Verne Gagne, Dick The Bruiser, Kevin Nash (great politics here folks!), Vince Russo, and Giant Baba check in with 7.

Sting, Kevin Nash (once again I guess he is really keeping those guys down backstage, with all the time he has put in as WCW Champion, what three title reigns and not even equal to one Jericho), Kurt Angle, and The Undertaker check in with 6.

The American Dream Dusty Rhodes, Giant Baba, Tommy Rich, and Masato Tanaka check in at 5.

Lex Luger is alone with 4.

Bob Backlund and Larry "The LIVING LEGEND" Zbyszko (and he is upset Chris is using that name? Larry couldn't even hold on to the freakin belt for longer then 4 days. Lets see, Jericho has had his for 48 days. That is over ten times longer then Larry Z).

Harley Race and The Rock are in at 2 days each.

The list of one day wonders is ENORMOUS! Bret Hart, Kane, Randy Savage, Sting, Randy Savage again, Pyscho Sid, Kevin Nash (I love this guys politics), DDP, Jeff Jarrett, Ric Flair, Hulk Hogan, Jeff Jarrett again, Jimmy Snuka, Mick Foley, Tommy Dreamer, Sandman, and Yokozuna.

Now, since all of those title reigns meant absolutely nothing because they didn't last long enough. I hope we can all rest a little easier tonight. And also realize when Kurt Angle had his 5 month title reign, people claimed the WWF did not elevate him correctly. His title reign did not last long enough. So anything under 5 months doesn't count either. I would present all of the people under 5 months. But if I did that, I would be writing for the rest of my life.

Simply put, Chris Jericho is no different then any other pro wrestler in the history of this business who has won the World Title. Only unlike a lot of them (as proven above) he has held on to his World Championship LONGER!



Updated 1/21 3:58 PM The Length of his Title Reign Part II


This is an extension of the previous article about Chris Jericho. Some said he was not going to extend his Undisputed Championship Title Reign by another day. He had absolutely no chance to make the list of names following this article increase.

(Editor's note: The list following this column will remain on this page until Chris Jericho either surpasses every name in the history of this business and adds them to the list or loses the WWF Championship).

Royal Rumble 2002 was incredble. Not only did Chris Jericho retain his Undisputed Championship but Ric Flair v. Vince McMahon was exceptional.

I am really looking forward to tonights RAW telecast from South Carolina and think it could be a very hot telecast. The WWF is riding a high right now based off of preliminary reports out of Japan this morning. If you have not heard, the ticket sales for the 3/1 Yokohama Arena show took off this morning. In less then a day all 16,000 seats had been sold. Which ensures the WWF of a success on the first half of the Asian tour in Japan.

Many Japanese purists & critics claimed the lack of 'star power' on the WWF Yokohama Arena show was going to cause the federation to have a very hard time selling tickets in the Japanese market. The fact WWF proved them all wrong this morning was a pretty solid development for the organization. And no doubt the other stops in the Asian & European Tour will be just as sucessful as this stop already is.

If the WWF can make some easy cash on the Asian & European Tour it could soften the market for the North American business to start to pick up again. Coming off of an awesome PPV (Royal Rumble) and the impending returns of Curt Hennig, Goldust, Kevin Nash, Scott Hall, and Hulk Hogan to WWF Television in the next few weeks. It would seem likely the company may be able to create another mainstream boom in the industry.

We will of course keep up to date on the recent happenings involving the three former nWo members. Right now nothing has changed and they are still unsigned. But that could change at a moments notice and it won't be too long before you start seeing them appearing on your television.

Nothing majorly earth shattering in this update, but they all can not be masterful works of art, now can they?



Updated 1/24 10:49 PM Back Again, Got nothing better to do!


Just got done watching WWF Smackdown! a few minutes ago. It was a pretty solid showing for the WWF again. Boy that Vince McMahon sure knows how to play EVIL really well. It should be interesting to see where the WWF is heading with all of this nWo discussion.

It looks as if the proposed split between the WWF in to two equal halves has been finalized for March. The WWF House shows have been increased from 22 shows to 30 starting in March. So it seems likely the split is going to occur around WrestleMania time. Probably with WrestleMania being the last show the WWF is one organization.

Right now it looks like in some fashion there will be two separate WWF telecasts and Vince McMahon will lead the nWo to destroy them both. It will be quite interesting to see how Vince McMahon positions this entire storyline to make it all come together between now and WrestleMania.

However; the company has eight weeks left of television leading to the eventual split. So from that point until now you can expect for a lot of new faces to be brought on to WWF Television (developmental talent). As well as some older faces returning to the WWF to establish them in to the mix as well. Which would indicate the reason all of the older stars and developmental talent will be exposed to the product before the company splits, is obviously to allow them to be included on the rosters once the companies do split. Which isn't a bad idea.

This should be a very interesting eight weeks, and could quite possibly be the most important eight weeks in the history of this business. What the WWF is attempting to do with this split has never been attemped before in the history of this business. It will be quite interesting to see how this all plays out, and if the two halves can sustain enough of a following to justify keeping them as two separate entities.

For many reasons this is a sound expirement to attempt. Mainly because the WWF is overexposed current on television and the answer of removing one of the weekly shows is not a valid one. To simply dump either RAW or SMACKDOWN in the current market would only indicate the WWF is in financial difficulties. And with only one two hour broadcast per week the company would not be able to justify keeping 150 wrestlers under contract.

The only way to create enough television time and creative oppurtunites for the entire WWF Roster (including developmental talents) would be to run two separate entities which both had TV SHOWS, PPVS, and Titles. I guess we will find out fairly soon what is going to happen with all of this.


"nWo BACK IN WWF, AND WHY I LOVE EVERY SECOND OF IT"

(Editor's note: The list following this column will remain on this page until Chris Jericho either surpasses every name in the history of this business and adds them to the list or loses the WWF Championship).

There was a time then I actually enjoyed pro wrestling for what it was, the present.

I never looked in to the future and worried if a certain wrestler was going to win a certain title or receive a certain push. I did not go as far as three years ahead of myself and concern myself with who can be expected to be the 'future' of pro wrestling.

I enjoyed the present. The here, the now. And the future took care of itself eventually. Because if life has taught me one thing, it is the future always arrives. It is one of those constants in life.

It can not be derailed. Nobody can stop the future from happening. I am flabbergasted at the latest political rhetoric I have read online. Too many "now mentality" people are covering this business. They get upset if their favorites are not put over immediately on top. These are the people who pushed for Chris Jericho to be pushed heavily, and after he was pushed heavily complained about how it was being done.

The same people who groaned the WWF was wasting Tazz and he should be a "Champion" only to bitch about how giving him the WWF Tag Title was meaningless. It is of no use to attempt to please this crowd. They move on to the next miniscule detail to complain about after WWF does what they demand. In example, the only thing one of these critics had to say about the Vince McMahon v. Ric Flair match was "Vince had too much offense". Previously the concern going in to the match was, "Obviously Vince McMahon's ego is so out-of-control he will win.".

And when that did not happen and Vince McMahon tapped out to Flair at the PPV. There was no praise. There was no apology for saying Vince obviously wouldn't put Flair over because of his great ego. All they did was move on to the next miniscule detail to bitch about. Now the nWo is coming back. And it PISSES them off. Which makes me happy.

They are afraid the nWo is going to keep the 'younger guys down'. It is going to derail the future from happening. Actually, the future always happens. It is the one constant that nobody can stop, not even Vincent K. McMahon's millions can stop time. But what can this nWo angle do to prepare for the future? Well it gives the marks what they have wanted ever since WWF purchased WCW. And it will create an interesting pecking order in pro wrestling again.

It will allow the WWF to have more established superstars to put over the future of wrestling. Vincent K. McMahon controls the ship, the nWo is going to be working for Vincent K. McMahon. So the buck stops with Vince. I don't think there is much to be concerned about. All I think is we should sit back, relax, and enjoy the ride we are all about to go

Don't you love these updates that allow me to update the area once or twice a week? It is almost 6 o'clock and tonight is WWF Smackdown! I will not give away anything that happens on the show. But needless to say it read like a very HOT telecast.



Updated 1/26 10:13 PM What Chris Jericho has in common with the rest of the sports world!

Much like last month, my New England Patriots have been painted as a team that does not stand a "snow balls chance in hell" of beating Pittsburgh to move on to the Super Bowl next month. Much like Chris Jericho the New England Patriots have gotten no respect for winning their division and being the best team in their division.

Much like Chris Jericho, the Patriots are going in to battle against a team (Pittsburgh) the sports world KNOWS will play in the Super Bowl next month. New England might as well not even show up, because they do not have a chance in hell to beat Pittsburgh. They are the underdogs.

But that is how I like it. I like the fact nobody is giving them a chance to beat Pittsburgh. Because when it happens, and it will happen, New England will move on to the Super Bowl to take on either St. Louis or Philadelphia. And when New England makes it to the Super Bowl the rest of the sports world will have to give them the proper respect they deserve and have not gotten.

Much like Jericho's quest to reach WrestleMania to establish himself as a true WWF Champion, New England will attempt to do the same thing in the NFL.

For New England & Jericho there is no looking back. To lose would be to fulfill everyone of the criticisms levied against them. To lose would back up every negative thing mentioned about their seasons. To lose would be to derail their true destiny in this sports world, and that is to be the best team in their given profession for their given year.

And for both of these underdogs to establish themselves as legit champions they are going to have defeat the undefeatable to reach the top of their given professions.

I am watching WWF Excess right now. Off the top of my head, I am not sure what Terri did to her hair. Is she going for the Poodle look or what? Diamond Dallas Page was on earlier and did one of his cheesy skits. I guess he really is on the show tonight as himself, which is an insult to him since I just said he did a cheesy skit.

We are seven weeks away from WrestleMania, and a few weeks away from "WWF No Way Out". We are also weeks away from the debut of the nWo in WWF. We will see what kind of an impact those three will have on the wrestling world once again. I am real excited about it.

I would like to direct your attention to the names added to the list below. Because I can. Of course since this is an update about the NFL games on Sunday, you can be assured I will be back with another update after the games are completed.



Updated 2/1 11:53 AM Recent Feelings


It is 2/1. Actually pretty early in the morning on 2/1 (11:55 AM). The Super Bowl is on 2/3. I feel confident my Patriots are going to put on one hell of a show and win the NFL Championship this Sunday. I know it is not going to be a easy game to win, but I feel New England has the team to do it.

It should be a very exciting game either way. New England unlike St. Louis has absolutely nothing to lose on Sunday. They are not supposed to even be playing on Sunday, let alone winning on Sunday. So New England is going to be able to make some major gambles. This could be what wins the game for them on Sunday.

I know New England is destined to win the Championship this season, and I am going to love every second of it. Turning back to Pro Wrestling I would like to discuss the nWo angle for a few moments.

I really think the WWF has a 'home run' on deck with this nWo angle they are currently running. So far it has turned the television around in a major way.

Of course a huge part of the turn around is also Goldust. Goldust has been cutting some of the best promos in the business since he has come back in to the fold. I am very interested to see where this entire Goldust storyline heads in the future.

I've been debating the business in private e-mail with some of the columnists on other web page services (the individuals will not be named due to professional curteousy). But it is my opinion most of the people who are negative about pro wrestling are the problem.

This is not a theory many people support, but I find it is valid and true. These individuals point out miniscule problems with the product and demand they are changed ASAP. And when the company does change them, they come up with new problems that need to be changed.

In example, Chris Jericho OUGHT to be World Champion. The WWF gives him the ball and allows him to run with it for a substantial period of time and all of a sudden the problem isn't Chris Jericho NEEDS to be given the BALL, but Chris Jericho's BALL isn't pumped up enough.

The fact remains Chris Jericho has held the Undisputed Championship for about a month longer then these critics originally expected him to hold it. And now if he loses it on 2/17 to Steve Austin, these people will claim he didn't hold it long enough. If he beats Austin at the PPV because of the nWo factor, these individuals will claim it was another case of the WWF not 'building Chris Jericho' up properly. Even if he is going to head in to WrestleMania as 1/2 of the Main Event.

Through their rhetoric and baumbostic drivel written each week these individuals tear down this business I love & cherish. Debating with them at times is frustrating because facts do not hold any power over them. I pointed out how Flair kept his NWA Title many a night by being disqualified on purpose & cheating with the help of the Four Horsemen to one of these individuals, and I was told it was "different" because Ric Flair did not win "every" match by cheating in his career. It was only a small period of time during his career when he had to rely upon underhanded tactics to win and keep the NWA Title.

When I followed that up with the evidence that Chris Jericho had won matches clean for four years prior to becoming the Ric Flair heel and relying upon cheating to keep his Undisputed Championship. I was told his prior wins didn't really count because he wasn't established as a Champion at that point (even though he held numerous titles during his initial four year run as a babyface).

But it never stops. Because even if Jericho did win clean, it would not be good enough. He would not be wrestling the right wrestler. I think that was proven when Jericho beat Rikishi, Big Show, and Tazz. Those wins were thrown aside because of some miniscule detail concocted to tear down the rise of Chris Jericho.

If one wants to find a pattern in everything they look at, the mind will create the pattern for them to find. And nothing anybody can do would remove the pattern from the individuals mind. Thus if the critics hate everything the company puts on television, and constantly have nothing positive to say about the product presented to them. Chances are it isn't the writing, it is not the product, it is the obsessive behavior of the individual writing the article which is at fault.

I firmly believe this. I think the wrestling media has become the victim of its own drivel. I think these so called 'experts' and 'journalists' are in love with themselves so much they can not be unbiased. I think they feel the game belongs to them so much they do not allow anything to be done outside of their skewed little perception of how the game ought to be conducted.

I think they claim they want to see "something for everybody" but are upset that Hulk Hogan, Kevin Nash and Scott Hall are returning to the fold because it means the quality of the matches may suffer. But if they actually do want a product that allows "something for everybody" and Kevin Nash, Scott Hall and Hulk Hogan have fans (and they do) then using them on WWF Television would only be giving "something to everybody".

But the real thing here isn't "something for everybody" it is "everything for a nobody". And that is what I consider these 'critics' to be. Virtual nobodies that do not matter in the grand scheme of things. I do not think the WWF should concern itself with what critics think, especially when they have no experience in producing a wrestling product themselves. I think the WWF should concern itself with what is best for the business.



Updated 2/4 3:18 AM Check out that Logo!



NEW ENGLAND PATRIOTS SUPER BOWL XXXVL CHAMPIONS

Does that logo look good? I think it looks really good. The Patriots shocked the world & defeated the St. Louis Rams 20-17 in Super Bowl XXXVL.

In past columns I have compared the struggle of New England in the NFL to that of Chris Jericho in the WWF. In both cases neither have gotten the due respect deserved for accomplishing everything they have accomplished.

No one expected New England had a 'snow balls chance in hell' of beating St. Louis, let alone staying close enough to them to have a chance to win the game. It was supposed to be a cake-walk for St. Louis. They were supposed to score 50 points before the 1st half ended.

New England was not supposed to hold Kurt Warner, Isaac Bruce, Tori Holt, Marshall Faulk, Ricky Proehl, and Az Hakeem out of the end zone for three quarters in this years Super Bowl. It was insane to think they could! After all, This is the St. Louis squad that demolished the Philadelphia Eagles! This is the team that coasted to the Super Bowl after winning 16 games and only losing 2.

If they played this game on paper folks, St. Louis would have been declared the Super Bowl Champions last week and New England would have never been given a chance to prove all of the 'experts' wrong.

And that is why they play the game folks. I think Martz (head coach of St. Louis) became a victim of his own ego. He thought St. Louis was going to demolish New England. He thought the 'experts' were correct about the New England defense & St. Louis would be able to score 50 points by accident. He thought he could throw the ball through the air at ease and not work to wear down the New England defense with Marshal Faulk touching the ball 40-50 times in the game.

New England had a solid defensive scheme. Hit the WR hard, knock the WR to the turf, and take away the quick passing game of Kurt Warner. Keep the WR in front of you at all times and tackle them after they make the initial catch. Do not allow the WR to get behind you and run up the YAC totals (Yards After Catch). And it worked. Because St. Louis played right in to the defensive scheme and went away from handing the ball to Mr. Football Marshall Faulk.

Lets face facts. No one is going to stop Marshall Faulk from gaining 100 yards, unless St. Louis stops Marshall Faulk from gaining 100 yards. New England was a defense that gave up 200 rushing yards to the Carolina Panthers in the last game of the season. A team that gave up tons of rushing yards to both Pittsburgh & Oakland. It was a picture-perfect defensive scheme set by Bill Belichick. Awesome scheme. And New England pulled it off and became World Champions.

What is the wrestling tie? Chris Jericho v. Steve Austin. Another in the series of matches on paper that says Austin will go off to WrestleMania to take on Triple H for the Undisputed Title. Another chance for the online experts to overlook Chris Jericho. To forget what Chris Jericho has accomplished in the World Wrestling Federation. To neglect to point out Chris Jericho has held the Undisputed Championship for over two months.

Yet one more chance to forget history and attempt to distort it by claiming Jericho's title reign hasn't really been that long. Take a gander at the growing list below this column and you will note wrestling history supports my argument about Chris Jericho being one of the greatest wrestlers of our era.

They say the greatest wrestlers are never noticed until they are gone. HBK certainly was a great wrestler who was recognized during his prime. But many people neglected to point out just how great HBK actually was, and they did not fully understand the brilliance behind HBK until after he was out of the game. Chris Jericho is no doubt one of the top 5 workers in North America today! Chris Jericho is no doubt one of the top 5 speakers in North America today! Chris Jericho is with out a doubt one of the top 5 all around wrestlers in North America today!

But nobody gives him the proper respect he deserves because they are blinded by their own egotism. They can not recognize greatness because they themselves are incapable of comprehending history.

They bitch at the wrestling business for not remembering history, yet themselves in their columns weekly they forget all of the names listed below who have not held the World Title for as long as Chris Jericho.

They excuse their ignorance and justify it by saying the WWF is not pushing Chris Jericho correctly as Undisputed Champion because he does not win every single match by a dominant fashion. He has to cheat to keep his title. They neglect to point out half of the names on the list (who were heels) did the exact same thing.

They claim the WWF is not actually pushing Jericho because he has not won any matches in dominant fashion or with a clean pinfall. Again they forget the past & recent past. They are truly unable to recognize the history of this business. Because this business was founded on the premise that the bad guys cheat to win and the good guys don't.

Jericho is doing absolutely nothing new to pro wrestling. Only he has held his title longer then the following names below.



Updated 2/9 3:21 PM Back to a more normal pace


I have some business to take care of first in this column. LEWD & INLEWD.COM would like to welcome Tim Villa to our staff. Tim is writing an excellent column entitled "Opinion...Mine not yours!" which can be read bi-weekly at "Opinion...Mine not yours!"

I spent all last night changing the color scheme & graphics in the "Dangerzone". If you are not a fan of poetry & literature, then you should not even consider checking out the "Dangerzone". If you are, then I would suggest checking it out.

January was a month when I felt myself writing too many columns. It seemed as if I was attempting to pump out material every other day. I have been bored quite a bit lately. I still am. More then ever I have begun to feel the loss of Extreme Championship Wrestling and World Championship Wrestling. Let me explain this a little more in depth.

When I wake up in the morning my daily routine consists of catching up on the latest wrestling news & information. Preparing my online newsletter (LEWD E-Zine, which by the way just celebrated its 800th issue earlier this morning!) and reading about pro wrestling all morning. Some might think I take "it" to far because I read about wrestling every single day.

I do not have a problem discussing my love for this business. I love everything about this business. I love reading everything about this business. Since WCW & ECW have vanished I have found my fix of wrestling material diminished drastically. I have found it hard to write about pro wrestling outside of the World Wrestling Federation. I think about all of the happy times I had watching World Championship Wrestling (before 1994) and honestly can say I miss those days.

I can think of all of the good times I had watching Extreme Championship Wrestling and can honestly say I miss those days as well. But the sad reality of the situation is, those days are gone for good. They are not going to magically return any time in the near future. Even if one of the groups such as World Wrestling All Stars or X Wrestling Federation got a national television deal, it still would not be the same.

I am not looking for an "Alternative to the WWF". I am not looking for a replacement for ECW or WCW. I am content realizing the WWF is the only show in town. And it is not the WWF that is hurting my love for this business. It is the lack of logic represented in the reports against the WWF. It is the hidden political agenda by the few voiced against the WWF to tarnish this business that has turned me off.

Not to say writing negative reports or reviews about the WWF is "wrong", because it is not wrong. Providing the reporter has a credible argument and can intelligently present information to support their arguments. I give every columnist a fair chance to voice their opinions on this web page. I provide a forum for these columnists to write negative reports about the World Wrestling Federation & intelligently convince their audience why they are correct. I read these columns myself and if the argument makes logical sense based on my twenty years of studying this business, I am the first to agree with the column.

When I read garbage that is illogical, unintelligent, and virtual drivel designed to tear down this business, I take it personal. I take it personal because I care about this business that much. It insults me to read some of this drivel online daily. But I move forward and attempt to get past it. Sometimes I can not get past it and must respond to the author with an intelligent, well thought out e-mail explaining why they are incorrect (using my knowledge about this business and facts about this business to disprove their theories). From time to time it opens up a dialogue between two columnists that have opposing philosophies on how this business ought to be conducted.

Often times I come away with a better understanding of their view points and from time to time incorporate their philosophies with mine to further my own knowledge about this business. That is what writing columns and studying this business should be all about. Opposing philosophies, view points, and interaction between columnists to perhaps grow in to all around better columnists ourselves.

Like I stated above, I am very open when it comes to reading negative reports as long as the data contained in the reports to support the negative arguments are logical and intelligent. When they begin to border on "Circular discussion" without any logical merits to them, I tend to take it personal. And that is when I cease to discuss the business with those columnists.

If you are discussing an issue & have an opinion centered one way or the other, and another situation with the same result is presented to you to defend the first situation. Do not say "it is different now" to discredit the use of the previous situation to disprove your argument. It is not logical, it is not intelligent, and is not correct.

In example. The reason why I have the list at the end of this column (and it will stay there until I feel the POINT has been established) is because this business has always been governed by a set of rules. The chase has always been to win the World Championship Title. It has never been to keep the World Championship Title longer the last guy kept it.

It has never been to be pushed as World Champion with clean wins against every wrestler in the history of the business. The chase has, and always will revolve around OBTAINING THE WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP.

To thus argue Chris Jericho is not "really the World Champion" because Vince McMahon has not booked him to pin The Rock, Steve Austin, and Triple H by clean pinfall is unintelligent, insulting, and disruptive to this business. It shows a lack of respect for this business. There have always been WORLD CHAMPIONS in this business who have cheated to keep their World Championships. The CHASE is the reach the top of the mountain, and once you make it to the top, the difficult task of staying on top begins.

Chris Jericho reached the top of the MOUNTAIN and now he is doing everything that it takes to stay on top out the MOUNTAIN. The irony here is, Ric Flair did the same gimmick in the 1980's as the NWA Champion. He reached the top of the MOUNTAIN and to stay on top of the MOUNTAIN he began tossing wrestlers over the top rope left & right to get disqualified on purpose (throwing wrestlers over the top rope in the NWA was automatic disqualification).

And in the matches he did not get disqualified in to keep his title, he had his buddies (A little group known as "The Four Horsemen", you may have heard about them) run in for disqualifications or to attack his challengers with various weapons to help him obtain victory.

In one such e-mail debate between a high profile columnist on another service, I argued the Chris Jericho run is not any different from the NWA run Ric Flair had as NWA Champion in the 1980's. I of course was informed it was (drum roll please) DIFFERENT.

Somehow it was "different" because Ric Flair had won other Championship titles with clean pinfalls. And that negated the fact he was being used as an insuperior champion who needed to cheat to keep his title. Of course, I disputed this argument using logic, intelligent discussion, and evidence to prove it incorrect. I mainly suggested Chris Jericho had won 4 other Championships in the WWF without cheating. I pointed out how he had won the Intercontinental Championship numerous times without cheating to obtain it. And how his RECORD before he reached the TOP OF THE MOUNTAIN proved he was able to win without cheating. I suggested perhaps his motivation to CHEAT to keep his Undisputed Championship was based around not wanting to risk losing the status he currently has.

The same reason why Ric Flair was pushed in the same fashion in the NWA. Dominant heels do not sell tickets. The illusion MUST be to draw fans to the house shows & tapings. If Jericho was beating all of the babyfaces in dominant fashion, what is the draw to bring fans to the box office to watch the next babyface against Jericho? There would not be one. In the last few months, on SLAM! Don Callis has posted numerous columns about how Chris Jericho's current Championship run is "what wrestling is all about".

At least there is some one else out there in the wrestling business that realizes this. All I ask is if you are going to be negative about the WWF. PLEASE have a valid intelligent well thought out argument supported by facts, data, and knowledge. Don't just write a negative article because you BLAME Vince McMahon for WCW & ECW going out of business. Do not write negative articles about the nWo simply because they signed with the WWF, instead of some independent group that has no realistic chance of being anything but a regional office. Because if you do write negative columns for those reasons, you are only tearing down this business. And that is not something you would do if you actually cared about this business as much as you purport to care about it in your columns.



Updated 2/14 12:21 PM The Reason Maven Rules


I have read harsh criticism's about the decision to put the WWF Hardcore Championship on Maven. The knock on Maven is he is not ready to carry a major singles championship at this point in his career. And he should not have been given the "ball" this early on in his career.

Normally I may have agreed with the critics on this one, however; I do not agree in this case for a number of reasons. I will explain these reasons in the column that follows.

First, If Maven was given a WWF Championship the company actually cared about, maybe I would have agreed with the critics. Second, if Maven was given a WWF Championship the fans actually cared about, again I may have agreed with the above criticism. And lastly, if Maven was given a WWF Championship which had an ounce of prestige to it, I would have been outraged at the WWF for pushing Maven too fast, too quick. But I am not at all upset with Maven obtaining the WWF Hardcore title because it does not fit in any of those criteria above.

This WWF Hardcore Championship has a title lineage that rivals only that of the infamous "World Six Man Ping-Pong Championships", which is held in South-East Dudleyville at the Dudleyvaudville Inn on the corner of 34th Dudley & 13th Dudley each year.

(Note: I understand this is a fictitious event and does not actually exist, but do not tell that to Ping-Pong Dudley. My point is the WWF Hardcore title was passed around like Stephanie McMahon-Helmsley was backstage. You know, Everybody got a shot at the Hardcore action)

So why not put the WWF Hardcore Championship on Maven? Why not promote the Tough Enough competition by doing the "HOLY SHIT" angle of Maven beating Undertaker for the WWF Hardcore Championship?

In fact, why not promote Maven with the WWF Hardcore title by putting him in to a role with the WWF Hardcore title like that of the Crash Holly role from a few years back? Remember how hot Crash Holly was back then?

Crash would run out of the buildings to save his ass & title when all of the bigger wrestlers were chasing after his title (mainly because of the new 24/7 rule established for the division).

Maven would be the most sympathetic babyface champion of our era! He has the popularity to pull off this angle. He has the credibility to pull off this angle. He has the lack of experience to have the motivation to run first, and fight second. And running first, and fighting second without losing any of his babyface appeal.

Maven has the ability to promote the WWF Hardcore Title and allow the WWF Hardcore Championship matches to be just as valuable to WWF Television as the WWF Undisputed Championship title matches are.

Maven is a character the WWF Fans want to pay to see in action. They want to pay to see Maven work his way up the ladder in the WWF and accomplish his dreams. They will want to pay to watch him run for his life every other week and save his ass first, and fight second.

So putting the WWF Hardcore Title on Maven, a competitor that means more to WWF TV then the WWF Hardcore title itself meant, the Title will only improve in value for the WWF. It also does another important thing at the same time. It allows the company to promote WWF TOUGH ENOUGH.

If the WWF wants me to take Tough Enough serious, they had to show me the WWF themselves were going to take the competition serious. They had to prove to me these Tough Enough competitors would not be forgotten, and would be given legit chances to make it in the WWF.

To create interest in WWF Tough Enough II, the WWF had to show me the progression Maven had made from WWF Tough Enough to WWF Superstar. And if Maven had only wrestled one WWF Television match and faded to obscurity, the draw to watch WWF Tough Enough II for me would not have existed.

Now Maven has the WWF Hardcore Title. He has entered & eliminated The Undertaker in the Royal Rumble 2002. He has defeated The Undertaker for the WWF Hardcore Title. Those are three things I never expected to be writing about after WWF Tough Enough.

With Maven involved in high profile "holy shit" angles & matches on WWF Television, and being handed a Championship even he overshadowed in worth. The WWF has helped to promote Maven, Tough Enough II, and the WWF Hardcore Title.

In the WWF did not care about WWF Tough Enough enough to push Maven to this title reign, why would I care about WWF Tough Enough II? The knock on WWF Tough Enough was "yeah, like the WWF is actually going to promote these guys.. Sure they'll get a TV MATCH.. and then they'll be buried.."

Maven has the worth to elevate himself, Tough Enough II, and the WWF Hardcore division. He has the credibility & legit heat backstage to have every wrestler in the country pissed off at the fact he got the WWF Hardcore title shot before they did. He has the credibility & legit heat backstage to put over the idea people want to murder him for the chances he has gotten in the business.

Maven took the WWF Hardcore title to HWA, and played out an angle where the boys backstage were pissed off at him for having a chance they did not have. This is the storybook evolution of the way the Tough Enough wrestlers should fit in to the business. And if the angle plays out on the national level, fans are going to actually care about the Hardcore division again.

I sat and watched the crowd MARK OUT and ERUPT at the count of three when Maven beat Undertaker. Because it was the "holy shit" finish the fans wanted to see but never expected was possible. I saw the fans get very interested in the WWF Hardcore Championship again because Maven was the wrestler holding the title. And the draw should be Maven keeping the title and battling against all odds to keep the title. And since Maven means more to WWF TV then the title itself means to WWF TV, the title will be built up by Maven showcasing his title on WWF TV.

I know a lot of people are upset because Maven is still "green" and has a WWF Title. I think the fact Maven is "green" and is not as polished as the other WWF Superstars puts over the difficulty of the business. It proves you can not go from the street to being a pro wrestler in an instant. In a sense, Maven puts over the greatness of every wrestler in the WWF when he wrestles and isn't as polished. Because it proves to me guys like Kurt Angle are that damned good. Kurt Angle started out a few years ago and did not look "green" ever.

So in a sense, Maven puts over every WWF Superstar when he wrestles and makes mistakes. Proving the business isn't as easy as the others have made it look to be.



Updated 2/19 12:48 AM WMX8 Biggest PPV of all time


So far we have one match confirmed for WMX8 at Toronto Skydome in Toronto, Canada and it is not even for a championship, yet it is with out a doubt the biggest match in the history of this business. The match of course is Hulk Hogan v. The Rock.

Between the two of them they have 20 World Championship title reigns. Rock has 2 WCW and 6 WWF Heavyweight Title reigns under his belt. Hogan has 7 WCW, 6 WWF, and an IWGP Heavyweight title reign under his belt.

With out a doubt this match will be bigger then the last match Hulk Hogan wrestled in Toronto at the Skydome at WrestleMania 6 v. The Ultimate Warrior. At the time of Ultimate Warrior v. Hulk Hogan it was widely thought the match would be the biggest match in the history of the WWF and the biggest match in the career of Hulk Hogan. It seems now twelve years later the WWF and Hulk Hogan have found a much larger challenge.

The rest of the card is shaping up as well, and for the first time it look as if Chris Jericho is going to make it to WrestleMania X8 with the Undisputed Championship. I say this because Steve Austin is feuding with the nWo and Rock is feuding with Hulk Hogan. So it would seem no one is left to challenge Chris Jericho for the WWF Championship. And with four weeks left until WMX8, it seems likely Jericho will walk in to the event as the WWF Heavyweight Champion.

It looks more like the WWF will do a triple-threat match between Kurt Angle v. Triple H v. Chris Jericho for the WWF Heavyweight Championship. It sure seemed as if the main event on the 2/18 RAW between Triple H & Kurt Angle with Chris Jericho doing color commentary seemed to foreshadow the triple-threat main event at WMX8. You can also expect to see Steve Austin v. Hall & Nash. I would expect for Austin to find a tag team partner to take on the "Outsiders" at Toronto Skydome. What former WWF superstar could Austin recruit to help him take on the nWo?

If the WWF has what I think they have up their sleeves for this one, it would be incredible. It could be Shawn Michaels who is going to return to tag team with Steve Austin against the nWo.

The Undertaker v. Ric Flair is almost a lock for WrestleMania X8. Even though Flair said he was not going to wrestle Undertaker at the PPV it would seem likely Undertaker will do something really outrageous to make Flair step back in to the ring at WrestleMania.

I would love to see Goldust v. RVD v. William Regal v. Edge for the WWF IC title at WMX8, but we are going to have to wait and see what the WWF has up its sleeve for the IC title.

Regardless the PPV is shaping up to be one of the biggest PPV events in the history of this business and it can only get better as time moves forward and the days dwindle down to mere hours for this huge PPV event.

I am very excited about this PPV.



Updated 2/26 4:48 PM Reflections on the WWA PPV


These are just my thoughts reflecting back on the WWA PPV in Las Vegas, Nevada on 2/24.

I found the booking philosophy used on the PPV horrible. I know people are shilling for WWA online now, because WWA is the only "alternative" to the WWF. Granted, they had two decent CW (Cruiserweight) matches on the show, and an okay main event. But the negatives could have been easily avoided on this show.

The clear fact is, the show wasn't "BAD" in spots because of a lack of funds to produce a better quality version of WWA.

It wasn't BAD because the talent was insuperior compared to the WWF talent.

It was BAD because the decisions made to present the direction of the product on the PPV itself were horrendous & in some spots downright mind boggling.

Larry Z claimed the WWA lets the "cream rise to the top" and yet they have a CW Title to keep talent down?

Why do they even need a CW title if the "cream is going to rise to the top" in WWA? I mean.. Eddie Guerrero is being held down by virtue of being classified as a CW in WWA.. when he should be wrestling with Jeff Jarrett for the WWA Heavyweight title.

Was Larry Z trying to tell us that Eddie Guerrero isn't "good enough" to compete for the WWA Heavyweight Title because he wasn't being allowed to "RISE to the top". He said WWA allowed the "cream" (which in this sense insinuates the TOP-TALENT AVAILABLE) would rise to the top. Yet, Eddie G, Juventud, and Psicosis are all being used to compete in a secondary division, far away from the top of the WWA.

And if Brian Christopher can give Jarrett a competitive match and a run for the WWA Heavyweight title and he is a CW (and he is). The only reason I can come up with to have a CW Division & Title is to keep the talent down. To hold them back. This is the same philosophy WCW & WWF have historically used promoting smaller wrestlers.

What did Larry Z actually mean when he said Chris Jericho was "too small" to be a MEGASTAR? Was he trying to tell us that WWA is booking insuperior talent because they are not as tall as Undertaker, Kane, Kevin Nash, Steve Austin, The Rock, or Hulk Hogan?

Did Larry even look at the talent roster WWA is using? If he contends that Chris Jericho is not "GOOD ENOUGH" to be World Champion and part of the reason is his height, did he remember Eddie Guerrero, Juventud Guerrera, Psicosis, Brian Christopher, Jeff Jarrett, Scott Steiner, and almost every other wrestler WWA currently uses is the same height as Chris Jericho? Did Larry systematically bury the very company which gave him the chance to shoot on Vince McMahon?

Jerry Lynn is in the same SPOT as he was in the WWF. Working underneath. How special is that? How unique or different is that? I personally would have wrote a different main event to send a message to Vince McMahon and the internet fans who were watching the show.

Bret Hart would have come down to the ring and announced the main event replacement for Jeff Jarrett would remain a mystery until the main event. But he was suitable talent, and in fact he was one of the top 50 workers in the entire WORLD. He was is a former World Heavyweight Champion. He has competed in New Japan, Mexico, WWF, WCW, ECW, and every other promotion that has ever meant anything in pro wrestling in the past decade. He is a ring veteran and he has never stepped foot in a WWA RING before tonight.

I would have had Hart defend this decision by saying he was in WCW when this guy was flying around the ring and saw WCW Management crap on his career and politically it. He was watching the WWF when he made his debut and was shoved in to an undercard spot and never given the proper credit he deserved. He saw how these other companies have treated him and WWA wants to send the world a powerful message. The days of TALENT & TOP WORKERS being kept down, being held back by promoters are over.

No longer will these talented wrestlers be used as undercard fodder, but instead they will get their rightful deserved shots at the World Title in WWA with him as Commissioner (of course this means no CW Title, how would wrestling survive without a CW title?).

All the POLITICS and ALL THE BS STOPS RIGHT HERE AND RIGHT NOW!

That would have been a powerful & emotional interview to start the show. Left fans with their mouths watering wondering who the EX World Champion was in the main event.. Disqualified a number of WWA performers from the list (such as Scott Steiner).. and got the show off to a "holy-shit" feel to it.

IF I was going to allow Larry Z to say what he said at the PPV. I would have had to come up with a solid storyline to allow the interview to go someplace after it was over with.

Now, fans probably would accept the "FAKE VINCE" gimmick to end the angle. With the "Fake" Vince being squashed by Larry Z.

But I would have gone a different direction with the promo. I would have had Larry Z say what he said last night. And I would have intended it to go someplace down the road.

My philosophy is it should not have been concluded on the PPV. But it should have left some unanswered questions coming out of the PPV itself.

I would have had the lights flicker off immediately after Larry Z's in ring promo, and then I would have had the lights come back on with Larry Z punked out in the center of the ring with WWF painted on him in black paint.

The unanswered question would be, who did it, and why did they do it?

The next follow up segment to this angle would see other wrestlers in the company being punked out. And it would eventually build to the point that a faction was established in WWA. A Pro-Vince-Pro-WWF Faction who was against WWA Management. I would have Terry Taylor as the leader of this faction and work to a Taylor v. Larry Z match for control of the WWA in about six months.

This would allow the company to have a working storyline in place. And when inevitably guys leave for the WWF over the next six months, I would work it as Taylor got them a job with Vince McMahon to screw over WWA.

WWA would have a working excuse as to why talent leaves the company, and take the heat off of the company itself for losing talent and put the heat on a heel faction for causing the talent to leave. This way it does not seem as that much of a loss for the talent to leave.

For the main event, I would have booked Jerry Lynn v. Jeff Jarrett for a number of reasons. First and foremost, I think it would have sent a clear message to Vince McMahon and the WWF Undercard talent.

Hey if you do not like your spots in the WWF, and are willing to work for a little less money. We will put you on PPV and give you top billing, if you have the talent to justify being put in those spots right away.

It would have been the "HOLY-SHIT" surprise to offset the "Space Cowboy" Randy Savage pulling out of the main event. Half of the internet marks would have forgotten about Savage being on the show if Lynn was in the main event and giving a WWA Title Shot. Because fans are pissed off at Vince McMahon for not using Lynn correctly. It would have had a MAJOR LEAGUE feel to it.

A wrestler who is supposed to be in the WWF, who none of the fans watching knew was going to appear on the PPV, who the fans respect and cherish, getting a WWA Title shot. Great stuff.

I would have had Lynn go over in the end. I would have had the wrestlers all lined up backstage as Lynn walks to the back with his title. And I would have had all of them staring him down, pissed off that he got the shot on his first night in. And I would have Scott Steiner tell him to cherish the title victory because he was now "fair game". It would set up tons of programs on top with Steiner v. Lynn, or anybody in the company fighting Lynn.

If they wanted to put Lynn in to the "Taylor" Faction down the line they could claim Lynn was still working with the WWF & Taylor got McMahon to send him to WWA to win the WWA Title. It would be great stuff.

Instead. Lynn was put in the CW *yawn* (going nowhere) division to wrestle other talented wrestlers. while guys that are half as talented are working for the WWA title. SO WWA is very political and it reminds me of WCW already. They have already established a pecking order.

Eddie G is working for a CW Title? Are you kidding me? The guy was the hottest babyface in WCW a few years ago. He was the hottest babyface in WWF as well.. and he was a damn good heel in both companies as well.. and now he is being buried again working for a title that doesn't mean crap.

And the reason the CW title doesn't mean anything is because Madden buried all 6 of the CW guys in the survival match by saying those guys were insuperior talent to the other WWA wrestlers and LOOKING to break through and get a JOB in the business. He buried them so much last night that if they are going to compete for the CW Division in the future on WWA shows.. the other guys wrestling them are under Jarrett.. and why would you even need a CW title to begin with?

If I ran a promotion.. the draw of Eddie G and Psicosis and Juve is ON TOP.. where WCW & WWF refused to allow them to go.. It isn't working secondary or opening matches creating a new pecking order.

If I booked the title match on the PPV even if Jarrett went over.. there would be no double ref pulls at 2... there would be no stupid lamazoid finishes like we have seen time and time again on WWF shows.. There was no need to do that.. If Christopher was not professional enough to do a clean job for Jarrett.. he shouldn't have worked the match..

Oh. Whatever. The problem is.. Borash isn't a good booker.. he was educated through WCW in the 90's.. so he is not going to write anything inspiring outside of rehashed NITRO's.. How can I constantly come up with good ides (and Tommy Fierro) as well.. and the bookers in todays pro wrestling have no fucking clue (sorry about the language)??

I don't get it. I am down on wrestling right now. I expected WWA to at least be different. I know a lot of people are giving them a free-pass right now. But I EXPECTED, NO I DEMANDED BETTER!

I thought they were real eager and serious to stop all the bullshit on wrestling shows in this country. I figured here is chance for this company to show the entire world they can put on a show without refs being pulled out of the ring at the 2 count.. without cheat wins or losses, without stupid gimmicks (like Midgets) to get cosmetic BS pops..

Without stupid promo's that are going nowhere.. I guess I expected something out of Paul Heyman's playbook last night.. I guess I expected way too much while at the same time expecting the show would be horrible.

I guess what I got was the answer to the question everybody has been asking. Is another promotion going to break through in this country? And the answer seems to be a resounding NO. Two matches (in a division that has no chance of ever making it through the philosophy of the company thus killing the great talent working those divisions) doesn't make a good PPV. People can look and shill all they want for Madden & Borash.



Updated 3/2 6:00 PM First of March


WrestleMania X8 is only 11 days away from today. So far we only have five matches announced by the World Wrestling Federation. I hope from now until WrestleMania X8 the WWF hypes this show hardcore on WWF Television. I think it is a shame the company has not announced more then five matches.

Well, make that four matches since the APA v. Gunn & Palumbo match for the WWF Tag Team Titles has been knocked off of the WrestleMania X8 show.

I do not fault the WWF for knocking this match off of the show because it was obvious listening to the reactions of Gunn & Palumbo at recent shows this match was going to 'tank at WrestleMania'. Something had to be done to spice up the contest between APA & Gunn & Palumbo to make most casual fans care about the match. To make most 'marks' care about the match enough to give it the proper reaction with 60,000 fans looking on.

It seems the answer was to pull the match and add The Dudleyz & Hardyz to the mix, and instead run a fatal four way match for the tag team titles.

What else is on tap for WrestleMania X8? So far we have the THREE BIG matches announced and a strong undercard Intercontinental Title defense on tap for WMX8.

If you have been living in a cave. The top THREE matches on this show are: The Rock v. Hulk Hogan (I will have a tale of the tape leading up to this monumental match in my column the day before WrestleMania X8).

Steve Austin v. Scott Hall. This one has been heating up pretty nice lately. I still think the company needs to add a little extra heat to the match up. So I would expect for another hotshot angle between Hall & Austin to take place before the actual PPV itself.

Triple H v. Chris Jericho for Jericho's Undisputed Heavyweight Championship looks solid on paper. With the addition of Stephanie at Jericho's side, and the potential problems already starting between Jericho & "Princess" Stephanie this one should be a solid affair all around (storyline wise & work rate wise). A lot of people did not even think Jericho would make it to WMX8 with the title. Quite a few do not think he will leave WMX8 with the title. And that always causes a match to be hot (sometimes for the wrong reasons).

Rob Van Dam v. William Regal for Regal's IC Title is a very strong match. I have been waiting to see RVD get his shot at the IC title for quite some time now. And it will be one of the most anticipated IC Title defenses in pro wrestling history. I think RVD counter the Brass Knux with a Van Kuckleator (if need be). I think William Regal is going to be in for a rude-awakening at WMX8.

The Fatal Four Way Tag Team Title Contest with Billy & Chuck v. APA v. The Hardyz v. The Dudleyz ought to be made official this Monday or Tuesday at RAW or the Smackdown! tapings. It will be another solid contest for the tag team gold.

It looks obvious Edge v. Booker T will be announced fairly soon, and will happen due to Edge getting a "Japanese Hair Commercial" which Booker t was "up for". It seems like a very lame reason to have these two take each other on at the "biggest event in pro wrestling history". I would expect the WWF to spice up this match by adding a "HAIR v. HAIR" stipulation to the contest. Which would pretty much ensure the loser would not be auditioning for any "Hair commercials" in the future.

I would also look for the WWF to book a Triple-Threat Women's match between Lita v. Trish Stratus v. Jazz for the WWF Women's Title at WMX8. I have a feeling Trish Stratus will be involved in the match because it is in Toronto (which is her country).

I'd seriously also expect for some type of a match between Kurt Angle v. The Big Red Machine Kane. But I am not quite sure what type of a match the WWF will have in store for us between the two. I am not sure if a simple singles contest between these two is special. But if they added some sort of a stipulation to the contest it could make it worth the price of admission alone. If it was an "Inferno" match...

With Goldust winning the Hardcore Title, and with a history of having "Backlot matches" at WrestleMania events. I could see the company having the first ever "Backlot Hardcore Invitational" at WrestleMania X8 which would allow a whole bunch of undercard wrestlers to get on the event and battle it out for WWF Hardcore Gold.

I also think something is in the works for Chris v. Maven (Chris from Tough Enough). There is a reason why he has been showing up at WWF events lately. And it is not because he is buying tickets. The WWF is planning some type of an angle with these two.

I guess people think it is obvious Ric Flair will battle against The Undertaker. I am not so convinced myself. I think as 50% owner of the WWF, it wouldn't make much sense for Flair to battle against Undertaker at WMX8. Even if 'Taker was to attack his son, it still would not be a logical progression for Flair to throw his name back in the squared circle. Flair could simply suspend Undertaker be done with it.

For this reason. I don't think Undertaker v. Flair is likely at WMX8, I see Flair bringing back somebody from the Undertaker's past to take him on at WMX8 instead. And I see Flair appointing himself as the SPECIAL ref in the contest as well. Who is the person who will be back to take on Undertaker? I am not sure on this one.

I see some type of a Diamond Dallas Page & Christian tag team contest happening at WMX8. Maybe with Page playing the "player/manager" type role trying to help Christian stop his losing streak. I am guessing the obvious pairing would be Test & Lance Storm v. Page & Christian. I could see Test & Christian & Storm forming a triad demolishing Page.

I also see a Yoshahiro Tajiri v. X Pac match at WMX8 for the Cruiserweight Championship & WWF Lightweight Championship. Call this a consolidation match, if you will, it will be the only match left over from the "WCW Invasion".

That would just about to do it. OH, I would also expect some type of a major angle to happen at WMX8 to either split the brands in to two or to start the split in to motion. I also expect a lot of legends to be at this show as surprises. It seems likely the WWF is going to bring guys back out of the wood works to try and make this show seem as if it was the biggest show in the history of pro wrestling.



Updated 3/10 1:18 PM Second of March


You may notice the "Extreme Radio" photo on the left side of the page. It is also a portal to the "Extreme Radio" web page. This is a show which was first developed by yours truly in 1998 & 1999 for "Wrestlingnews.com" and featured some one on one interviews with some of the top wrestlers in the world. We do have plans on conducting interviews in the future, but this incarnation of "Extreme Radio" is not going to be reliant on conducting interviews weekly to survive.

I am the Executive Producer of "Extreme Radio" and Brad Clements and Jimmy Kelley are the hosts of the show. I was asked to be on the show in some official capacity by Brad Clements and I turned him down. I told him I thought the show would go much better if I was behind the scenes and not on the show. I think I made the correct decision. After I heard the first show with Jimmy Kelley as the co-host (which would have been my role if I was on the show), I knew I had made the right decision for the show. Jimmy Kelley is excellent at what he does, and he is better then I could have ever been (but don't let him know that, If he knows I put him over this hard, his ego is going to be out of control).

We have hopes to bring back Andre "Pornstar" Coleman in some capacity. I am also trying to find Aaron Proctor.

For those who have no idea who these two individuals are, you might find this column boring. But I have to get a few things off my chest. When I was working with "Wrestlingnews.com" some things happened which should not have happened.

Aaron Proctor was an ECW-MARK. He went to every ECW show at the ECW Arena. He loved going to ECW wrestling shows and talking to the boys. Aaron eventually got known well enough at the events he was able to hook us with RF VIDEO.

Once we got the RF VIDEO connection our Radio broadcast began to take off in a decent direction. Through RF Video we got leads to bring on some of the top ECW attractions in the world. At the height we were bringing on guests such as Rob Van Dam, Mikey Whipwreck, Joel Gertner, Balls Mahoney, Axl Rotten, Chris Candido, and many others.

But working for "Wrestlingnews.com" was stressful because the person in charge of the project was an egomaniac (which is the best word I can find to describe his actions). It was hard to know if you were going to be working on the team from one day to the other, unless you kissed his ass. I did not like "politics" and decided I was going to take a low key approach to working on the show. I showed up, put in my couple of hours, and that was that.

I never had any problems because I just let everything go. I saw Aaron Proctor fired and tossed aside like a piece of garbage. And he was my friend. I would like to think he still would be my friend today if I had done the correct thing and stood up for him. If I had put my future on the line and said, "You know what. If you get rid of him, get rid of me too". But I didn't. And I was wrong for not doing it.

Aaron was the reason why we had gained all of the success we had gained. With out Aaron we would have never gotten the chance to put the RF VIDEO Catalog online (which we did), we would have never gotten the chance to produce the first RF VIDEO Radio Broadcast ("Freaky Fridays" Produced by Brad Clements & yours truly), and we would have never gotten the chance to get to know Rob Feinstein & Eric Cargiulo well enough to contact ECW superstars through them.

Once the "Wrestlingnews.com" team crashed. Brad Clements & Andre Coleman quit the broadcast team because of the "egomaniac" John Cusimano. Aaron Proctor was long gone from having any ties to our Broadcast. And the only two left standing were myself & John.

With out a producer the show was doomed. It was my vision to establish a new hardcore brand of Broadcast housed off of "Wrestlingnews.com". John refused to carry it saying if he ran a show he would produce it.

So he produced it and it was a miserable failure. He could not get the audio quality of the product itself to sound professional or even audible for anyone to actually hear. So the show was finished.

I produced my own version of the show in secret, mainly just to prove to myself, and my many critics online that I could do it. And the end result was a new brand of "Extreme Radio" was born. It was AS (i'd like to think it was better) good as the first incarnation of our Radio Broadcast.

But that Summer we attended an ORLANDO, FLORIDA ECW House show with Sabu v. Tazz as the main event. It was a night I will never forget for many reasons.

We worked the show for the web page and Radio Broadcast. Paul Heyman had given us full rights to do anything we wanted to do for our show at his show. And that was a special feeling to know. It still is. We talked to many of the ECW Superstars that night with Terry Funk being the most special to me personally.

We conducted interviews with Joel Gertner, Mikey Whipwreck, Balls Mahoney & Axl Rotten live for "Extreme Radio".

It was something of a coup for us to get Joel Gertner to agree to do the "Extreme Radio" spot because he was on a rival Radio Broadcast housed on 1wrestling.com.

At that moment, as the producer of the "Extreme Radio" Broadcast, I had accomplished everything I had set out to prove by producing my own version of the show. I admit I had a vendetta against those who had control of the Broadcast up until that point.

I had to fight to ask Dana Hall real questions, as opposed to rolling over and allowing her to have total control of our Broadcast. In the end we had a two hour audio cassette tape of hard hitting material to incorporate on to the Radio Broadcast.

The tape was so valuable that Wayne Farris (Honkytonk Man) begged me to turn it over to him. The material HTM was interested in was about Kevin Nash. HTM wanted to publish the material on his web page (and even jumped the gun announcing on his web page he would have the footage available to his fans soon, before he even asked me if I would give it to him) to damage the career and reputation of Kevin Nash.

For legal reasons I did not release the audio tape, and will not release the audio tape. I might publish the footage on a future project produced by yours truly, but most of the material sought after is 'off the record'. Whereas; Dana Hall knew she was being recorded for the entire duration of the phone call and that fact alone would allow me the right to publish the entire recording. I gave her my professional word some of the recorded information was 'off the record' and I am not willing to compromise my promise to her. But the 'on the record' information may be published again in the near future.

Dana Hall is the ex-wife of Scott Hall (current WWF Superstar). To say the least, I have had a ball doing a Radio Broadcast. But I actually think the current form of "Extreme Radio" produced by yours truly is the best effort I have put forth. I can admit every decision I make in the production values of this current project are not always 100% good. I make mistakes. I make decisions at times that in hindsight do not come off as well as I had expected they would. But that is the fun of creating something.

Being able to sit back and gauge whether or not it will be accepted or hated. To rise above prior failures and excell to new levels of success. And I can honestly say the best decision I ever made in reference to this incarnation of "Extreme Radio" was putting Brad Clements in control of the day to day direction of the actual Broadcast itself. And simply taking a back seat to the actual day to day operations of the Broadcast myself. As well as having the balls to make the decision not to put myself in the spotlight for this incarnation of "Extreme Radio".

In short, I escaped the pitfall many other producers can not escape. I escaped becoming a total mark for myself, and using this Broadcast to get myself over. And in that, I think I made the best decision for everybody involved in this project.



Updated 3/16 4:02 PM Third of March


How fast time has moved since my last column. I looked at the column page and saw the date, double-checked, and realized it has been 6 days since the last column (update).

I have been busy putting out LEWD Online E-zine with WrestleMania week happening in Toronto, Canada. A lot of information and news has been provided in those issues over the past week. I had three issues alone yesterday and two the previous day. So far today there has only been a need for one released issue. But I almost have enough information for a second issue for Saturday.

Thanks to the WWF & WrestleMania week, LEWD might reach the gigantic 1000th issue faster then previously expected. More on issue 1000 at a later time. The special WRESTLEMANIA ISSUE of LEWD E-zine will be published on Sunday afternoon. Right now we have a deadline of 4PM for that special issue. It will have some neat features in it (as always) involving the WrestleMania PPV history and statistics. I really enjoy putting out these special PPV publications with predictions and thoughts on the PPV itself. I certainly hope you enjoy it as much as I enjoy putting it together.

The "Extension" was finalized yesterday in Toronto, Canada in a meeting with Jim Ross, Les Thatcher, and Jim Cornette. The three discussed the talent being called up for the two individual Smackdown & RAW talent rosters, and also the positions which will become available in the developmental system once the developmental talent is utilized on the two main talent rosters. This is certainly going to be an exciting time for pro wrestling. It looks more and more like the date for the "extension" will be on the 25th of this month.

None of us know what exactly the WWF is going to do with the "extension". We have no clue as to how this is all going to shape up when it is all said and done, and in my opinion that makes WMX8 and the tv following WMX8 the most exciting period in WWF history. We are going to actually witness history over the next two weeks on WWF Television.

Some are going to hate what ever the WWF does with the "extension" and some are going to love it no matter what those who hate it say about it.

Some talent are going to be upset they are not in TOP SPOTS no doubt, because they feel once the two brands split they rightfully will take top spots in the new brand. But that is the life as a pro wrestler. I think the WWF has enough top talent to spread in to two brands and enough young talent to make two brands exciting enough to watch on television.

But again it will be interesting to see how this all shapes up in two or three weeks.



Updated 3/19 3:33 PM Fourth of March


March 25th, 2002 will mark the date pro wrestling moves in a direction it has never gone in before. On the 3/18 edition of RAW (on TNN) Linda McMahon announced the World Wrestling Federation Entertainment company would 'extend' its product by granting "Nature Boy" Ric Flair 100% control of WWF RAW.

In the same announcement, Linda McMahon announced Vince McMahon would obtain 100% control of WWF Smackdown!.

Both Vince McMahon & Ric Flair will 'draft' superstars on the 3/25 Edition of RAW to fill their respective rosters. Every superstar in the WWF System will be involved in the draft outside of the Women's and Men's Champions.

At time of this column it is not clear what is going to happen with all of the titles currently in the WWF. It is not clear as to what is going to happen with the World Tag Team Title either. We certainly hope to have more details later tonight (WWF Smackdown! tapings) or later on in the week.

I am excited about this period of pro wrestling in the WWF. I wanted to see what the WWF would do if they actually went through with a "draft" concept.

Also announced for RAW is Stephanie McMahon & Chris Jericho v. Triple H for the Undisputed Championship. Stephanie also put up her WWF Career to get the match for Jericho. If Stephanie is pinned by Triple H, she will be off of WWF Television for good.

To say the 3/25 Edition of RAW is not the most important show in WWF history, would be a great understatement. Right now it is the BIGGEST show in the history of pro wrestling.

Right now we have one company running under the collective umbrella known as WWFE. In one week we will have two operations running under the same umbrella. I know some are going to be upset at the "extension" or "split" or what ever they want to label it. My own personal opinion is, this is a great time for pro wrestling. This split has so much potential.

Will it work? It will only work if both brands are provided with a creative team. If both brands have solid storylines and compelling television. I think certainly with Paul Heyman, Vince McMahon, and Pat Patterson available on the creative side. Both brands have ample minds to direct each product.

Now all we can do is sit back and enjoy the ride. The announcement has been made, there is no turning back the clock on the announcement. And all the WWF can do now is move forward with their plans. I personally have the opinion the Flair brand is going to outshine the Smackdown! brand. And I also have the thought it will shatter a lot of older ego's when it does. Because the philosophies of Flair & McMahon are so great, it should be known in the draft itself.

Vince historically favors all of the BIGGER-MUSCULAR or "entertaining" characters. Therefore, Vince McMahon is not going to choose a Rob Van Dam over a Kevin Nash. It just isn't going to happen. Whereas; Ric Flair is and has always favored GREAT WRESTLERS. So Kurt Angle has a good chance of being Flair's #1 choice.

I would love to book the draft myself. But there are to many superstars that could or could not be included in it to justify attempting such a project. I will provide my top ten picks in the next column before the draft itself. Check back for that.



Updated 3/26 1:18 PM Fifth of March


D-DAY IS UPON US - Tonight WWF holds the first ever pro wrestling "brand extension draft" to split the organization in to two brands.

We do not have any details on how the draft will be handled. Outside of the nWo (Hall, Nash and X Pac) being entered as a "unit". It will mean which ever side (Flair or McMahon) drafts the nWo "unit" all the members will head to that group. We do not know how they are going to handle the tag team championships (if it will be on one show or if they will run some type of an angle to create a second tag title).

We do not even know if the Jericho v. Triple H v. Stephanie WWF Title match will take place before the "extension draft" or after. But the WWF certainly has a plan and everything is sure to come together. It should become a bit clearer once RAW starts on TNN at 9PM.

WWF TO CEASE TO EXIST!: It is thought with the "brand extension" the World Wrestling Federation will cease to exist and be replaced online by World Wrestling Federation Entertainment.

The move would allow the WWF to shift all of its web traffic from the WWF.COM web page to WWFE.COM. The WWF has been involved in a lawsuit in England over the use of WWF.COM. All the court rulings have gone against the World Wrestling Federation so far in favor of the World Wild Life Fund. It would seem apparent the WWF could be faced with losing the rights to maintain the WWF.COM URL.

If WWF loses the final appeal they would have 60-90 days to comply with the court ruling. Quite enough time to re-direct WWF.COM traffic to WWFE.COM (WWF already owns & maintains WWFE.COM - WWF uses the URL for its corporate business web service). There is a chance WWF might simply make the decision to change to WWFE.COM using the "extension".

A new logo has been created to go along with the "extension" and will debut in the next few weeks.


TONIGHT PRO WRESTLING CHANGES FOR THE SHORT TERM

I say for the "short term" because no one knows how long the WWF is going to keep the "extension" for. If the ratings are horrible for one of the brands, the killswitch could be yanked at any moment on this angle.

For all purposes it has to be looked at and defined as "an angle" and not the WWF actually splitting up in to two separate companies. The fact is Vince McMahon is going to have the final say on if the "Extension" has a realistic chance to do good business or if it fails as miserably at the "WCW INVASION" angle.

The problem I see with the "extension" is the entire angle is going to have to be done "hotshot" style from the start. And that is one of the problems with it from the start. Vince McMahon has never been a fan of "hotshot" angles unless he NEEDED them to deliver on his TV product. And tonight he needs to "HOTSHOT" two hours worth of WWF Television. If the "draft extension" version of RAW falls flat, the "Extension" probably will lose a lot of steam online.

The problem with the "Extension Draft" could be "Sports Entertainment" and not "HOTSHOT STYLE". If the company goes too heavy on the "Sports Entertainment" tonight during the draft, and does not present a mix of "Hotshot feel" and "Sports Entertainment" the entire angle could wind up as a two hour fiasco that dies midstream.

With two brands proposed, one of them purporting to be a mixture of "WRESTLING" and "HOTSHOT" styles and one purporting to be "SPORTS ENTERTAINMENT". It would suggest the way to get both styles over to the audience at home would be to mix the styles and have them erupt in a violent clash on tonights "Extension Draft" show.

If the WWF favors one style over the other tonight (which is the fear I have going in to this draft) then the style that is not favored is going to be looked down upon as the "B" product. If anything the WWF should heavily favor the brand Flair is on, and not favor the brand McMahon is on. Because lets face it, no one in the audience is going to accept Vince McMahon's show as the "B" brand. And the problem with the "WCW INVASION" was Vince McMahon's side was considered the "A" brand and no one gave a shit about the "WCW INVASION" because no one took it serious enough. But with the "Extension draft" they have ONE more chance to present the "HOTSHOT" angle to create the second brand.

I hope they have a solid plan tonight and are not just winging it. It should be interesting regardless.



WWF A NIGHT OF THE CHAMPIONS ON TNN


Vince McMahon starts the show in the ring and announces the matches the fans voted for on WWF.COM (they would have had the champions listed and nominations for who they fought to be voted on, and in some cases actual matches already listed and the fans could choose between a variation of different already booked matches to see on the show). Steve Austin v. Kurt Angle for the WWF Title in a "NO DQ/NO TIME LIMIT MATCH", The Rock v. Chris Jericho for the WCW Title, Edge v. Christian for the IC Title in a TLC Match, Undetertaker/Kane v. The Hardys v. The Dudleys for the WWF and WCW Tags, Rhyno v. DDP for the U.S. Title, Billy Kidman v. X Pac v. Tajiri in an elimination title match with both belts on the line, and Molly Holly v. Lita.

Jim Ross mentions since the Austin/Angle match is NO-DQ and NO TIME LIMIT it has been positioned to start the broadcast in case they go an hour and need the extra time. And he states it is a great way to kick off this show which is for the fans of the WWF.

Steve Austin v. Kurt Angle. They work for 25 minutes strong and then take it home. Austin keeps trying to pin Angle but he keeps kicking out at 2. Austin does two stunners and Angle still kicks out. Finally on the floor Austin removes the mat again, and goes to pile drive Angle but Angle back flips him. Angle goes to pile drive Austin does it and Austin goes limp when he hits the floor. Angle gets up and does his WOOH and Jim Ross is acting very concerned and says "this wasn't supposed to happen folks" and Angle turns around and notices Austin isn't moving and Earl Hebner is attending to him concerned. Angle stops celebrating and asks Ross "what is going on?" as Ross approaches. Ross tells Angle, "I think he got a stinger again, I don't know Kurt". Kurt puts his hands over his face and says, "Oh my god". They stop the show and faces and heels rush out from the back most noticeably The Rock and Debra comes out and is out of character but crying. Kurt goes to Debra and tells her he is sorry and didn't mean to do it, and she understands but is noticeably upset. Kurt hugs her and holds Austin's hand as they put him in the ambulance. Kurt Angle leaves with Steve Austin and goes to the hospital with Debra and him.

Christian is in the ring when they get back. He calls out Edge to the ring. He tells Edge he wants to make a public announcement and really needs Edge to be in the ring to do it. Christian is out of character. Edge comes out and is noticeably upset and says he really doesn't feel like doing this right now. Christian says, "I understand Edge, I do not want to be out here just as much as you don't. But let me get this out and in the open, please, just listen to me for once. Okay?" Edge looks at his brother and says, "Okay. Yeah, just tell me what you want to say.".

Christian talks about how he has been going out of his mind lately ever since he turned heel. And he is really wondering what happened. He is not sure when it all began. He just got so jealous and it began to eat him up inside. He couldn't stand that Edge was getting so much tv time and focus and he was getting absolutely nothing. What is worse is he felt like his only friend in the entire world, his brother, was graduating to a status where he wasn't going to need him around anymore. Edge tells Christian that they are brothers and he would always need him to be there for him, no matter how big he got in the future. Christian continues and says, he knows that now. But he didn't know that then, and after seeing first hand what happened to Steve Austin, he doesn't want to risk losing Edge without first telling Edge how he really does feel about him. Christian asks for Edge's forgiveness and tells Edge he loves him. Christian asks Edge if there is anything he can do to prove to him that he is sincere about all of this? Anything at all? Edge says that he thinks he should call Mick Foley out to the ring and offer to forfeit the Intercontinental Championship and vacate the title because he won it unfairly. Christian says, "Is that it? You got it! I don't care about the title as much as I care about our relationship. Mick Foley, if you heard that, please come down to the ringside area right now, so I can forfeit this (points to the IC title)."

Foley doesn't come down to the ring but Jim Ross goes in to the ring and tells them he just got word that Mick Foley left for the hospital to see what was going on with Steve, and he won't be back until later in the show. Christian tells Edge he really means what he said, and he will forfeit the title when Foley gets back to the arena. Edge tells Christian he knows he will, because he didn't know Foley had left the arena and called him out to forfeit the title. Edge accepts his apology and they embrace in the ring to a loud applause. Christian is crying and telling Edge he is really sorry for everything. Edge is telling him it is okay. Jim Ross hams it up by announcing "LADIES AND GENTLEMEN EDGE AND CHRISTIAN ARE BACK TOGETHER!"

They leave the ring and exit near the announce table and have to go around two ring posts before they get to the ramp way and go to the back of the arena to the backstage area. They are embracing as they walk past the first ring post, and near the second. Christian drops the IC title by accident and stops to pick it up as Edge moves a little ahead of him. Ross back at the announce table says, "I guess he drooped the belt". Edge looks back at Christian to see what he is doing and then Christian signals Edge that he dropped the belt and was picking it up and Edge turns around realizing nothing is going on. Edge begins to walk towards the second ring post again and Christian picks up the pace and is right behind him now after picking up the title. He gets to the second post right behind Edge and they are about to clear it when Christian shoves Edge in to the ring post really hard. Edge is busted wide open and Christian gets a chair and does the one man conchairto to his brother and gets on the microphone and asks if Edge thinks he would forfeit the IC title simply to be forgiven for something he was not wrong for doing in the first place. He says Edge must be really paranoid and delusional to think he would forfeit the IC title to save a relationship which isn't worth being saved in the first place. Christian leaves to a chorus of boos (hopefully tremendous heel heat after the Austin angle and this angle). Edge is removed on a stretcher as well, and Jim Ross exclaims this is a night we will never forget and he has no idea what the status of the Edge v. Christian match is now, but doesn't expect it is the more important thing to worry about.

The Rock is backstage with Michael Cole. Rock is out of character and is acting unlike himself. Chris Jericho comes in and tells Rock it is not looking good for Steve. Rock says this is why they are paid, to perform under such horrible circumstances. Jericho agrees and tells Rock that no matter what happens in their match, they'll always be friends (note this is under the assumption Rock beat Jericho at the "No Mercy" PPV and this is the rematch fans wanted to see). Rock says he feels the same way and feels like he and Jericho have been throw so much in the WWF together and wishes Jericho luck tonight. They part ways.

Billy Kidman v. X Pac v. Tajiri in an elimination title with both belts on the line. The rules in this one are pretty simple. If Kidman or X Pac get eliminated the person that eliminated them wins their title and can win the other title or lose the title they won. I would have Tajiri pin Kidman first when Torrie teases she is with Kidman only to help Tajiri. Then I would have Tajiri pin X Pac to unify the belts and Kidman would run back in and attack Tajiri setting up a good program. Chris Jericho is backstage when Stephanie McMahon walks in to his back stage area, and Jericho tells her he really isn't in a Jokester mood tonight. So he just wants her to be quiet and leave him alone tonight for once in her life. Stephanie isn't in character either and tells Jericho she is really upset at what happened to Steve tonight and did not want to be alone. Jericho says, "and of all the people you could be with, you decided I should be the one you are with? That makes perfect sense, why don't you go bother your husband for once?" When he says that Stephanie starts blubbering and says Triple H is always too consumed with his rehab program 12 hours a day and doesn't bother even calling her to see how she is doing. Jericho says something sarcastic like, "Well, I guess that is what the business does to a relationship, my god Stephanie, being the daughter of Vincent K. McMuffin you should have seen this one coming from the start!". She blubbers even more and says, "I'm sorry I bothered you!" and begins to leave when Jericho stops her and says, "Wait a second Stephanie. Maybe I shouldn't have been so rude. If you really need to be with somebody, I guess I can deal with having you around, you can stay, but don't get on my nerves. I have a big match to prepare for, and I really don't even want to wrestle tonight!". Stephanie tells him she understands and is thankful and if there was anybody else in the world she felt somewhat of a connection too.. she would have went to them first, but for some odd reason she feels like her and Jericho have been through a lot over the past two years and she feels like he is the only other person outside of Triple H to really know who she is. She hugs him and Jericho gets an annoyed look on his face, but then we pan to Stephanie's face and she has the evil Stephanie Grin on her face.

We cut away to The Rock who is watching the monitor and then leaves pissed off in some direction.

Mick Foley returns and has an update for us about Austin. It doesn't look good right now. The preliminary results are inconclusive. They can't find any broken bones through x-rays which is good. But Austin can't feel anything from his neck down. Foley tells us that Angle is really broken up about this, and he has never seen Kurt Angle in this type of a mood before. He said Angle was staying at Austin's side the entire time and refused to leave even when the doctors told him to leave the room. Angle wants Austin to know he is there and make sure Austin realizes even though everything he never wanted it to end up this way.

Foley calls out Christian to the ring. Christian eventually comes out and Foley says when he was really upset at what happened to Steve, and wasn't it a good mood. But after Edge came in to the same medical ER room moments later and had a massive concussion, and after he got back to the arena and was shown the footage of what happened to Edge, he was a bit more upset. In fact he was a lot more upset. And he has decided that Christian should not be representing the WWF as the IC Champion. He thought of what he should do, and thought maybe he should accept Christians offer to forfeit the title, but then realized it was a false offer and was never going to happen in the first place. And then he thought about coming back and invoking his Commisionary powers and stripping Christian of the IC title and then thought that wouldn't be really fair to the fans who want to see Edge kick the crap out of Christian for the IC title. So instead he has decided to order a match with Christian against Edge in the first ever Tables, Ladders, and Hell in the Cell Match with Chairs on the top of the cage. He doesn't know if they'll be able to use the chairs on the top of the cage, and frankly doesn't really give a damn if they do or not. But he knows Christian is fond of using chairs, so that is the reason why they are on the top of the cage and the match will begin inside the cage with no way to reach the chairs. Foley says he feels it will be justice and irony for Christian to be pinned to the mat by Edge while he is looking up at the chairs on the top of the cage. Have a nice day.

Stephanie is shown adjusting her top and her hair is a bit messed up and she thanks Jericho for being there for her in her time of need. Jericho tells her not to worry about it. But not to make a habit out of this. She understands and is calmed down now and feels good enough to be able to go on her own so she leaves. When she is leaving Rock is on the other side of the door. She smirks at Rock and goes on her way.

Rock asks Jericho what in the blue hell is going on here? Jericho asks Rock what he is talking about. Rock notices lipstick on Jericho's cheek and points it out. Jericho says Stephanie gave him a kiss on the cheek because he was such a good friend to her, even though he thinks she is a (does the ho line). Rock isn't buying it and says he knew Jericho liked the pie, but he never thought Jericho liked pie that stank. Chris tries to explain things to Rock but Rock puts his hand up signaling for Jericho to save it. Rock says he doesn't care what did or did not happen in this backstage area with Stephanie McMahon-Helmsley, he just wants to know one thing and one thing only, What we said before, does that still hold true? The Rock doesn't want to make any mistakes about this, The Rock isn't about to walk in to a situation where he is going to be screwed over by the Ayatollah of RocknRolla and the Slutolla of The Alliance'ollah if you SMELL WHAT THE ROCK, IS COOKING! Rock says , "Oh and one more thing, after The Great One beats you tonight, he will shake your hand even though you do like that Stank Pie". Rock leaves. Jericho is a bit annoyed and says, "What makes him think he is going to beat me this time?"

The Rock v. Chris Jericho for the WCW Title. The Rock is winning the match when Stephanie McMahon comes down to the ring and distracts The Rock leading to Jericho getting the upper hand. The Rock makes a mini come back and Stephanie helps Jericho survive by putting his foot on the ring ropes after a Rock Bottom by Rock. Rock grabs Stephanie by the hair and gives her a Rock Bottom as well and dumps her outside of the ring. Jericho takes advantage of it and hits his bulldog from behind and then a quick Lionsault and goes for the pinfall. He covers and Nick Patrick counts a fast 2 1/2 but The Rock kicks out. Rock is back up and blocks Jericho's offense and dumps him to the floor. He goes after Patrick and Jericho gets back inside and gets Rock from behind. Finally Jericho goes for the LIONTAMER and has it on for a few seconds when Stephanie gets up groggy and tells Patrick to ring the bell, Rock never gave up though. Ross makes it clear that Rock never gave up and we just saw another SCREW JOB like Montreal. Nick Patrick raises Jericho's hand and Jericho looks confused? Jericho asks if Rock gave up? Jericho keeps asking if he tapped out? Rock eventually gets to his feet and confronts Jericho. Rock asks Chris if this is the way he wanted to win his first World title? So this was the plan all along? The Rock gets screwed, Chris Jericho gets a taste of the Stank Pie offered by Stephanie McMahon and then Chris Jericho screws The People's Champion out of the WCW Championship?

Jericho says he has no idea what is going on here and he did not want to win the WCW Championship in this manner and he resents the claims that Rock is making against him. He wonders where the hand shake is at Rock promised him backstage after match? Where is the friendship Rock promised to him earlier in the night? After everything that has happened here tonight, you actually question my loyalty and my total trustworthiness to you? That doesn't really sound like a friendship to me? Hell, I showed more understanding and compassion to Stephanie McMahon-Helmsley backstage earlier in the show, and hell Rock I don't even really like her that much! Sure she eventually does begin to grow on you, once you get by that nasty smell, and that god awful shrieking voice! But I thought were were really closer then all of this? DO you really think that this was a set up? That Y2J planned all of this tonight?

Rock asks Y2J what is The Rock supposed to think? He sees Jericho embracing Stephanie McMahon Helmsley, then he sees her leaving his locker room and it was obvious they weren't just acting like friends act backstage, unless Stephanie McMahon Helmsley shares her pie with all her friends! Rock raises his eye brow at that and looks at her at ringside and then says on second thought, maybe you were just being there for her, but then she comes down to ringside and screws The Rock and Chris Jericho ends up with the WCW Title. What else is The Rock supposed to think?

Jericho says Rock should use his brain for once and think about all of the things that have happened here tonight. Obviously it was a set up by Stephanie McMahon Helmsley to tear their friendship apart and the beauty of the plan was it WORKED! Because obviously if The Rock thinks he had anything remotely to do with 'screwing him out of the WCW Championship here tonight' then obviously The Rock was never his friend in the first place. And obviously if The Rock isn't his friend then he doesn't have to stand for this discussion and with that said, the only thing he has left to say to The Rock is, SHUT THE HELL UP! Jericho then plasters Rock with the WCW Title and exits the ring. As he leaves he grabs Stephanie McMahon and kisses her and they leave together.

Rhyno v. DDP for the U.S. Title. DDP comes out and says he is going to make Rhyno like Rhyno, and he is going to make Rhyno like DDP. Rhyno comes out and doesn't like anybody. Rhyno keeps trying to wrestle but DDP keeps talking on the mic through the match. Finally Rhyno hits the GORE and pins DDP. DDP drops the mic momentarily but after the match gets it again and gives us his DDP Positive Routine again.

Molly Holly beats Lita when Hurricane Helms helps her.

The Dudleys beat Undertaker and Kane and The Hardy's when during their match the lights go out and a thundering-machine like sound erupts in the arena and white lights are flickering on and off (like lightening) leading to the lights coming back on after some bells toll (like the old Undertaker music) and when they come back on The Hardy's and Kane are laid out in a bloody mess and Undertaker is nowhere to be found.

The Dudleys look around puzzled and Bubba pushes D-Von and tells him to get the tables. D-Von goes outside to get the tables and Bubba pins Kane for the victory. The ref counts because he is confused as well. D-Von brings in the table to the ring and Bubba tells D-Von to pick up Jeff Hardy. Bubba hits the Bubba Bomb on Jeff through the table and The Dudleys leave with both set of titles. Kane gets up and is really pissed off and rushes to the back of the backstage area.

PART II: THE TERROR BEGINS will be updated next week!

If you have not already heard, we decided to discontinue our service with EGROUPS, and go to TOPICA.COM instead. I feel this will be a better overall service and give us many more options. If you want to subscribe to L.E.W.D. newsletter, you can do so by the following methods:

  • send a blank e-mail to lewd-subscribe@topica.com or hit the link below and send a blank e-mail to that.
  • SUBSCRIBE TO L.E.W.D.!

    That should do the trick. Outside of that, I have not done too much writing lately, we have the totals of the prediction contest up on the page and ample links to get you to that page on this page. If you wish to enter for next month's PPV, send an e-mail request to me and I will add you to the mailing list to send out the official contest ballot for next month's "UNFORGIVEN" PPV.



    Survivor Series: War Games: The Survivor Series Match Beyond


    This isn't the full show, just an angle I wrote involving Steve Austin. I may book the entire show, may not.

    The announcers open the show by informing us they are waiting for the arrival of "Stonecold" Steve Austin and Debra. By 7:35 Austin and Debra have not arrived.

    Austin and Debra do not arrive before Heat ends.

    The PPV begins and Jim Ross and Paul Heyman open the "Survivor Series" broadcast.

    Ross, "Stonecold Steve Austin has not arrived yet folks."

    Heyman, "Jim quit trying to stir up trouble! Stonecold Steve Austin is no doubt on his way to the arena right now as we speak!"

    Ross, "Paul, Is Austin here yet? NO! I am just telling the folks at home the truth, Steve Austin has not arrived yet! Nothing more or less! I have known Steve Austin for a long time, and this is the biggest wrestling match in his entire career. I certainly hope for his sake, he does show up! It would be an incredible shame if he didn't for whatever reasons."

    Heyman, "Come on JR. Everybody at home knows you are elated Stonecold Steve Austin is not here. Because the chances of the WWF winning if he was here, are non existent! Just admit it JR, Stonecold Steve Austin can't be beat!"

    Ross, "Well, I am not sure if he can or can't be beat. And I guess I am not too upset Austin isn't here. I can admit that. Paul do you want to make an official statement for The Alliance about Stonecold Steve Austin's whereabouts?"

    Heyman, "No comment".

    By 8:25 they are still awaiting the arrival of "Stonecold" Steve Austin and backstage Shane McMahon is a little nervous while talking to Booker T.

    "Booker, In the unfortunate event Stonecold Steve Austin doesn't show up here tonight, You will have to take his place and lead Team Alliance to victory, can you dig that?"

    "Can I dig that? Sucka, If Stonecold Steve Austin doesn't arrive, The Book will lead Team Alliance to victory, NOW CAN YOU DIG THAT?!"

    Shane notices the camera peeking around the corner on the floor up at them and tells Booker T to take care of it. Booker T attacks the camera man and it goes off.

    Ross, "My god Paul! The poor camera man was only doing his job!"

    Heyman, "The poor camera man was ease-dropping on ALLIANCE business! He got everything he deserved in my opinion JR!"

    Ross, "Ease-dropping? This is a pay per view for god sake Paul, not a secret meeting!"

    Heyman, "You do not ease-drop on Shane McMahon or Booker T, not when they are going over super secret strategy for the most important match in the history of pro-wrestling JR!"

    By 9:25 Austin still has not arrived to the arena.

    Ross, "Folks! I have known Steve Austin for a number of years, and yes, Steve Austin has been known to do what ever the hell Steve Austin wants to do. But frankly, I am getting a little worried myself that he hasn't arrived yet. This isn't like Austin, not on a PPV day. He usually is one of the first to arrive at the arena. This is unusual to say the least!".

    Heyman, "GET off it JR! Steve Austin is no doubt stuck in traffic on his way here right now! When Steve Austin gets here, you are going to have to answer for stirrin..."

    Ross, "Shh.."

    Heyman, "Shh? Sir! You will show me the proper respect, I am Paul Heyman, And I des.."

    Ross, "Will you shut up!"

    Heyman, "In all of my years, I have never met somebody with such a blatant disrespect for me in my enti..."

    Ross, "Dammit! SHUT THE HELL UP! I am trying to hear what they are telling me! You might want to hear this, it is about Stonecold Steve Austin!"

    Heyman, "HEY! Who made the decision to inform you, and not me, the RIGHTFUL ALLIANCE announcer? Somebody is going to pay for this! And pay for it dearly!"

    Ross, "Folks. This isn't good at all."

    Heyman, "What? What isn't good?"

    Ross, "Will you shut up! I am trying to tell these people dammit!"

    Paul shuts up and starts shaking his head because Ross is showing him no respect.

    Ross, "I have just been informed. Debra, the wife of Steve Austin, was hit by a car earlier today while she was attempting to cross the street. She was rushed to a local medical facility, and under went emergency surgery. She is resting comfortably but has not regained consciousness. Steve Austin has requested the WWF send a camera crew to the hospital so he can give an official statement about whether or not he is going to compete here live tonight. Again, Debra was rushed to the hospital earlier tonight and she is in stable condition but is still unconscious. That is all of the details we have right now!"

    Heyman, "IS Austin going to wrestle JR?"

    Ross, "How the hell should I know? And frankly, I don't think Steve Austin is concerned about pro-wrestling right now, or at least I would hope he isn't!"

    Heyman, "Steve Austin is the leader of The Alliance! Steve Austin HAS to wrestle here tonight! Steve Austin MUST wrestle!"

    Ross, "For Christ sake Paul! The man's wife just got hit by a car and all you can think about is a wrestling match? Steve Austin is a human being, no matter how much I hate the guy right now, I will not forget the old Steve Austin who went through hell until he found a good woman like Debra! If Steve Austin has any humanity left inside of him at all, he certainly isn't thinking about The Alliance or wrestling here tonight! Deal with it! You scum bag!"

    Heyman, "Dammit! Dammit! LISTEN JR! I am so sick of your BS! If the situations were reversed and Stonecold Steve Austin was on the WWF side, GOOD OLD JR would be having a SLOBBERKNOCKING COW right now!"

    Ross, "GOOD OLD JR is a human being first. I have a wife, and if my wife was laying in a hospital bed right now unconscious after being hit by an automobile, GOOD OLD JR wouldn't be sitting at ringside right now arguing with a horses ass about these issues! GOLD OLD JR would be bedside with his second half making damned sure she was being taken care of. Thank you very much!"

    Ross tells us they WWF is sending Michael Cole and a camera crew to the hospital.

    The PPV goes on, after the next match we go to the hospital.

    Cole is shooting a promo in a hall way when Shane McMahon and Booker T come up upon him and say they will take over this is OFFICIAL ALLIANCE business. Cole objects and Booker T throws him in to the wall knocking him out. Shane and Booker T are about to enter the hospital room when Austin comes out to see what all the ruckus is.

    Austin, "What in the hell, Why the hell are you two here? I sent for a damned camera crew, I didn't request for Shane McMahon and Booker T to come down here."

    Shane, "We came down, because we are very concerned!"

    Austin, "Well, I can understand that. I am glad to know you care that much to come all the way down here and make sure Debra is okay. She is doing fine, but is still unconscious, the doctor's say she..."

    Booker T, "We are concerned about the match! SUCKA!"

    Austin, "What?"

    Booker T, "The biggest match in the history of pro-wrestling. We are concerned about the match."

    Austin, "I heard what you said the first time, what? Shane, Are you concerned about the match or Debra's well being?"

    Shane, "Well, I am concerned with both. I am concerned obviously with' the health of Debra because she is your wife after all. But I am also concerned with the match, because after all I am the owner of the ALLIANCE. It is my job to be concerned with Alliance business, and we came down here to get the official word that Stonecold Steve Austin was going to lead Team Alliance to victory! We brought the limo, get your gear, and we can make it back to the arena in time to discuss strategy. I've got a great PLAN! I know you'll love it! So lets go and get ready to nail the final nail in the coffin of Vince McMahon!"

    Austin, "What?"

    Booker T, "He said, lets go SUCKA!"

    Austin, (gets in Booker T's face) "My wife is laying in there in a bed unconscious and all you can say is SUCKA this SUCKA that? Do you know who you are talking too? What? I am STONECOLD STEVE AUSTIN and I do not deserve to be talked to this way? What? I said I am Stonecold Steve Austin and I do not deserve to be treated this way! My wife is laying there in a bed and they don't know if she is going to wake up or not, and you two jack asses come down here with your little smug attitudes and expect Stonecold Steve Austin to gather up his gear, get in a limo, go back to the arena, discuss strategy with The Alliance members, go over Shane McMahon's little plan, lead The Alliance to victory, and hammer the final nail in the coffin of Vince McMahon, all while my wife Debra is unconscious? What? Did my ears hear right? What?"

    Austin is eye-balling Booker T with a psychotic stare. Shane speaks.

    Shane, "Exactly! Now get your gear. Lets go! We don't have all night!"

    Austin, (steps back and shakes his head, puts his head in his face and rubs his eyes) "You are pathetic! Stonecold Steve Austin is worried sick about his wife! Do you know what that means? What? Do both of you understand what that means? What? Debra might not pull through! I said, Debra might not pull through? What?"

    Shane, "So what are you saying Steve?"

    Austin, "What? What do you think I am saying? You think I am saying I am not going to wrestle tonight, don't you?"

    Shane, "Well, it sounds like.."

    Austin, "You think Stonecold Steve Austin can't be trusted, don't you BOOKER T!?"

    Booker tries to say something and Austin says, "Shut up! What?"

    Shane, "Debra would want you to wrestle tonight!"

    Austin puts his head back in his hands and starts laughing. "Is that what she would want?"

    Shane, "it is, this is the most important match in the career of Steve Austin, Debra would want you to wrestle and win the big one for Shane McMahon and The Alliance!"

    Austin, "Stonecold Steve Austin knows Debra would want him to wrestle, are you trying to say Steve Austin doesn't know his own wife? Steve Austin is going to do the right thing, but first Stonecold Steve Austin wants Shane McMahon and Booker T to both admit they don't trust Steve Austin! What? I said, I want you to jack asses to admit that you thought Stonecold Steve Austin wasn't going to wrestle tonight and he was going to abandon Team Alliance!"

    Booker T and Shane McMahon admit they did not trust Austin and thought he was going to back out of the match.

    Austin starts laughing and smiling, "Oh you guys! I am messing with you! Of course Steve Austin is going to gather up his gear, get in the limo, and go back and discuss Shane McMahons great plan, and he is going to HAMMER the nail home in to the coffin of Vince McMahon! Because it is what Debra would want after all, isn't it Shane? Isn't it Booker T?"

    Shane, "Of course it is!"

    Booker and Shane start to celebrate and smile. Then Austin gets a blank stare on his face and says, "What?"

    Austin puts his watch up to his ear and says, "What?" He keeps saying What a few times and then laughs and looks in Shane's eyes and says, "Do you know what this is? This is my watch! Do you know what my watch just told me? What? I will tell you what my watch just told me. It told me I have all the time in the world to do the right thing, there is no rush! It told me my wife Debra is laying right in there in a bed and is unconscious. It told me Shane McMahon and Booker T are the two biggest jack asses I have ever met in my entire life! It told me that Shane McMahon's plan can be put on hold, and Stonecold Steve Austin doesn't give a rats ass about the WWF or The Alliance right now!"

    Shane, "Steve.. You have to co..."

    Austin glares at Shane with a psychotic look and says, "It told me that Shane McMahon is running out of time. It told me if Shane McMahon and Booker T do not leave soon, they'll be unconscious in their own beds in this very hospital. LEAVE!"

    Booker T tries to say something and Austin says, "Leave now!"

    Shane and Booker T leave.

    When Shane and Booker T get back to the PPV about 10-15 minutes later. It is 10:15. The biggest match in the history of pro-wrestling is next.

    Shane McMahon, "What are we going to do now? Booker it is all up to you! I am counting on you! You can do it! I know you can!"

    Booker T, "Shane, The Book is not going to let you down!"

    RVD comes in. "What are you two so upset about?"

    Shane, "Haven't you heard, Stonecold Steve Austin isn't going to be here tonight!"

    RVD, "Yeah, and?"

    Shane, "And.. Stonecold Steve Austin is the most dominant wrestler in pro-wrestling history! Without him.. our chances have been greatly reduced, even with our master plan!"

    RVD, "Master plan? What are you afraid we can't win without cheating or something? Really. I am ROB VAN DAM! I am the whole dam show! I have beat everybody on TEAM WWF, well, more or less. All you need is ROB VAN DAM! Don't get so worried, be like RVD, be cool."

    RVD leaves. Booker T says, "What is that SUCKA'S PROBLEM!"

    Shane, "I don't know. We can deal with his attitude problem later! Lets just FOCUS! BOOKER T! BOOKER T! FIVE TIME! FIVE TIME! CAN YOU DIG IT?"

    Booker T, "OH, I AM FEELING IT! I CAN DIG IT!"

    Back at the hospital. Austin is at Debra's side and he is giving a speech to Debra.

    Austin says, "I have never trusted anybody in my entire life Debra. I have lived my life under a simple set of rules, DTA! I want to do the right thing, What? I said I want to do the right thing for once! Steve Austin will stay right here by your bedside until you wake up! What? Stonecold Steve Austin doesn't give a damn about the WWF title or the McMahon family soap opera! I can't do the right thing without you! I can't do this without you! I've never trusted another human being in my entire life, but Stonecold Steve Austin is putting all of his faith and trust in to you right now!"

    Austin puts his head down on Debra. A nurse comes in and tells him he has an emergency phone call. She says they did not say who it was. He is upset but goes to take it.

    Austin, "Hello?.. What the hell do you want? I don't need this right now.. I am worried sick about my wife! You pathetic jack ass! I don.. What?! Well I appreciate that! Are you serious? I appreciate your concern, and thank you for the best wishes. " Austin hangs up and we never know who it was.

    Back at the arena. The final match is about to start and after it is over we go back to the hospital.

    Debra wakes up and asks Austin what happened. He informs her what happened. She asks him what the day is, and he tells her it is Sunday. She asks him what time it is, he roughly gives her the time. She asks him why he isn't wrestling? He tells her he didn't care about wrestling because she was in bad shape, and he only cared about her. She is touched by it. She tells him to go do the right thing. Austin tells her he is going to go do the right thing and he isn't going to let her down.

    Austin is about to leave when Michael Cole asks him how Debra is doing, Austin flips him off and Stuns him.

    (Note: An interesting stipulation.. in all the SURVIVOR SERIES matches.. the titles are on the line.. so in the final one.. both the WWF and WCW titles are on the line.. creating the illusion they can be UNIFIED if the WWF CHAMP pins the WCW CHAMP or visa versa.. adds extra drama to the match and is crucial for the FINISH.. )

    Back at the arena. The Main Event "WAR GAMES: SURVIVOR SERIES BEYOND" begun. We get the first two to start the contest.. 2 minutes pass and then The Alliance gets a 2-1 advantage. Two more minutes pass and its even. Two more minutes pass and its 3-2. Two more and its even. Two more and its 4-3. Two more and its even. We see a split screen and Austin's 3:16 truck is arriving. Shane McMahon is wating for the countdown to send the final Alliance member in to the ring. Booker T. The buzzer hits ZERO and Shane is about to send him in the ring, when Austin's music hits. Austin comes out. Shane stops Booker T from entering the match and Booker T is pissed off. But Austin runs down to the ring and busts in and starts raising hell. Austin goes after all of the WWF team members..

    Rock is the last WWF Team member to enter. Rock's music plays but NO Rock. It plays again, but NO ROCK. Finally The Rock walks down to the slowly and gets in the ring.

    They lock the cage and signal the match beyond begins. The wrestlers leave when they are eliminated. The Undertaker, Kane, Chris Jericho, Kurt Angle, and The Rock are on WWF's team. The ALLIANCE team is RVD, Steve Austin, (and three other people).

    One of the team alliance members goes out first when Angle makes him submit. Then Angle is next out when he is pinned by an alliance member. Chris Jericho takes that member out next so it is now 4-3 WWF. Undertaker and Kane are both eliminated next by The Alliance. Its 3-2 Alliance advantage now. Jericho and Rock are left against RVD, Austin, and an alliance member. The alliance member gets eliminated making it RVD/Austin v Rock/Jericho.

    Jericho is wrestling Austin and they go to the floor. Jericho rams Austin's head repeatedly in to the steel mesh. Austin is bleeding bad. Jericho gets a chair from under the ring and crowns Austin. Austin is knocked out on the floor. Jericho gets back in the ring. Jericho is taunting RVD. RVD enters the ring and Jericho and RVD are going at it. Rock comes in with a steel chair and goes to hit somebody with it, and you can't tell if he meant to hit Jericho or RVD, but he hits RVD. Jericho gets in Rock's face and asks him what the hell was he doing? Rock tells Jericho he is trying to win the match. Rock tells Jericho to pin RVD. Jericho turns around to pin RVD but gets hit by Rock from behind with a chair shot. Rock points to Jericho and throws the chair at him. RVD stumbles to his feet and looks around. Rock spits on Jericho and tells RVD to go to the top and do his FIVE STAR FROG SPLASH. RVD does it and hits it. RVD goes for the pin, but Rock stops him. Rock picks up Jericho and hits The Rock Bottom of Jericho. RVD looks puzzled and does his RVD thumb point, but Rock hits The Rock Bottom on him as well and starts taunting him and spitting on him. Jericho rolls to the floor and Rock follows. Rock repeatedly hits Jericho with a chair until he is not moving and is bleeding really bad. Jericho is bleeding buckets. He is out cold. Rock continues to beat at him. Austin gets up with blood streaming down his eyes and see's RVD on the mat and Rock beating up Jericho. Austin has a puzzled look on his face.

    Earl Hebner runs in the cage and pushes Rock. Rock has a grin on his face and starts smiling. Hebner admonishes Rock to get back in the ring. Rock gets in the ring. Hebner signals for medical people to get Jericho. Hebner has the fink announce Jericho is eliminated because he can not continue. It is now Rock v. RVD and Austin.

    They take Jericho out on a stretcher and as this is going on Shane McMahon is jumping up and down on the outside. Shane rushes in to the cage before they can lock it again with a microphone. Shane gets in the ring and hugs Rock. Shane tells Rock the plan worked perfectly and nobody saw it coming. Vince McMahon comes out to the ringside area and asks Shane what the hell is going on? Shane tells his dad what is going on is, The Rock is the newest member of The Alliance. And since he is the last member on team WWF, Rock is going to put the final nail in the coffin of the WWF. He tells Rock to know his role! Rock lays down and tells Austin to pin him.

    RVD is looking around asking what the hell is this? RVD is upset. Austin grabs the microphone from Shane and starts laughing. Austin says Shane outsmarted his old man once again! Austin hugs Shane and tells him he is brilliant! The Alliance will be unstoppable with The Rock and Stonecold Steve Austin, what? Stonecold Steve Austin said The Alliance will be unstoppable with The Rock and Stonecold Steve Austin. But we should do this right, I promised Debra I would do the right thing! I refuse to do it this way, not this way! Shane gets in Austin's face and asks him what the hell he is talking about?

    Shane says if Austin won't do it this way, RVD certainly will. Shane orders RVD to pin The Rock. RVD grabs the microphone and tells Shane he isn't going to do it. He didn't come here to pin The Rock if The Rock was going to let him pin him. This isn't "cool". These people came here to see a match, not some gigantic swerve to get Shane McMahon over at the expense of his father. I don't want any part of this. RVD leaves the ring.

    Austin starts bursting out laughing. Austin says RVD is a jack ass. Austin tells Shane he will pin The Rock any way he can pin The Rock. But he refused to pin The Rock this way, not until The Rock accepts his hand shake and gives him a hug. Austin looks at Shane and asks Shane if he thought Austin meant he wasn't going to accept this win because he didn't earn it? What? Stonecold Steve Austin wants you to tell all these people that for the second time tonight you didn't have faith in Stonecold Steve Austin. Shane tells Austin he thought Austin was going to refuse to pin The Rock. Austin hugs Shane and says that is what he likes about Shane, Shane can admit his mistakes.

    Rock gets up and puts his hand out to Austin. Austin grabs it and shakes his hand. Austin pulls The Rock in to an embrace. When he does this we pan in on Rock's face. Austin says something to Rock and Rock's eyes bulge out of his head. Austin gets a smile on his face, and flips both Shane and Rock off. Austin starts to leave the ring. Rock attacks him. RVD notices Rock is beating up Austin and rushes in to make the save. Shane cuts off RVD. RVD and Shane go at it. The locker room empties and a brawl breaks out between The Alliance and WWF members. Austin is getting his ass kicked by The Rock. RVD finally manages to knock Shane out of the ring and attacks Rock saving Austin.

    Austin goes on the war path and hits a Stonecold Stunner on The Rock. Austin tells RVD to go the top rope and hit the five star on Rock. RVD does it. Rock is out. Austin picks up Rock again and hits a Stunner again. Austin covers the Rock, but picks him up at 2. He tells RVD to go up and hit another Five Star. He does. Austin tells RVD to pin Rock. Shane is on the mic telling Austin that he can't win, because if Rock is pinned The Alliance wins. Austin breaks up the count at 2. He throws RVD through the ropes at Shane. Shane is laughing at Austin. Austin flips off Shane and picks up The Rock again and hits another Stunner.

    Austin covers The Rock and Shane is laughing at him. The ref counts to 2, and then Austin pulls The Rock on top of him. Shane knows what is going on and tries to get back in the ring to make the save but RVD cuts him off. The ref counts to three and Vince McMahon erupts at ringside. Austin is bleeding. McMahon rushes in to the ring and hugs Austin. Austin steps back and flips off McMahon. He stuns McMahon and goes outside of the cage and gets a cooler filled with beers and starts drinking them. Shane comes back in the ring and Austin flips him off and stuns him. RVD comes in the ring and Austin flips him off but tosses him a beer. RVD and Austin drink beer as the show ends and Ross is screaming he doesn't believe what he has just seen. Rock is announced as the NEW WORLD CHAMPION. Ross makes it clear that Austin gave up the WWF Championship and saved his SOUL tonight! Make no mistakes about it.. THE RATTLESNAKE IS BACK! AUSTIN 3:16 LIVES!! WHAT IN THE HELL IS GOING TO HAPPEN ON MONDAY!!! The show ends.

    This does many things: It allows Austin to become his old kick ass self and chase The Rock. It allows Jericho to escape with the WCW title.. and have heat with the WWF Champion THE ROCK. Setting up a potential unification match. It allows RVD to come off as being "cool" and giving the fans what they want.. and semi turn.. because he sided with the WWF. And then you can keep WCW around.. because Vince could decide to have two companies.. and lead to WrestleMania which would either be Rock v. Jericho for both belts.. Rock v Austin.. or Triple H v Rock...



    Survivor Series: My way or the High Way


    The show opens with old-timers being shown arriving backstage. We see Arn Anderson, Johnny Ace, Fit Finlay, Pat Patterson, Jerry Brisco, and Steve Lombardi footage from earlier when they arrived to watch this historic show.

    We then go down to JR and Heyman at ringside. Heyman talks about how the WWF and Vince McMahon are so ego-meniacle they did not even invite any of the REAL WCW Legends. JR mentioned Arn Anderson, Fit Finlay, and Johnny Ace. Heyman says Ross knows as well as he does that those guys have been backstage for the past six months at every WWF show Vince McMahon has put on. Heyman tells JR unlike Vince McMahon and the WWF trying to keep all of the REAL LEGENDS off the broadcast tonight, The Alliance operates in a very non political manner and Shane McMahon and Stephanie McMahon have graciously given Paul Heyman the funds to fly in many WCW Legends from the past, and not only that, also fly in many WWF LEGENDS from the past who are not represented here tonight by the WWF. Heyman tells JR The Alliance doesn't like to sweep history under the carpet like Vince McMahon historically has always wanted to do. The Alliance remembers who helped make pro-wrestling in to the spectacle which it has become. Ross questions Heyman's sanity and the show moves forward.

    We go backstage with footage from earlier in the show. Torrie Wilson asks William Regal if she can still have a position under him. Regal says she certainly can. Torrie flirts with Regal heavily.

    William Regal w/Torrie Wilson v. Tajiri. Tajiri looks dejected from the start because Torrie is with William instead of him. Heyman comments it is obvious why Torrie Wilson selected William Regal over Tajiri. Regal has class, he is english after all, and quite frankly, Tajiri is a very very small man from what Heyman has heard. Ross wonders out loud if Heyman likes Strudel and of course Heyman is offended by the comment Ross just made. Regal stretches Tajiri most match while Torrie claps him on at ringside. Regal goes for a kiss from Torrie and she slaps him which leads to the Tarantula spot. Regal gains the advantage again on Tajiri and screams at Torrie Wilson he is going to injure Tajiri to make a point to her. Eventually the ref is distracted and Torrie gets on the ring apron. Torrie sprays the green mist in Regals eyes and Tajiri hits the Japanese Buzzsaw. Tajiri and Torrie Wilson leave together.

    Paul Heyman gets in to the ring. Ross asks him what the hell he is doing. Paul has a microphone and tells us this is what we have all been waiting for. Thanks to Shane and Stephanie McMahon's money he was able to invite a number of LEGENDS to the show tonight and they are all backstage right now.

    Paul says unlike the tyranny of Vince McMahon who likes to act like the old timers never existed once they are used and tossed aside, The Alliance promises to bring back the RICH HISTORY pro wrestling has to offer and never forget the legends who help build the new era of modern day pro wrestling.

    Heyman says he would like to welcome the first WWF LEGEND. Paul says this is really HUGE! This will be the first time this legend has returned to WWF TELEVISION in over a decade! It will mark the return of Vince McMahon's greatest and proudest moment in the wrestling business. Vince McMahon single handedly must take all of the credit for the success of this creation, because this is the epitome of Vince McMahons concept of what "Sports Entertainment" is all about.

    Heyman welcomes the man, the myth, the chicken who was born on "Survivor Series" 1990 back to the World Wrestling Federation. The GOOBLEY-GOOKER! Gooker comes down to the ring to music and dances for the audience. Heyman says it is not over yet. Heyman would like to bring out the greatest World Wrestling Federation Champion of all time. This man was another of Vince McMahons great visions of what a true "SPORTS ENTERTAINER" was all about. This Champion accidentally won his championship gold and then never won another match again in his entire career with the federation, but the Alliance spared no expense to track him down at his job working as a hamburger flipper and brought him back to the WWF for one last HURRAH! Ladies and Gentlemen.. GILLBERG!!

    Ross is going nutz saying Heyman has lost it. Heyman continues and says he has one last WWF LEGEND to bring down to the ring before the ALLIANCE LEGENDS are introduced for us all. He wants us all to stand up on our feet and welcome the greatest pure-wrestler Vince McMahon ever created in his three decade long tyranny in the WWF..

    Heyman says it was a hard choice to choose the greatest creation of all time when there were such greats as The Red Rooster, TL Hopper, The Goon, and Max Moon to choose from. But this one was the greatest pure wrestler of his era. Why he made other PRO-WRESTLERS look like CLOWNS when it came to pro-wrestling. Wait a second, I forgot he is a FREAKIN CLOWN! LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, DOINK!!

    Doink comes out and Doink, Gillberg, and Goobley-Gooker all dance in the ring while Heyman smirks and shakes his head. Heyman tells them to calm down. It is time for some REAL PRO-WRESTLING LEGENDS to come down to the squared circle and entertain us with simply being MEN STANDING TALL IN THE RING.

    Heyman brings out Arn Anderson and says this guy is the epitome of a true pro-wrestling machine! This is a man who won wrestling title after wrestling title because he was that damned good. Arn Anderson comes out and takes his place in the ring. Heyman says the next legend from The Alliance they want to bring out for us is known for his accomplishments in the pro-wrestling world. HE was one of the greatest pro-wrestlers of all time who vowed he would never go to the CIRCUS. That was until Vince McMahon promised him wrestling titles, wrestling pushes, and wrestling fame. When he got to the WWF he was disrespected by the front office time and time again and told to kiss Bret Harts feet! A Kiss My Feet Match is how he was repaid for sacrificing his word and signing with a company he knew was run by a tyrannical son of a bitch! He was a WRESTLING KING in MEMPHIS.. HE WAS A TRUE WRESTLING LEGEND!! But Vince McMahon took him and made him in to a running JOKE! He was the first WWF Version of Tazz. He quickly became a fat out of shape color man with Vince McMahon's SPORTS ENTRAINMENT COMPANY. Ladies and Gentlemen, JERRY "THE KING" LAWLER!

    Lawler comes out and stands next to Anderson. Heyman says there is one more WCW Legend to bring out. This man is world renowned and does not need any introduction which his music can't do for him.

    2001 Theme plays. Ric Flair comes out to the ring. Flair shakes Anderson and Lawler's hands and then Heyman's. Flair gets on the mic and says he is glad to finally be back in North Carolina! (like The Rock does). Flair starts laughing. Flair says all kidding aside he is proud The Alliance (says it with a questionable tone) sought me out to be a part of this historic night of action to see if The Alliance (says it with a smile mocking it) can move on to conquer MR. MCMAHON (says it with sarcasm). But where I come from we never relied to heavily on gimmick matches. I wrestled my whole career, give or take a few years, actually putting on a wrestling show. And I think the fans respected what I gave back to them over the years. I can admit at the end of my career I wasn't the JET RIDING, LIMOUSINE STYLING, WOOOH SON OF GUN that I was earlier in my career. But what I was, was a real champion. And Arn Anderson, Jerry Lawler, and anybody in this ring right now who was a wrestler can attest to this fact. We gave our hearts, we gave our bodies, and we did it to entertain the wrestling fans.

    We did not need to be classified as pro-wrestlers or sports entertainers, we didn't frankly care if you called one or the other. All we wanted was to hear the cheer of the crowd and to know we had fulfilled our jobs to the best of our abilities. We didn't need some punk kid wearing a hat, yeah I am talking about you fat boy (to Heyman) telling us why we were the best in the business, we knew we were the best if the fans told us we were the best, and by god the guys who made this business even before I came in to the business were with out a doubt.. WOOOOOOH.. The best!

    Now you can have your little Alliance v. The WWF match later in the show and everybody in this ring that respects the business is going to honor the stipulations of the match. There will be one company that comes out of it. I have bled for WCW, I have given my entire life for WCW, and I'll be damned if I am going to sit here and watch WCW go out of business without a fight!

    Heyman interrupts. Well, Well, We...ll Naitch.. Wh--wh-what are you saying?

    What I am saying fat boy is this. Shane McMahon get your over priced no good son of a bitch ass down to this ring right now. Shane's music comes on. Shane comes out with a questionable look on his face.

    Now before you begin to talk. Because we all know you sure like to talk a lot. I'll make this pretty clear. There was a little signal that me and Arn made famous. And it was before the Austin 3:16 middle finger was famous, it was even before all of the other little signals like The People's Eyebrow.. and it went something like this.. Flair puts up his Four Fingers at the same time that Arn Anderson does. Lawler marks out for it.

    What it means is. If you didn't have this (four fingers) on your side, you didn't have WCW on your side. Now I am not asking you son, I am telling you. I worked for twenty five years in this business before you were even a twinkle in your dads genetic hammer. I am telling you the right thing to do for The Alliance, and better yet for your well being is to graciously step aside and allow "THE NATURE BOY" to take your place on Team Alliance in the five man elimination match here tonight. I might be quite a bit older then you are Shane-O, but lets face it, You are no Ric Flair. Shane goes to grab the microphone and Flair pulls it away.

    Wait a second, Maybe I was a little to harsh. Shane smiles and says you bet you were. Let me set it straight. Comparing you to my legend certainly isn't fair to you. Let me get my point across. I have seen some of the worst pro-wrestlers in my thirty some odd years in this industry. I remember guys like The Yetti, I remember guys like Zeus. Let me make this perfectly clear Shane-O. You suck! Step aside, and let this take your place (four fingers). Shane grabs the microphone.

    Ric Flair. Their was an old saying in this business long ago. You might know where I am going with this one. SUCK IT! Haha! I bet you thought I was going to say something enlightening? Well, I am only going to say, Ric Flair is never going to be welcome in The Alliance. In fact, Ric Flair isn't even welcome IN THIS VERY RING RIGHT NOW!

    RIC FLAIR IS DEAD! In 1994, I think another person in this ring said those very exact words in ECW! Because back then everybody knew what you could not realize. NOBODY GIVES A CRAP ABOUT RIC FLAIR! You are over the hill, you are an old man, you are a has been, you are NOTHING IN THIS BUSINESS anymore! Like my father, you are going to die soon and when you do, the entire ALLIANCE will dance on your GRAVE! We will have a party and dance on your grave! And don't think it is just me. It isn't. You see, sure we blind sided you tonight! This was a concocted plan to get RIC FLAIR to be at this show in his VERY HOME TOWN, to send a message to my pops and everybody that hopes pro-wrestling is going to be what it used to be in the grand old days. WELL IT ISN'T.

    Do you know what your very own son thinks of you? Do you?! Let me show you! You see, I have connections and David isn't very keen on you OLD MAN! (They show a video clip of David bad mouthing his father and saying he is a nothing and he can't wait for the day he dies).

    They come back and Flair tackles Shane McMahon. Doink turns out to be Shawn Stasiak and he attacks Arn Anderson. Goobley-Gooker turns out to be Mike Awesome and he attacks Jerry Lawler, and all six of them go at it. Eventually the ring fills up with Alliance members and they beat down Flair until some of the WWF guys make the save.

    Edge v. Test for the U.S. & I.C. Title. The match goes on for a while and Edge is having his way with Test. Finally out from the back down to ringside comes Christian. Christian goes to the announce table and does some color for the contest. Edge is beating Test when the ref is knocked out. Christian talks about how the ref is knocked out and he feels nobody is in power to make the right decision in the match. He volunteers to be the official for the rest of the match, but then he notices Nick Patrick is running down the aisle. Christian puts over how capable of an official Patrick is and how fair he has always been in calling matches. Ross asks Christian if he is senile to say that? Heyman defends Christian and says unlike Earl Hebner, Nick Patrick has always been a fan friendly official, well discounting the minor stint in the nWo, but we won't talk about that. Test hits the big boot to Edge and goes for the pin. Patrick fast counts but Edge still manages to kick out. Edge comes back and goes for the Edge-E-Cution and hits it. Patrick starts to count but then faints his shoulder is out of place. Christian and Heyman defend the injury saying it is tragic. The second official begins to get up in front of the announce table and Christian trips him and knocks him out again. Christian says he was trying to help him up but he obviously slipped. Edge goes outside and starts arguing with Christian because he saw what he did to the WWF ref. Christian gets in Edge's face and from behind Test comes out and posts Edge in to the announce table. Patrick comes out and argues with Test so Christian can hit his finisher on Edge through the announce table. Christian tosses Edge in to the ring. Test goes for the pinfall and Patrick fast counts again but for some unknown reason Christian puts Edge's foot on the bottom rope. Test gets out of the ring and gets in Christians face demanding an explanation.

    Christian tells Test he wants Edge to suffer and wants Test to go to the top and hit his giant elbow drop. Test goes to the top and goes for the elbow drop but Edge moves out of the way. Edge takes over on offense and sets up Test for a suplerplex and hits it. Edge goes for the cover but Patrick slow counts. Finally from the back Earl Hebner has had enough. Hebner rushes the ring and spears Patrick. The two are going at it. Hebner hits the Edge-E-Cution on Patrick and pins him. Edge counts a fast three. Test is up and hits another giant boot to Edge, who rolls out to the floor. Test then hits the power bomb slam on Hebner and rolls both Hebner and Patrick out to the floor as well. Test picks up Edge and puts him back in the ring.

    Christian gets on the apron and calls Test over. Christian tells Test to toss Edge in to the belt. Test picks up Edge and tosses him at Christian but Edge reverses it and Test puts on the brakes and points to his head. But Christian clobbers him anyways. Christian jumps to the floor and starts laughing at Test. Christian gets two chairs and throws them in to the ring. Christian gives one to Edge who is very surprised and shocked at what is going on. Christian signals for the CONCHAIRTO! They hit it! Christian gets the original ref and tosses him in to the ring. Edge gets the three count. Christian and Edge leave together with Edge asking Christian what the hell he is thinking?

    Six Women Match: The surprise is Jazz. Jazz wins the title beating Lita.

    Hardy's v. Dudley's for both tag belts in a cage. The rules of this one are simple. Both members have to climb out to win or you can win by pinfall or submission. Matt climbs out quickly and leaves Jeff in the contest 2 on 1. Jeff is taking a bad beating and Lita keeps telling Matt to go save Jeff. Matt questions why Lita wants him to go save Jeff, why she is so concerned with Jeff? Matt is acting jealous. She keeps pushing him to go back in and save Jeff. Finally after about 5 minutes he starts to climb up the cage but across the other side of the cage, Stacey starts stripping. Matt stops at the top of the cage and is memorized by Stacey. Lita rushes around and attacks her at ringside and Matt frowns on his face at her actions. Matt climbs back down to the floor and asks Lita what she is doing. Lita is pissed off at Matt and slaps him and demands he goes help Jeff in the ring. Matt throws his arms in the air, picks up Stacey, and carries her to the back.

    Jeff is being double teamed and is a bloody mess. Lita can not stand anymore and climbs in to the ring. Lita goes for the litacanrana off the cage but is caught in a super 3D! Bubba and Dvon are beating up Lita badly now. This gives Jeff time needed to establish himself again and he hits a nice mini come back. Jeff rushes the cage and he almost escapes. But he is caught. Dvon goes outside and gets a table and brings it in to the cage. He gets a second table and again brings it in as well. They stack the tables up two high and put Jeff on it. Bubba goes to the top of the cage and does the Jeff Swanton Bomb motion. Bubba leaps and hits a Bubbatan Bomb on Jeff! Bubba pins Jeff. Dudz win. After the match Lita and Jeff are both laid out. Matt Hardy comes back down and helps Lita up. He then starts in on Jeff for losing the match all by himself. Matt says he went to the back to help out a fallen woman and Jeff went and lost the tag team titles all on his own. Matt starts spitting on Jeff. Lita comes through and attacks Matt.

    Immunity Battle Royal. All the contestants are announced and Tazz is last. All of those in the ring hate Tazz. They all make a pact to get him out first. Tazz is being attacked from all directions by 21 other wrestlers. One by one Tazz throws them all out with Suplexes. Tazz wins.

    Main Event. RVD, Angle, Austin, Booker T, and Shane v. Rock, Jericho, Kane, Undertaker, and Big Show.

    Undertaker goes out first but isn't eliminated 20:02 in to the contest when Angle locks the Ankle lock on Undertaker and refuses to let it go. Angle is disqualified from competition because he refused to let the hold go, and Undertaker does his first stretcher job in WWF history and is removed from the ringside area and transported to a medical facility for x-rays. Shane McMahon high fives Angle and the announcers get over this must have been a game plan. So Angle sacrificed his spot in the contest to take out the BIG DAWG and weaken the WWF team.

    At the 26:02 mark Shane McMahon tries to help RVD do the Vandaminator but he gets smacked instead by RVD. Shane is pinned by Jericho. RVD acts cool about it and throws his arms in the air and says, "Who would have known, oh well.". Jericho goes to town on RVD but RVD comes back. Jericho tags in Big Show. RVD holds his own against Big Show and tags in Booker T.

    Booker T is eliminated at 30:21 by a chokeslam by Big Show. Shane is still at ringside. Shane is losing it. Austin and RVD are the only two left on The Alliance team and all the WWF has lost is Big Show. Shane is yelling at RVD and Austin. RVD tells Shane not to worry he is ROB VAN DAM. Austin flips off Shane. Austin gets in the ring and takes out Big Show. Austin goes to town on Big Show. Austin tells RVD to go to the top and hit the Frog Splash. RVD goes to the top and Austin pushes RVD off in to the ringside barricade. Austin is laughing at the falling RVD. Shane gets on the ring apron and demands to know what the hell Austin is doing. Austin flips him off and smiles at Vince. Vince smiles back and Austin and then yells to Big Show to GET HIM!! GET HIM NOW DAMMIT! Austin looks puzzled at Vince and then Big Show rolls up Austin from behind. Austin kicks out at 2 1/2. Austin isn't concerned about the match anymore he is obsessed with getting at Vince. Austin rolls to the floor and goes after Vince. Austin is attacked by RVD with a spin wheel kick at ringside. Vince is smiling at RVD. Shane is going crazy at ringside asking what RVD is thinking. RVD tells Shane Austin attacked him first. RVD throws Austin in to the ring and gets back on the apron for the tag. Big Show goes to work on Austin. Austin finally makes the hot tag to RVD. RVD goes to work on Big Show and gets him down for the ROLLING THUNDER. And then he hits the FIVE STAR FROG SPLASH. BIG SHOW KICKS OUT! Austin is laughing on the ring apron at RVD. RVD is stunned and backs off fast from The Big Show. He tags in Austin. Austin tells RVD to watch how it is done. Austin hits the STONECOLD STUNNER ON SHOW.. Show KICKS OUT!! Austin is going nuts. Austin rolls to the floor and gets a chair. Shane McMahon jumps on the ring apron and Vince pulls him down. The two almost go at it, but don't. Austin goes to use the chair on Big Show but Big Show hits the chair and the chair hits Austin's head. Big Show goes for the pin but RVD breaks it up.

    Big Show tags in Rock. Rock goes after Austin. But Austin makes a tag to RVD. RVD and Rock go at it. RVD hits the springboard moonsault on Rock for a near fall. Rock tags in Jericho. Jericho gets the advantage. Shane sets up the Vandaminator spot and is holding the chair. RVD goes to hit it but Shane loses his balance and falls off the ring apron messing up RVD's timing and Jericho hits "THE BREAKDOWN" for the pin on RVD.

    Now it is Austin v. RVD, Kane, Jericho, and Rock. Vince is smiling because its everybody against Austin. Shane and RVD are arguing at ringside. Shane says he slipped off the apron and it wasn't his fault. RVD doesn't buy it and says the hell with Shane McMahon and leaves ringside in a huff.

    Austin looks around and realizes he has no team mates. Austin gets in with Jericho and gets his ass handed to him. Austin keeps going to make a tag and realizing there isn't anybody to tag. He starts to get frustrated and starts battling with himself. Austin seems to be losing his mind right in front of our eyes. Jericho, Kane, Rock, and Show trade off tagging in and beating down Austin. Vince tells them not to pin him yet. Vince wants to live this moment for a long time. Vince demands they destroy the legend of Austin and take him out once and for all right in front of his very own eyes.

    Austin gets busted open wide. The beating continues for what seems like an endless period of time. JR is calling for the ref to stop the match. Heyman says JR would say that because Austin is the last man standing in the way of the WWF side winning and they should not stop the match. Too much is on the line for them to stop the match.

    Austin and Big Show are in the match. Big Show hits the chokeslam and Austin kicks out. Big Show hits a big boot and Austin gets his foot on the ropes. Austin staggers to his feet and flips off Show.

    Show charges in and Austin ducks sending Show to the floor. Austin gets up and flips off Vince at ringside and rolls to the floor. Austin is kicking shows ass with punches. Austin pushes Show back in the ring. Austin hits the thesz press on Show. Austin staggers to his feet and his motioning for Show to get up. STUNNER! Austin eliminates Show. Kane rushes in and Austin hits him with a Stunner as well. Kane is gone now.

    McMahon is getting a little concerned now. Jericho comes in and Austin goes for a quick Stunner but Austin is caught off guard and put in to the walls of jericho. Austin refuses to give up and quickly hits the ropes. Jericho hits the lionsault on Austin but he kicks out. Jericho bounces off the rope but Rock tags himself in. Rock tells Jericho to watch how it is done. Rock beats down Austin and Jericho tags himself in. Jericho and Rock go back and forth trying to one up each other tagging each other in. Rock finally tags in and hits the Rock Bottom. He sets up for the people's elbow. Jericho climbs to the top rope and hits Rock with a missile dropkick when he is going for the elbow spot. Jericho hits the BREAKDOWN on ROCK and puts Austin on Rock. Rock is gone.

    Vince is going crazy asking Jericho what the hell he just did. Y2J tells Vince he will show him what the hell he just did. He is going to do something Rock could never do, beat Austin on PPV. Jericho gets in Rock's face and tells him he just lost the BIGGEST ONE of all time and wants to know how it feels? Jericho goes to pin Steve Austin but Rock breaks it up. Rock hits Jericho with a Rock Bottom and leaves the ring. Vince gets in Rock's face and wonders what the hell he is thinking. Jericho kicks out to the relief of Vince.

    Rock decks McMahon and walks to the back cussing back at Jericho as he is walking. Jericho sets up Austin for a lionsault but Austin gets his feet up. Austin gets up and hits Jericho with a stunner as McMahon is groggily getting to his feet at ringside.

    Austin pins Jericho. The Alliance starts to pour out to ringside and McMahon gulps to the camera. But then the lights go out in the midst of all the celebration. Undertakers music hits (old music) and the dark taker comes out.

    Austin is up and is eye balling Undertaker and has a worried look on his face. Undertaker comes down and Austin hits a stunner right off but Undertaker sits up. Austin is coming at Undertaker and Undertaker reverses his weight and gets the fujiwara arm bar on Austin. Austin refuses to give up. Austin is a bloody mess and is screaming in pain. Shane McMahon tells the time keeper to ring the fucking bell. WWF WINS!

    Undertaker gets up and asks what the hell is going on. This was not part of the show. Vince and Shane are laughing. Vince struts in to the ring as Austin rolls to the corner a broken man. Vince gets on the house mic and informs us.. Vince 3:16 has just proven to the world that Steve Austin can not win the war against Vince McMahon. Vince McMahon now owns both WCW and WWF and that means for the first time in pro-wrestling history, Steve Austin will have no place to appear. That means, MR. MCMAHON has won the war!!

    The epic battle which began in 1997 has officially ended and the winner is.. VINCE MCMAHON HIMSELF! Vince is gloating about it. The Undertaker tells Vince McMahon he didn't win a damned thing. And he might own both companies but right now he owns jack shit. The Undertaker tells Vince on Smackdown! last week he held up the WWF LOGO with pride, right now if it was on fire he would not piss on it to put it out! Vince tells Undertaker to remember who the hell he is talking too, he is talking to the owner of both WWF and WCW. Undertaker tells Vince he knows who he is talking too.. he is talking to the sorriest son of a bitch the pro-wrestling world has ever seen. Paul Heyman gets up and shakes his head and walks off glaring at Vince. Jim Ross says he thinks Vince McMahon did the wrong thing this time around, and we all said Vince would do anything to save the WWF. But this time he probably just ended the WWF. Because this was uncalled for and obviously will be the 'death of the WWF' in the minds and hearts of many faithful WWF fans.

    Undertaker tells Vince he doesn't have to worry about screwing him out of his WWF career.. because he quits. Undertaker goes to Austin and tells Austin he had nothing to do with this and he is sorry. He hugs Austin and leaves the ring. McMahon is glaring at Austin with a big smile on his face. McMahon is acting cocky and wants to know what Austin is going to do about this. Austin drops to the mat and rolls out of the ring and just walks away. Vince is mocking Austin in the ring and calls for beers. The entire stage is filled with WWF and Alliance guys. They all start to turn slowly to walk off.

    Vince demands the WWF wrestlers come down to the ring to celebrate with him. Most of them leave. Vince tells them if they do not come down to the ring in 20 seconds they are all FIRED! Some of them head down towards the ring. But the only one that makes it to the ring quickly is Tazz.

    Vince is appreciative that Tazz came down to the ring. The other WWF wrestlers are lingering in doubt heading towards the ring and looking at Austin as he walks by them broken man. Tazz gets in the ring and puts his hand out for Vince to shake.

    Vince shakes it. Tazz gets on the mic and says he just wanted to be the first WWF Employee and the winner of the WWF IMMUNITY battle royal which means he can't be fired to show Vince McMahon and Shane McMahon how the collective universe feels about them, because he would not have been afforded this great chance if it wasn't for the actions of Vince McMahon here tonight. Vince turns around and comments to Shane that somebody in the company has an ounce of respect for Vince McMahon after all. Tazz puts Vince in the Tazzmission and says this one is for all of the boys you screwed over VINCE! Shane tries to break it up but can't as Tazz falls to the apron with Vince locked in. WWF wrestlers rush to the ring and start beating on TAZZ. Tazz won't let go. Austin looks at the cheering crowd erupting for Tazz and sees Tazz being destroyed.

    Austin rushes back in the ring and clears the ring. Tazz gets up to his feet and bumps in to Austin. Austin offers his hand to shake Tazz's hand and they both shake hands. Tazz gets on the mic and says the ONE Man he always respected when he was busting his ass in ECW and bleeding hits guts out on PPV was Steve Austin. It pissed him off for so many years that The Steve Austin he knew and respected was being wasted in the WWF feuding with the owner of the company when he should have been establishing his wrestling legend in North America. It pissed him off Steve Austin was being portrayed as a senile leader of a fictitious organization to pop the crowd for the owner of the WWF. And what happened tonight was disgusting! I just want you know Steve, You are and always will be a hero to Tazz. And you know what? There was a time when TAZZ meant something. Heyman was right on Smackdown! I have become fat, I have become a second rate sports entertainer. Much like Vince McMahon reached in the heart of Steve Austin and ripped out his desire and spirit to be a MAN, he did the same thing to ME, TO TAZZ. I say NO MORE!! You know what I say Austin? I say FUCK THE WORLD!

    That is what I say. Let the two most miserable son of a bitches the pro-wrestling world has ever known come together right here and right now to take over the pro-wrestling industry! They can not FIRE ME! They can not get rid of me! If I constantly let you in their buildings.. they can't do a GOD DAMNED THING about it! Tazz is offering you a chance.. A chance to get back in the game. But who cares about playing by their rules. This can be done THUGWAY!

    Austin looks around and the crowd cheering him on. Austin gets on the house mic.

    So what you are saying you meely mouthed son of a bitch, WHAT? What you are suggesting is that Tazz and Steve Austin come together to raise hell in the wrestling world? WHAT? That is the greatest idea I have ever heard in my life! Some one toss Steve Austin and Tazz a beer!

    If you have not already heard, we decided to discontinue our service with EGROUPS, and go to TOPICA.COM instead. I feel this will be a better overall service and give us many more options. If you want to subscribe to L.E.W.D. newsletter, you can do so by the following methods:

  • send a blank e-mail to lewd-subscribe@topica.com or hit the link below and send a blank e-mail to that.
  • SUBSCRIBE TO L.E.W.D.!

    That should do the trick. Outside of that, I have not done too much writing lately, we have the totals of the prediction contest up on the page and ample links to get you to that page on this page. If you wish to enter for next month's PPV, send an e-mail request to me and I will add you to the mailing list to send out the official contest ballot for next month's "UNFORGIVEN" PPV.



    WMX8


    Sunday Night Heat starts on MTV with Val Venis in the ring with his music playing. Val is doing his towel act and teasing he is going to grab one lucky woman out of the audience. But Val informs the Toronto, Canada crowd he left Canada because quite frankly the women in Canada are ugly.

    In fact, If you watched RAW last Monday, Lucy the dog is actually a better looking bitch then the majority of the women in this crowd live tonight in Toronto, Canada. But fortunately The Big Valboski met with a sizzling HOT woman backstage, and he can promise us she is not even close to being Canadian. The Big Valboski tells them in the production tape to hit the tape. We see a cam corder taking video footage of a cute looking woman's backside (peaking around a corner) and then we here Val moaning about how she is just what he is looking for. They cut the feed and Val is grinning from ear to ear in the middle of the ring as Jerry Lawler screams "wait a second that was one of the Godfather's escorts from earlier!" and Jim Ross responds, "Maybe The Big Valboski and The Godfather conducted some business earlier today, we know The Godfather's escort service has been down in the dumps since it went legal!".

    Val calls the female out and she does an elaborate entrance as Val's theme plays again. She dances in to the ring and right up to Val. Val motions to her and says, "Come on baby, you know what I want, get on your knees!" and the woman gets down on her knees. Val tells her to take off the towel and she does. Val starts kissing her when his music stops and The Godfather comes on the stage.

    Godfather tells Val his eyes must be deceiving him, because he was in the back watching the monitor and he certainly doesn't understand what he is seeing. He may have gone legal, but he didn't go dumb. If you want the play, you have to pay! And if you are out of cash, then The Godfather will have to take it straight out of your ass!

    Godfather runs in to the ring and attacks Val Venis. Ross tells us the match up was scheduled for later in the night pitting Perry Saturn v. Val Venis. Godfather and Venis are going at it (brawling) when Saturn's music starts and he sprints down to the ring. A ref follows Saturn and calls for the ring bell. Saturn quickly demolishes both the weakened Valboski & Godfather for the pinfall victory on Godfather. Saturn goes over to the woman who was with Val and motions to her to leave with him. She goes with Saturn to the back of the building. Ross is left screaming the old saying "To the victor goes the spoils, and Saturn certainly was the victor, but the guy is as goofy as a pet coon at times, so he is not sure why he got the spoils". Lawler tells JR "Well some women like immature men" to which Ross responds, "I knew there had to be an answer for why women constantly fall for you King". Lawler responds "Yeah, oh, HEY! Well I've always said the best kind of women are falling women, as long as they are falling all over me, WOHOO!!"

    After the match Val Venis puts Godfather in to his submission hold and will not release it until officials come down and drag him off. The show goes to a break during this to restore order.

    We come back and hype WrestleMania X8 for 10 minutes. Then we go back to the ring for the second match of the show.

    Curt Hennig & Test & Lance Storm v. Scotty Taylor & Albert & Rikishi.

    This one goes for about 5 minutes when Rikishi has Hennig set up for the stink face. Hennig grabs his "perfect towel" to block the move and it allows Rikishi to get the towel shoved up his ass (comedy match). In the end Test hits Rikishi with the big boot and Hennig hits the Perfect Plex on Rikishi for the pinfall.

    We hype WMX8 for another 10 minutes. And then we are ready for the main event on Sunday Night Heat. Yoshahiro Tajiri v. The Hurricane for the WWF Cruiserweight Title. Jim Ross tells us he has heard a lot of talk about Cruiserweights coming out of the woodworks trying to get to Canada because this was the biggest night in the history of pro wrestling and quite a few of them are a little bit ticked off that the WWF did not include a Cruiserweight title match on WrestleManiaX8. There are a lot of younger wrestlers who are a bit ticked off at Vince McMahon because it is a well known fact that Vince McMahon has always favored the larger wrestlers and doesn't really think Cruiserweight wrestling can get over on the national level. I've heard that Billy Kidman was supposed to be here tonight, but as far as I know he is not here. Tajiri & Hurricane go at for quite some time (doing what they do best). Tajiri hits the Buzzsaw kick for the pinfall. As he and Torrie are celebrating the lights go out. They come back on and there is a man in the ring with a mask on.

    Before he can do anything we see the nWo black and white break in and the nWo music plays. It is Scott Hall & Kevin Nash. They come down to the ring and mock the masked man (dressed in all black). Kevin Nash grabs Torrie Wilson and throws her down at his feet saying "Long time no see, huh Torrie?". Tajiri rushes in and is laid out by Nash with a boot.

    Nash dumps Tajiri to the floor. Scott Hall circles around Torrie as she is begging for mercy at the nWo's feet. The masked man rushes in but Hall and Nash cut him off. Hall is restraining him saying. Nash gets the mic and says he knows who the masked man is. It is Billy Kidman.

    Torrie's little ex boyfriend from WCDubya! The Cruiserweight who tried to break in to the heavyweight division at the expense of the nWo's own Hulk Hogan. The nWo did not forget the embarrassment of Billy Kidman's attempts to overshadow one of their own, and it will not go unpunished.

    But instead of beating down a weaker man. Nash will just use Torrie as the means to cash the check. And Hall can hold Kidman and make sure he watches. He heard Kidman got to watch Torrie doing a lot of things when they were dating in WCW, and tonight he will get to witness Torrie doing BIG SEXXY. Nash does the crotch chop. Tajiri & Hurricane storm the ring. Tajiri hits Hall with a spin wheel kick as Hurricane groin shots Nash. The masked man and Hall tumble to the mat from the blow by Tajiri. Tajiri helps up Torrie and tells her to go to the back.

    Torrie sprints to the back as Tajiri helps the masked man up. Tajiri, Hurricane and The Masked Man are in a stand off with Nash & Hall. Nash & Hall move in and Tajiri & Hurricane move in as well. The Masked Man stays behind for some reason and then attacks both Tajiri & Hurricane from behind. The masked man starts crotch chopping and pulls off his mask. Its X Pac. X Pac grabs the microphone and tells Tajiri Vince McMahon ordered a special lightweight unification match for WMX8.

    Tajiri v. X Pac. It is the opening match on the show! In just about a couple of minutes punk! And if for some reason you can not make it to the match, Vince McMahon has seen fit to add a stipulation which says X Pac wins the WWF Cruiserweight Title by forfeit. X Pac tells Nash & Hall to take Tajiri out. Nash & Hall destroy Tajiri as X Pac is laughing. Hall gets the mic and says Tajiri might as well be Steve Austin because he, just like Austin tonight is "DOWN AND OUT!".

    Heat hypes WMX8 for the rest of the show harping on what the nWo just did to Tajiri and how it is a bad omen for certain. The last shot is Torrie Wilson on a cell phone crying looking at a monitor. She asks the person on the other side to hurry up and make it to the Skydome, he only has a few minutes.

    WRESTLEMANIA X8 FROM THE TORONTO SKYDOME.

    Jim Ross & Jerry Lawler welcome us to the Skydome after the pyro with the crowd going nuts. Ross says we have been informed X Pac was not blowing hot air in the ring on Heat. The first match will be a title v. title match pitting X Pac v. Yoshahiro Tajiri. Ross says Tajiri is being looked at backstage and is in no condition to defend his title.

    Lawler makes some cracks about Mr. Miagi (Karate Kid) saying Tajiri had better find some one quick to magically heal him or he can kiss his title sayonara.

    The nWo music plays. X Pac comes out in his new black and red nWo gear. He gets in the ring and says he wants the title and he wants the title now. He knows Tajiri is in no shape to wrestle. We cut back to Tajiri in the backstage area motioning for Torrie to hurry up and go. Torrie asks him if he is sure and is okay with this? Tajiri motions he is and Torrie rushes out of the backstage area to someplace. Ross and Lawler act dumb not knowing where she is going.

    X Pac is still bragging about his title win in the ring. But Torrie's music plays. Torrie comes on the stage and says she always thought X Pac was kind of cute when he was in Degeneration X. And she thought he was a stud when he was wrestling in the nWo in WCW. But what sold her on how much of a dream boat he really was, was when he was the leader of X Factor. The music alone turned her so much that she just dreamed of the day of seeing X Pac in action. It is too bad X Pac is not in the mood to wrestle a match tonight, because she was looking forward to watching in demolish some unlucky Cruiserweight. She says she has grown tired of Tajiri because he constantly gets his ass kicked.

    Torrie is walking towards the ring and gets in the ring. She flirts with X Pac rubbing her hands on his chest. She asks him if he would wrestle one little match tonight just for her. X Pac says he would wrestle against anybody in the world tonight, but everyone in the back of the building is afraid of him. Torrie says if there was one wrestlers in the back with the courage to wrestle you, would you fight him for me? X Pac chickens out of the match. Torrie gets on her knee's and looks at his private region and asks him if he would issue an open challenge tonight if she promised to do anything that he wanted her to do if he won the match. X Pac finally agrees to the match for his title. Torrie says he will not regret it because he will get everything he ever wanted, she low blows him and the lights go off. The lights come back on and Kidman is on the top rope and hits a missile dropkick on the bent over X Pac. Kidman goes up to the top and hits his Shooting Star Press. A ref runs in the ring and counts the three.

    Winner: Billy Kidman & New WWF Lightweight Champion. Torrie & Kidman celebrate and hug. Torrie kisses Kidman and then realizes what she just did and leaves the ring and rushes to the back. Kidman rushes after her. X Pac leaves the ring as well.

    Christian v. Diamond Dallas Page for the European Title. Christian wins the title using the title belt to get the pinfall.

    Winner: Christian and New European Champion.

    After the match Christian tells DDP it isn't a bad thing he used the title to beat him for it, it is a great thing, If your name is Christian!

    Maven v. Al Snow for the WWF Hardcore Title. This one is a wild one. We see tons of returns happen in this match. All of the HWA & OVW talent in Toronto, Canada does a run in (Raven, Dreamer, Credible, etc). We also see Harvard Chris do a run in and get some near pinfalls. We see Goldust getting involved in it as well. Bossman runs in as does The Big Show. Basically this is the match to get all of the undercard boys on the PPV. Maven wins the match by pinning Harvard Chris and then he leaves the ringside area while the other wrestlers are still brawling.

    As he is going to the back he is attacked by Mark Henry. Maven escapes from losing the title as another wrestler attacks Henry to break up the pinfall. Maven leaves the arena in a broken down Toyota.

    Billy & Chuck v. APA v. Dudleyz v. Hardyz. Billy & Chuck go out first after Bradshaw connects with the clothesline from hell. Thus we are ensured a title change. APA is out next when they are counted out after Billy & Chuck brawl with them to the back. This leaves The Hardyz v. Dudleyz. Hardyz eventually go over in the end to win the straps.

    Winners: Hardyz.

    Jazz v. Lita v. Trish Stratus. Trish Stratus wins the title after Lita hits a Litacanrana & Moonsault on Jazz but Trish steals the pinfall.

    Winner: Trish Stratus.

    After the match Trish celebrates and Lita congratulates her. Lita does the raising of Trish's arm and leaves the ring looking back at her as she celebrates. Lita looks dejected. Ross harps on how Lita was so gracious on The Diva's Special and here tonight when she came up second in both contests to Trish Stratus. And that is what sportsmanship is all about. Jazz isn't as nice and attacks Trish. Lita sees it and starts to run in to save Trish, but then thinks about it and leaves to the back.

    Kane v. Kurt Angle. Kurt Angle is disqualified in this one after he goes Olympic with chairs and tables on Kane. After the match, Angle steals Kane's mask. Kane sells the burn of his facial region by dumping himself to the floor and searching for a towel. Kane leaves with a towel wrapped around his head.

    Edge v. Booker T. Edge wins this one after a spear.

    Winner: Edge.

    William Regal v. Rob Van Dam. Rob Van Van wins after he hits the newly invented Van Knuxinator. Which is the Van Daminator without a chair using Regals knux on his hand to give Regal the "power of the punch"

    Winner: Rob Van Dam.

    We are told a mystery person will second Steve Austin at ringside.

    Ross talks about how every title has changed hands on this show outside of the WWF Hardcore title. He harps on how the Hardcore title could have changed as well, but it was dumb rookie luck that saved it from not changing. And it isn't a good night to be a WWF Champion heading in to the next match for the WWF Undisputed Championship.

    Ross says the last four matches are all main events in his opinion. He says Ric Flair v. Undertaker will be the last match on the show because it has been deemed a "non sanctioned" match. Vince McMahon decided it would be a no disqualification anything goes lights out match and the WWF has no responsibility over the actions of The Undertaker tonight.

    Triple H v. Chris Jericho. HHH is favoring the leg all match but is beating the tar out of Jericho at the same time. Jericho makes some nice come backs but ultimately is headed to lose the strap. Triple H hits his big Pedigree on Jericho about 15 minutes in to the match. He hurts his leg doing it and he can not make the cover. Triple H goes in for the pin after a few second of selling the injury. Hebner makes the count. He is pulled out at 2. Triple H goes to the floor and limps around the ring after Stephanie. Stephanie dumps herself in to the ring. Triple H follows her but is cut off by a Jericho spin wheel kick and then a Lionsault. Hebner counts but Triple H kicks out at 2 1/2. Stephanie is upset. She grabs the WCW Title and tosses it in to the ring and gets on the apron to distract Hebner. Jericho gets the belt and goes to nail Triple H with it but Triple H ducks and kicks Jericho in the gut knocking the title to the mat. Triple H hits Jericho with a DDT on the title. Stephanie is still arguing with the ref, no count. Triple H gets up and stumbles over to where Steph is and grabs her by the hair. Triple H flips her back in the ring and Jericho rolls up Triple H and yanks the tights. Triple H kicks out at 2 3/this this time. Jericho is frustrated. Jericho rolls to the floor. Stephanie is on the floor as well now. Jericho goes and gets a sledgehammer from behind the announcers desk. Jericho brings it in to the ring but the ref grabs it from him before he can use it.

    Jericho shoves the ref, the ref shoves Jericho in to a school boy by Triple H. Near fall on Jericho. Triple H is hobbling on one foot as Stephanie rushes around and grabs the Sledgehammer with an evil grin on her face. The ref gets knocked out when Jericho pulls him in front of him. Stephanie gets in the ring. Jericho is arguing with her to give him the sledgehammer. Stephanie tells Jericho she has something better in mind. She tells him to pick up Triple H and hold him. She goes to hit Triple H but hits Jericho instead. Stephanie throws her hands in the air. Triple H is up behind her on one leg. She turns around right in to the Pedigree. Triple H gets the sledgehammer and destroys Jericho with it. Triple H wakes up the ref and dumps the Sledgehammer to the floor. Triple H pins Jericho for the win.

    Your Winner: Triple H.

    After the match Triple H is celebrating in the ring while Jericho is screaming at Stephanie. Jericho shoves Stephanie and blames her for the loss. Stephanie pushes him back and Jericho goes to get her in the walls of Jericho. Triple H saves her. Triple H brings her in the ring. Stephanie gets on the mic and tells Triple H she did it all for him. She never liked Chris Jericho in the first place, she was just making him look like a total fool. She always had Triple H in her heart, and because of her he is the champion. Triple H teases he is back with her, but then gives her a Pedigree again.

    Jericho is almost to the back when Vince McMahon's music hits. Vince comes out on the stage and tells Jericho he isn't done just yet. He has had so much on his mind for the last few months with this Flair business, he forgot to inform Jericho & Triple H the their title match tonight was a SUBMISSIONS MATCH. Which means pinfalls do not count, which means, technically the match isn't over yet. Vince tells us fair is fair, and he seems to remember Triple H screwing over Chris Jericho once before in the past on RAW and maybe it is a bit late, but tonight Vince McMahon will once again prove in Canada, the only person who gets screwed is the person who screws himself. Vince orders the match to restart. Stephanie clips Triple H from behind with the sledgehammer in the knee. Jericho sprits in to the ring and puts on the Walls of Jericho. Triple H refuses to give up.

    Jericho has the submission on for at least a couple of minutes. But Triple H will not submit. Vince walks down to the ring and Ross is screaming Triple H's career could be over. Triple H still will not give up. Ric Flair sprints down to the ring and cold cocks Vince and throws in the towel for Triple H.

    Your Winner: Chris Jericho.

    Steve Austin v. Scott Hall. Austin comes out first and introduced his second to combat Kevin Nash. It turns out to be HBK. Austin talks about DTA. Austin tells us he knows there is a good chance HBK is not on the up and up, but it is a chance he is willing to take. If HBK steps out of line, Austin will just kick his ass again like he used to do years ago. Austin wins the match when HBK helps him. HBK does not turn nWo. Austin & HBK celebrate in the ring after the match is over.

    Hollywood Hulk Hogan v. The Rock. Classic match with no screw jobs or run ins for the first 10-15 minutes. Rock beats Hogan. After the match is over, Kevin Nash & Scott Hall come down to the ring with Vince McMahon.

    All three of them triple-team Hogan and destroy him. Rock goes over to the color booth. Rock sits down and is watching the attack. Rock is enjoying the nWo self-destructing. Rock tells us Hulk Hogan was a myth and was never "Hollywood" for one second of his life. Hogan couldn't even act, not like The Rock can act. When it comes to wrestling, Hulk Hogan couldn't even do that like The Rock. Sure he could beat The Rock in a cheap tag team match, but one on one with the great one, The Hulkster didn't stand a chance in hell. Ross questions why Rock is gloating so much. Rock reminds Ross Hogan was the guy that tried to kill him. Why wouldn't he gloat when the same guy that tried to kill me on national television was himself being murdered in the ring. Ross says he can understand why Rock is upset, but even Hulk Hogan does not deserve this, the man is a legend, and icon! Rock asks Ross if he would like the People's Icon to go in the ring and save Hulkamania for one more day?

    Ross says he would and so would all the 60,000 fans. Rock asks Ross if he is sure because he wants to make sure the People's Ears heard him correct. Ross wants The Rock to go in the ring and lay the Smackdown and help out? Ross says he does. Rock goes in the ring and beats on Hogan with the nWo. Rock has them pick him up so he can give him the Rock Bottom. Rock high fives the nWo and leaves with them. Ross does not believe what he is seeing. Hogan is taken out of the building on a stretcher.

    Ric Flair vs. Undertaker. Ric Flair comes out in street clothes (blue jeans like the old bunkhouse days). Undertaker comes out next. The two are brawling all over the building. Eventually Ric Flair pins The Undertaker.

    After the match David Flair comes out to celebrate with his father. He is celebrating in the ring when Undertaker nods to him. David acts as if he is afraid. Undertaker gets back in the ring and David away in fear. Ric holds Undertaker off but David hits a low blow on him.

    Undertaker destroys Ric Flair as David is left in the corner of the ring shaking saying "I'm sorry.. He was going to get Megan.. I'm sorry he made me do it dad". Vince McMahon comes out on the stage and goes down to the ring as Undertaker is beating up Ric Flair.

    Vince calls out the boys. Rock, Nash, Hall and X Pac come down to the ring and take turns beating down Ric Flair. Vince McMahon is grinning from ear to ear saying Ric Flair is dead. From this day forward Vince McMahon is the only power in Sports Entertainment and Ric Flair's vision dies here tonight in Toronto, Canada. As Vince and the nWo are posing.. Austin, HBK, Tajiri and Kidman run out from the back and chase off the nWo & Vince McMahon. The last shots we get of WMX8 is of a bloody Ric Flair hugging his son. The nWo, Rock, Undertaker and Vince are all eye balling the faces in the ring as the shows ends with Ross screaming RAW is going to be crazy with the actions in the board room expected to heat up and the aftermath of WMX8.



    MOCKDRAFT By Mark R & Brad Clements


    MOCK DRAFT CONDUCTED: INLEWD.COM authorized a mock draft. This was a project I decided was worthwhile and would be good 'print'.

    LEWD RADIO Host Brad Clements represented Vince McMahon. Brad has an overwhelming knack to prefer "Sports Entertainment" over "wrestling".

    Often times, Brad Clements and I do not see 'eye-to-eye' on how this wrestling game should be directed. He disliked WMX8 because it 'was just a solid wrestling show'. Whereas; I enjoyed WMX8 because there wasn't a lot of "Sports Entertainment" aspects to it (outside of that Hardcore match). So it seemed obvious a mock draft would be great.

    Brad Clements would represent Vince McMahon, and WOOOO!! I would be representing "The Nature Boy" Ric Flair. Of course I allowed Brad to pick #1 because Vince won the coin toss on RAW.

    (note we did the draft in sequential order using the complete roster on WWF Superstars.com. For space purposes I will do the column in groups of three or four picks).

    Brad selected Steve Austin (1), Undertaker (3) & Big Show (5) as his top three in our draft & I countered with Rock (2), Angle (4) & Rob Van Dam (6).

    Brad defended choosing Austin as his #1 pick claiming Vince McMahon will realize there is more money in nWo v. Austin & Hogan (He said he saw the recent reported problems with WWF & Austin being used to help promote this feud). Steve Austin was high on my list. In fact Austin was going to be my #1 pick. So I had to organize and went with Rock, Kurt Angle & RVD.

    Brad then decided to choose Jericho (7), Kane (9), Lawler (11) and Goldust (13). I went with Edge (8), Jim Ross (10), HBK (12) and Benoit (14).

    I was a bit frustrated at this point because Jericho was on my list & I really wanted him. But I decided Edge would do just fine. I opted to choose Jim Ross 10th because I felt I needed him on RAW.

    Brad took Jerry "The King" Lawler at 11th and thus caused the best on air announcing team in wrestling history to be split up. I took HBK because it was a gamble I was willing to take. Hopefully HBK could come back to my RAW telecast and be his old self.

    Brad next took Regal (15), Michael Cole (17), Rikishi (19), Farooq (21), Bradshaw (23), Keibler (25), and Trish (27).

    He seemed to be filling out his announce team as well as getting some hard hitting brutes. He surprised me with the female element. But I guess he was picking for "Sports Entertainment T & A".

    I countered with Heyman (16), Lita (18), Bubba Ray (20), D Von (22), Jeff Hardy (24), Matt Hardy (26), and Tajiri (28).

    I felt happy about snagging the two greatest tag teams in history. I was also happy I got Tajiri and Paul Heyman to be my color man.

    Brad took DDP (29), Torrie (31), Godfather (33), Christian (35), Val Venis (37) and Curt Hennig (39). I got Booker T (30), Tazz (32), Spike (34), Debra (36), Brock Lesnar (38) and Maven (40).

    We were both feeling pretty good about our draft at the midway point. I had gotten quite a few names I wanted.

    Nash (41), Hall (43), Hogan (45), Storm (47), Bob Holly (49), Raven (51) v. Rhyno (42), Dreamer (44), Kidman (46), Guerrero Jr. (48), Crash Holly (50) and Hurricane (52).

    I was not interested in the nWo at all. Brad said he thought Vince's philosophy in the draft would be to choose the nWo late feeling Flair would have little interest in drafting the "poison". It would also allow some of the younger guys to cosmetically appear to be higher on the draft list (thus making the interest in the draft sustainable).

    Terri (53), Test (55), Awesome (57), Mighty Molly (59), X Pac (61), Albert (63) and Bossman (65) v. Saturn (54), Scotty Taylor (56), Kanyon (58), Palumbo (60), Gunn (62) Taka (64) and Funaki (66).

    Brad told me he was hoping I would take the Gunn & Palumbo. He did not want them.

    Stasiak (67), Buchanan (69), Coach (71), Snow (73), Haku (75) and Credible (77) v. D Lo (68), Mark Henry (70), Ivory (72), David Flair (74), Nidia (76), Jackie (78) and Brooklyn Brawler (80).

    There you have it. Pretty solid draft. The only problem I saw was I ended up with the majority of the titles and Brad got one. I feel the WWF can solve this problem by 'working' the draft. Interesting note is we started the mock draft at 1:57PM and it ended at 2:29PM.

    So in other words it took around 32 minutes. I was prepared and that helped me push along in my draft selections. Brad only had about ten minutes to prepare for the mock draft. If you add video packages and promo's to the mock draft, it would have been over an hour easy.

    So it looks like the WWF can get this thing done in segments. Which means they could have some matches in between draft selections.

    (This is not scientific. We do not know who will be in the draft nor who will be excluded from the draft. We just felt it would be really good print to attempt something such as this).



    SHOOT ON XPW'S ROB BLACK


    AND ANOTHER ONE POPS UP! I pull out my pen, and SHOOT THEM!

    ROB BLACK! SHAME ON YOU, YOU SLIME BALL! First of all what can I write about a guy that lives his life exploiting women? He makes his money by paying human beings to fuck each other. If you didn't know what Mr. Black makes the majority of his money off of, it is called PORNO FILMS. That's right, this guy isn't a pro wrestling mind. He is a sleazy son of a bitch that exploits men and women to make a shit load of cash!

    Maybe he is right to exploit those men and women who want to be used and abused so he can buy tons of materialistic things. Maybe it is not my place to talk about whether or not the exploitation Mr. Black participates in daily is wrong or right. Hell this is not a web page that supports or blasts PORNO.

    We have nothing to do with porno, so what is the connection? Well Mr. Black also operates XPW (EXTREME PRO WRESTLING). You know that cheap rip off company which is still trying to be ECW. The same company that actually ripped off ECW's LOGO and VIDEO COVERS and tried to market XPW as if it was actually ECW. XPW even duplicated some of ECW's popular video cassette covers and tried to fool consumers in to thinking they were actually purchasing ECW and not the cheap rip off company that has cornered the market on irresponsible wrestling.

    The same promoter that signed Sabu even though he was under contract to Paul Heyman and didn't think he had done anything wrong by using a wrestler contracted to another organization. The same promoter who thinks simply throwing a bunch of wrestlers out in to the ring and having them nearly end each other's lives makes his wrestling show a "GREAT WRESTLING SHOW".

    But the truth is Mr. Black is a sleaze ball! He preys on men and women even in the wrestling game. He shows he has no regards for his own workers by putting them in life threatening spots. It would be okay if the spots were prepared for correctly. But Mr. Black doesn't seem to really give these spots enough thought, he only wants to see the men and women of XPW go out to that ring and exploit their bodies so he can make some easy cash. It would seem Mr. Black considers pro-wrestling to be just as3 marketable as PORN is.

    So he is treating the pro wrestler's the same way he treats the porn stars. With very little respect. They are just component's that make him money. They are just prostitutes and he is the GRAND PIMP.

    I never understood how if you video tape two people having sex and they are being paid to have sex, that is legal. But if one person was to pay another person for sex and it wasn't being video taped it was somehow illegal. Mr. Black has seemingly found pro wrestling to be a new wave PORN he can market to even children.

    There isn't anything EXTREME about XPW outside of the the promoter being an EXTREME SLEAZE bag that doesn't care if his wrestler's live or die. Why am I so upset? At the last XPW show a wrestler named Supreme almost lost his life doing a stunt that served no purpose on a pro wrestling show. If you are promoting pro wrestling and using a "HARDCORE" edge to it to attract young children. You have to make damned sure the stunts are well planned and re-hearsed.

    But Mr. Black wasn't at all concerned at the lack of preparation of his staff, and or the lack of preparation the management had even put in to the stunt. He was more concerned that the stunt actually happened, so he could make some more money. So the stunt did happen and Supreme could have easily died from the lack of preparation.

    The spot was the heel is supposed to pour lighter fluid on a table and the babyface is supposed to go through the flaming table. This is a stunt which has been done in pro wrestling many times, and it has never once gone wrong. With the exception of an incident in the ECW ARENA where Terry Funk caught on fire, pro wrestling has used fire as an attraction dating back to the 1970's without any serious injuries. In that ECW angle, Paul Heyman actually went on record as apologizing for the angle and suggesting it went too far.

    Black has done neither. Infact, Black has not said anything on the subject, proving once again he really could care less if his wrestler's get hurt. Because he made money and that is what it is all about for Mr. Black.

    First of all they used the wrong type of lighter fluid in the spot, the person preparing the table and lighting it on fire had not done this before, she had not been trained on how to do it, and there was no re-hearsel of this spot leading up to it happening. She was hesitant about participating in the spot because she was afraid her hair was going to get caught on fire. But she did the angle, for fear of losing her job, no less.

    She probably realizes Mr. Black controls both her pay checks, most of the women in XPW also work for Black in his PORN films. So she really had nothing left to do but agree to do what Black ordered her to do. The office people had not even prepared enough ahead of time to have a fire extinguisher under the ring at the time of this stunt! And were scrambling around backstage trying to find out a way to SNEAK the fire extinguisher down to ringside.

    You see, it wouldn't be HARDCORE to make sure the stunt was SAFE and send the fire extinguisher down to ringside before the table was lit on fire. Because the fans would realize it was all a big act, and it wasn't somehow as hardcore as it would have been if they hadn't seen the fire extinguisher making its way to the ring.

    HARDCORE wrestler's are not supposed to feel pain or get second or third degree burns! They are not supposed to light on fire and run around for 20 to 30 seconds in agony because their limbs have caught on fire. And HARDCORE companies that do such stunts are not supposed to have staff members rushing to put out these wrestlers that catch on fire. That isn't the HARDCORE thing to do!

    It would also seem that XPW is so hardcore that it doesn't need to prepare for these stunts, because hell, that isn't HARDCORE!

    I'm pissed off! And I have a good reason to be pissed off! It is assholes like Rob Black that give pro wrestling a bad name! The guy nearly killed one of his performer's and didn't give a shit about it enough to make a statement suggesting maybe the stunt was wrong and they could have prepared better to pull it off. Why should he?

    That wouldn't be the hardcore thing to do. Black likes to make his money off of women getting exploited. He likes to make his money off of men getting exploited. And the sad thing is he is marketing this pro wrestling to our children, and he is exploiting them too!

    His product involves using florescent light bulbs, which serve ZERO purpose in being HARDCORE. All the light bulbs do is shatter in a very sharp little shards of glass that can lodge in the human body. I guess that is hardcore right? Breaking a light bulb over another man's head and making him bleed. I don't call it hardcore, I call it pretty stupid.

    Why not just give the other wrestler a knife or a gun, and let him open fire. That is certainly hardcore isn't it? Maybe I shouldn't give Black any ideas, he might do it, forget to prepare for the stunt, and actually use live ammunition on the gun. Because using fake ammunition wouldn't be hardcore would it?

    I challenge Mr. Black to prove me wrong, because I know he can't. He makes millions of dollars exploiting men and women, but the one thing he can not do, is prove to me that he is actually a human being. He isn't. He is a sleaze bag that hopefully will die soon.

    I have never felt this passionate about a wrestling promoter since Herb Abrams. And when Abrams died I actually smiled. I hope that one day soon, I am reading how Rob Black died, so I can think to myself. Gee, NOW THAT's HARDCORE!



    BOB RYDER SUCKS!




    BOB RYDER IS THE "SOURCE" GOING AFTER WWFE.

    If it became apparent Bob Ryder was infact "the source" he has been quoting to break news stories about the ECW/WWFE situation, he would no doubt get tons of 'heat' online. Ryder runs a pro-wrestling web page service which relies heavily upon storyline aspects to make it's money. In this situation Ryder has a lot to lose and could be greatly damaged if it was discovered he infact was his own 'source' quoted in the two 'breaking stories he published'.

    Ryder having broken the only two stories on the WWFE/ECW situation is very odd considering all of the conflicts of interest involved. Ryder is listed as a "creditor" in the court documents filed by Paul Heyman on behalf of HHG/ECW (Filed on April 4th - Discount Tours & Cruises, a travel agency owned by Bob Ryder was listed as a creditor in the HHG bankruptcy in the amount of $11,700.), Ryder previously worked with ECW and helped do their online internet radio telecast, and even provided them with services/materials to create an online web page (Dave Schrerer of 1wrestling.com was ECW's online webmaster through Ryder), and at one point Bob Ryder was even an employee of WCW (which was a relationship that ended once WCW was sold to WWFE). All of these conflicts have to be taken in to consideration since Ryder was the online journalist to "break these stories".

    Especially since the breaking news stories only listed "sources close to the trustee" as having talked to him about the situation. And it is restricted by law for the 'trustee/receiver' handling the bankruptcy hearing to publicly comment without permission of the court. It is unlikely that any source could be used. And if Ryder had the facts straight in this situation he would have named his alleged sources.

    On Sunday Night at 7:00 PM EST "WWF Sunday Night Heat" aired as per scheduled on MTV (MUSIC TELEVISION). The matches were pre-taped, and not a clear indication as to the direction of the company. The LIVE commentary however was a clear indication the WWFE wasn't dropping or changing the ECW INVASION aspects written the previous week. And the arguments suggested by Bob Ryder that a "source close to the trustee" had contacted WWFE and informed them to "retract the statements" made on the previous week's television had either been ignored by WWFE, or didn't happen.

    At 7:06:21 Bob Ryder posted a message on his web page service and the title of the messages was "WWF IGNORES BANKRUPTCY; CONTINUES ECW STORYLINE". A reprint of the entire article follows this column. It seemed very odd to me that at 6 minutes after Heat began Ryder had an official update written on this issue chalk full of quotes that he is attributing to unamed "sources".

    He would have had to have scrambled to make numerous phone calls, and write up the article, and edit it, and post it on his web page. And he would have only had 4 minutes and 21 seconds to do this. We know he would have only had this window of opportunity because on Heat the first LIVE mention of ECW didn't happen until 7:02:00. Two minutes after the show began. It seems obvious since Ryder's updated story was published at 7:06:21 and was reliant upon hearing the first LIVE reference made to ECW, he would have had to have waited for that LIVE reference before he could have even decided to publish a breaking new update on this situation.

    It seems likely the reasonable answer to this entire mess is, Ryder is in reality his own "source" in these stories. Which is why he has listed a disclaimor providing information stating his company is owed monetary figures by HHG/ECW in every article. Which is also how he had time to write the Sunday story, include the quotes, and get it all done in 4 minutes and 21 seconds.

    It seems highly unlikely Ryder had the "sources" home phone number at his finger tips, dialed the number, reached the person, talked to them about the issue's, tabulated a direct quote, concluded all the phone conversations, sparked up his computer, wrote the story, and posted it within the time frame of 4 minutes and 21 seconds.

    It also seems highly unlikely Ryder received a fax or e-mail from the "sources" and had ample time to do the proper research before writing such a story which would open him up for liability if any of the fact presented were incorrect. It is safe to assume within the time frame parameters determined in the above scenario, Ryder did not have time to accomplish any of these tasks.

    The only two conclusions in this mess are that Ryder had written this story before WWFE aired Sunday Night Heat and assumed WWFE wouldnt be backing down. And talked to the "sources" prior to Heat airing, and also under the assumptions WWFE wouldn't be backing down. Both these circumstances seem doubtful.

    The likely scenario is the "Creditor" who is complaining about WWFE's use of "ECW" in the storyline is infact Ryder himself. And he is now either trying to use this situation to 'get hired by WWFE'. Or he is trying to get 'revenge' for WWFE buying WCW and costing him to lose a lot of revenue. Remember, Bob Ryder was an employee of WCW and WWFE purchasing WCW ended that relationship. Ryder has investments in the ECW situation also because his company footed the bill for the online ECW WEB PAGE SERVICE, and Dave Scherer was the WEBMASTER of that WEB PAGE SERVICE.

    So, the word CONFLICT of INTEREST does pop up numerous times when we are discussing these issue's. It seems fairly odd to me that Ryder's running with this story online and is making a considerable profit on the story. And yet it appears he is trying to hide the fact that he is the main source for the story. I stand behind every word written here, and I think in the end the entire world will get the breaking news that Bob Ryder is the "source", and "creditor" that is attempting to get this angle stopped.

    (Clarification: Going on the data based on 1wrestling.com releasing information on "how well their premium" web page site has been going, the statements suggesting Ryder is making money off of all of these breaking news stories has been assumed by the writer, for the purpose of presenting the arguments which are contained herein. We do not suggest, nor will we at any time suggest, we know the financial stability or lack thereof of 1wrestling.com, but we do publicly challenge 1wrestling.com and Bob Ryder to show any records which would unsubstantiate any of our claims.)

    (This article is reprinted without permission for purposes of checks and balances and not reprinted for any other reasons)

    "by Bob Ryder Updated: 7/15/2001 7:06:21 PM

    The WWF is ignoring the wishes of the bankruptcy court and continued the ECW storyline on Heat.

    ECW had been mentioned on taped shows over the weekend, but Heat is a live show and the WWF showed no signs of backing down.

    When asked to comment on the fact that a source close to the trustee in ECW's bankruptcy told 1Wrestling.com that the WWF had been told to retract statements made about ECW, a WWF spokesman said "ECW was used simply as a creative element and was part of the ongoing fictional storylines we use on our shows."

    1Wrestling.com has confirmed that some of the creditors in the bankruptcy are considering asking for an emergency hearing to ask the bankruptcy court to prevent the WWF from continuing with the ECW storyline. Because ECW has been positioned and advertised as being a vital part of next week's Invasion PPV, the creditors are considering asking that the court issue an injunction preventing the PPV from being broadcast.

    Disclaimer: Discount Tours & Cruises, a travel agency owned by Bob Ryder was listed as a creditor in the HHG bankruptcy in the amount of $11,700."



    MATRATS SLEAZY!





    SPECIAL, SHOOT ON MATRATS!


    "Matrats is a lawsuit waiting to happen!"

    Today I have something to rant and rave about. Today I have something to actually shoot about. And that my web pals is "Matrats.com". These people are insane. They are actually asking 'untrained' teen agers to send in VHS tapes of wrestling moves with the promise of perhaps becoming pro wrestlers.

    Is this a lawsuit waiting to happen or what? The following is reprinted from "Matrats.com" and is their criteria on how teen agers can become wrestlers.

    "Want to become a matrats.com wrestler?

    If you think you have what it takes to go to the mat as a matrats.com wrestler, you must apply for an audition through the "matrats talentco" agency.

    Here's what you will need:

    We need a VHS video of yourself, and we need to be very strict on the final format.

    1. Include a 30 second interview of yourself, preferably from professional wrestling television experience that you already have. If not, tell us about your favorite wrestling influences and why you think you would be a good candidate for matrats. (The point is we want to see talking on television).

    2. On that same tape, we need 90 seconds (no longer) of your best wrestling highlights, and 3 minutes of your best match. If you cannot provide these requirements, show us what you can do in no more than three minutes, whether it be gymnastics, martial arts, diving, trampoline work, or amateur wrestling. This is your chance, …show us what you've got.

    3. We need two good photos of yourself, one of your full physique, and the other of just your face, straight on.

    4. Give us a one page (resume type) bio on yourself. Include all of your athletic abilities and drama/acting training that would contribute to your success on this show

    5. Please print and fill out the following Application Form.

    We guarantee to look at all applicants, but only those chosen to audition will be contacted and will receive further information packages. Videos and photos will not be returned. Please - no phone calls.

    We will be holding auditions on a monthly basis.

    If you are chosen from the audition, you will be required to attend the Ted Hart Pro Wrestling Training Camp. The length and intensity of your training will depend on your current experience.

    The average cost of this training will be around $3,000 USD, not including transportation, room and board. We make no absolute guarantees that you will be on the show.

    All we can tell you is that if you are chosen from the audition, that your chances are very good that you will appear on matrats.com. Positions on the show are contractual with pay, again depending on your level of talent, and your ability to make it happen.

    Thank you very much for your interest in matrats.com"

    My oh my. Eric Bischoff has sunk to new lows in the sports entertainment world we cover! Now he is actually suggesting 'untrained teen agers' send in video tapes of high spots (90 seconds or less) and highlight's of their 'best matches' with the promise of becoming a professional wrestler. If you realize even the company understands these applicant's are going to need "extra training" it is even more foul smelling.

    The company realizes the applicant's are not trained, and thus require them to seek additional training if they are 'selected' through the screening of video tapes (which will thus be performed by 'untrained kids'). Man, this is a lawsuit waiting to happen.

    With the recent injury to Ric Blade at the CZW show, and the outcry on how all of the independent federations are 'going too far'. How can anybody consider "Matrats" to be a viable option in the sports entertainment world? This goes against everything that pro wrestling has been trying to preach in all of the public relations commercials with the "don't try this at home" campaign.

    Yet, we have Eric Bischoff's group here attempting to actually support kids 'trying this at home' and actually 'video taping it for the purpose of using it as an application video tape!'.

    Imagine Johnny Wrestling Fan is surfing the web, and comes across 1wrestling or Stampede Wrestling which reports on "Matrats" (Stampede even works with Matrats now) and decides to go to the "Matrats" web page service. Once upon arriving at that portal online, Johnny goes to the section about becoming a pro wrestler for "Matrats.com". He reads the series of requirement and he gets an incredible idea. Hey, they already do backyard wrestling anyways!!

    Him and his buddies run one of the best backyard federation's this side of the school yard! So he calls his local buddies up on the phone, or better yet Instant Messages them to go to the "Matrats" web page. They go, and about thirty seconds later the entire group is excited about what they are reading and seeing. Now they have a valid reason to actually go "all out" and try and imitate all of the moves they have watched on WCW and WWF in the past three years.

    Hey, they could be the next Rey Misterio Jr! They could actually get a contract and be the talk of the lunchroom on Monday. So they decided to do a special event for this application. One of them decides he is going to 'show them what he has' and attempts to do a swantan bomb off a car and on to his buddy on a bed laid across the front lawn. Of course it is all being captured on his dads nice Sony camcorder.

    Something goes wrong however; and he lands on his head. He doesn't move, and all of his buddies think it is just part of the act. Soon, they get the idea it isn't part of the act. And he isn't moving, he is seriously injured. The camcorder continues to shoot the footage as it is dropped and hits the ground and tumbles over once or twice. And when it comes to a stand still all we see it focused on was a homemade banner which has the words, "Matrats Attack". Which is what they named the little mini backyard PPV to impress the "Matrats" talent co people.

    The tape keeps running as we see and hear kids screaming for help. Finally as the video tape fades we hear sirens in the background and kids crying.

    Of course, this is a dramatization of what "could" potentially happen! It will happen sooner or later! It happens on CZW shows to people who have all of the proper training in the world to attempt these risky moves! And they still get seriously injured! We have seen pro wrestlers get seriously hurt by doing simply moves.

    Sabu once broke his neck taking a backflip by Chris Benoit! A simple move that went wrong and his neck was snapped! He had the training, and he did still break his neck. He had a contract, and he was an adult. He knew the risks going in and made a rational business decision to perform those moves even though he knew the risks.

    But do we allow teen agers that do not even have the right to vote, and or probably even the right to drive, the right to decide to take their own lives in to their young hands, without consulting their parents? And all to hopefully obtain the "American Dream" and get a contract?

    "Matrats" is certainly a lawsuit waiting to happen! Because if a kid dies, or is paralyzed, and it WILL happen. Matrats is liable! They are telling kids to do these things. They are not distinguishing between styles! They are not telling these kids that "backyard wrestling" is out, and only fake pseudo looking moves will be "in". Because they isn't the product they are selling! They are selling a high flying product minus the ECW antics of using weapons and chairs. But they are still selling Swantan Bombs, and Plancha's, and Hurricanranna's, and moonsaults, and Asai Moonsaults.

    And any kid in any town USA that goes to that damned web page, and gets his mother or father's cam corder, and performs one of those moves listed above and breaks his freakin neck because of it, has a lawsuit against matrats! I say this, because matrats is pushing "FAME" and "MONEY" on these kids. The same kids that legally have no rights to probably even WORK (labor laws for kids under 16 do exist you know!) without parental consent. Certainly they should not be sending in applications without parental consent.

    NOWHERE does matrats suggest you have to be over 18 to apply. Or that you need parental consent if you are under 18 (before shooting the actual video to send in to matats. It does however state you need parental permission to send in the application form). Because they are presenting a product that uses kids well under the legal age of 18! And maybe since they operate out of "Canada" they don't think they have to go by the laws of the United States of America. Maybe that resolves the issue and takes the liability off of matrats? Maybe legally it does. But morally?

    It just seems odd that in this day and age when the major companies are spending all of this money on campaigns to stop "backyard wrestling" and teen agers from getting seriously hurt imitating pro wrestling at home, this company is actually attempting to market "trying this at home" to put itself on the map and get a new talent base to make more revenue for their own financial interests. But if Johnny Wrestling Fan breaks his neck and can not ever walk again, is matrats going to be there to give the kid a contract to help him survive for the rest of his life?

    Is matrats going to be there to feed him his food since he can not move his arms or legs to feed himself? Or are they going to laugh to the bank because they were able to get some teen agers that didn't kill themselves 'trying this at home' and were sent to Ted Hart's wrestling school and now are a part of the show? I have presented this take to BJ BETHEL, and I hope that he too is working on a story. Because somebody has to make damned sure that matrats changes its policy! That is for sure!

    And what happens on Monday in the lunchroom? Johnny's buddies are sitting at the lunch table. This is what they are saying. "Did you hear? Johnny broke his neck trying a swantan bomb Saturday! If only he had landed it correctly, he would have been the next Rey Misterio Jr., but it looked cool as hell." Hey, don't sweat it Johnny Wrestling Fan, you have become the "talk of the lunchroom", too bad you'll bever be able to actually eat your own lunch again. Maybe you should have thought about that before you attempted to 'try this at home'. But then again, you are just an young impressionable young teen, and it was matrats that put the thought in your mind. Sue them.

    (I must point out on the application for "matrats" it does include that you need 'parental permission' if you are under 18 years of age. However; it still doesn't excuse the fact that matrats is actually supporting backyard wrestling by untrained children.)



    PARODY ON 1WRESTLING STAFF MEETING



    Ryder: "Okay folks. I have called this meeting to set the record straight now that WWFE owns both WCW and WWF. Since WWFE now owns WCW and I don't work for WCW anymore, I can print the truth for once and not lie by suggesting the WCW product was great every week on WCW LIVE!!."

    Dave Scherer: "You mean we are telling the truth now? That isn't my cup of tea man, my gimmick is reporting news which is fabricated and falling back on my catch phrase "sources close to the situation inform me...". Hell I have gotten so big that even RVD himself, MR. Monday Night took time out of his busy pot smoking schedule to flame me on his web page. How many thousands of hits at .08 cents a hit did it bring to 1Wrestling? Please tell me I don't have to change my gimmick Bob!

    Tommy Fierro: "Quit your whining Dave! Damn you! I have booked every wrestler in the world to appear on my shows and I am not even 18 years old yet! God damn! I have booked matches between the top acts in this business and have not heard as much whining as I have from you here today! Did I mention I booked every wrestler in the universe to appear on my shows and I am not even 16 years old yet! Yeah, I gave up the business because I got bored. I was uninspired. I could book every wrestler in the universe tomorrow if I wanted too, just like that."

    Buck Woodward: "I remember the good ol days when we reported how great Diamond Dallas Page and Booker T were, and now we have to report the truth about how much they suck."

    Ryder: "Until another alternative to the WWFE exists, the facts remain we have to print the truth when it comes to how horrible the WWFE product actually is. Even though it makes a shit load of money, does good on PPV, and attracts casual and mainstream fans to it's highly rated televisions shows. It simply sucks, well, that is until they hire us to do WCW LIVE! again and at that time put us on the WWFE pay roll to report how great the show actually is."

    Dave Scherer: "The Invasion angle just isn't working for me guys!!"

    Buck Woodward: "I remember the good ol days when we knew Booker T and DDP really sucked but wrote articles claiming they were the greatest of all time."

    Ryder: "I have taken the first step folks! I posted an article admitting how much the WCW product actually sucked and how WCW paid me to lie about it on WCW LIVE! This was done to position ourselves as being "HONEST" and "FRANK". Now when we report how horrible Diamond Dallas Page and Booker T actually are, our fans are going to realize we have always felt these guys sucked ass. And won't question why we are bitching about the entire scope of the "Invasion" angle or WWFE as an entity. Maybe if we blast DDP and Booker T enough times and point out every day how much this angle could be better, sooner or later the WWFE is going to realize how much of a distraction we are to casual/mainstream audiences and sign us on to do WCW LIVE! again. Then we can go back to the good old days and fabricate reports, reviews, and information designed to mislead all of our fans in to actually thinking the WWFE product is excellent and get paid for misleading all our fans at the same time. Oh, how I really miss the old days of proving all 1wrestling.com users are total idiots who are easily worked by us!

    Tommy Fierro: "I could call Jimmy Snuka right now guys, and get him to agree to job to Koko B. Ware if I wanted too! But I am so bored with the wrestling game these days that I constantly ask myself, why would I want to call Jimmy Snuka and get him to agree to job to Koko B. Ware. But I could do it, because I have booked every act in the galaxy to appear on my shows at one time. Did I mention that I did this before I was 12 years old?

    Ryder: "Jesus! Can't you go a minute without trying to get yourself over! Hey, I've come up with a great idea! How about we write some articles blasting the WWF about meeting with the Hart family! I think we can get some heat with the articles. And personally it disturbs me that the WWF is using Owen's death again to make some easy money."

    Dave S: "Great idea BOB! I think we could do a few good articles about that, and maybe run them in a special area that doesn't get ad's, that way we don't make any money off of Owen's death."

    Ryder: "Ahh, I have a better idea! How about we write the articles and put them in a heavily advertised area, increase our ad's by 25 percent after the first article appears, and sit back and watch the hits roll in because of the controversial nature of the articles, and make some easy cash for me! Our fans are so stupid they won't even question why we are allowed to make .08 cents a hit off of a story about Owen Hart's death. The illusion will be since we are pointing out how horrible Stu Hart and the WWF are for using Owen's death to make some cash, our fans will overlook the fact we too are collecting easy cash as a result of his death.

    Dave S: "That's why you are the boss! As long as I can claim "Sources within the WWF informed me" and claim that Rob Van Dam is actually a crack user and the WWF doesn't want to bring him in based on it, I will be happy!"

    Tommy Fierro: "Hey, I once booked a crack user to appear on one of my shows and had Abdullah The Butcher agree to put him over in under 10 seconds! And I did this before I was 9 years old!"

    Ryder: "We know! Jeesh! Who hired this guy? What is more important. I can't figure out if I am supposed to cheer WCW or WWF! What is with that? I mean, Shane and Booker are faces but DDP is a heel. And Vince and Austin are heels but Undertaker is a face. Does this make any sense to any of you?

    Tommy Fierro: "That reminds me of a time when I was really confused.. and I..."

    Dave S: "Let me guess, booked a heel to appear on one of your shows as a face confusing you on who to get to agree to do the job, and all this before you were 6?"

    Tommy Fierro: "Well, uhh.. that did happen too, but actually, I was going to say I was confused about if I am supposed to like WCW now since WWF owns it, or if I am supposed to constantly bury it since WWF owns it?"

    Ryder: "A good rule of thumb is, until WWF brings us back to do WCW LIVE! and pays us to like their product, we are going to write how we hate it so much that even our own readers will wonder if we are still working for Eric Bischoff, the god of pro wrestling!"

    Dave S: "Uh, Bob, Is Eric still paying you to say that? IF so maybe we ought to start writing about how Eric Bischoff, Hulk Hogan, Kevin Nash, and Scott Hall would vastly improve this angle! Because this angle just isn't working for me guys! I'd rather see 50 year old men running around embarrassing themselves and making asses out of themselves every Monday night, now that was FUN and EXCITING!! And very UNPREDICTABLE WRESTLING!"

    Ryder: "No Bischoff isn't still paying me (wink), I just tossed that in for old time sake! I tell ya one thing guys. But we have to lead this charge against the WWFE or else we might have to, GULP, GO out and get REAL JOBS! And I as the operator of this news service, require a lot of cash to run this operation. I have to pay all of you, well, not ALL of you because most of you don't get paid!"

    Tommy Fierro: "I work for free! Writing allows me to constantly remind people that I used to book all of the acts in the entire solar system and quit because I was bored."

    Ryder: "(Rolls eyes) Okay guys, that is all for today. Be careful out there! And make sure you only print the news which will make us the money. LETS MAKE A SHIT LOAD OF MONEY for me!

  • World Wrestling Entertainment